DOC00078 E March21

®
VALVES AND ELECTRONICS
Technical Catalogue
March
2021
web edition
® VALVES AND ELECTRONICS
TECHNICAL CATALOGUE 2021
CAP. I DIRECTIONAL CONTROL 1

CAP. II PRESSURE CONTROL 2
CAP. III FLOW CONTROL
3
CAP. IV MODULAR VALVES
4
CAP. V CARTRIDGE VALVES ISO 7368
(SEE ALSO CATALOGUE CODE DOC00044)
5
CAP. VI IN LINE VALVES
(SEE CATALOGUE CODE DOC00044)
6
© 2021 Dana Motion Systems Italia S.r.l. All
7
rights reserved. Hydr-App, SAM Hydraulik, Aron,
Brevini Hydraulics, BPE Electronics, VPS Brevini, CAP. VII SUBPLATES
OT Oiltechnology, logos are trademarks or are
registered trademarks of Dana Motion Systems
Italia S.r.l. or other companies of the Dana Group
8
in Italy and other countries.
The technical features supplied in this catalogue
CAP. VIII PROPORTIONAL CONTROL
are non binding and no legal action can be taken
against such material. Dana Motion Systems
Italia S.r.l will not be held responsible for in-
formation and specifications which may lead to
error or incorrect interpretations. Given the con-
tinuous technical research aimed at improved
CAP. IX ELECTRONICS 9
technical features of our products, Dana Motion
Systems Italia S.r.l reserves the right to make
change that are considered appropriate without
any prior notice. This catalogue cannot be repro-
duced (in while or in part) without the prior writ-
CAP. X SYSTEMS 10
ten consent of Dana Motion Systems Italia S.r.l.
This catalogue supersedes all previous ones.
Use of the products in this catalogue must
comply with the operating limits given in the
CAP. XI STACKABLE VALVES
(SEE CATALOGUE CODE DOC00046)
11
technical specifications. The type of application
and operating conditions must be assessed as
12
normal or in malfunction in order to avoid endan-
gering the safety of people and/or items. CAP. XII DC / AC STANDARD COILS
”UL RECOGNIZED” COILS
VALV/00-INTRO_E/02-2021 1
INDEX
ADP5E... ____________ CAP. I • 41 AM5VI...____________ CAP. IV • 24
A
ADP5V... ____________ CAP. I • 44 AM5VM...___________ CAP. IV • 24
A66.. ______________ CAP. IV • 19
ADPH5... ____________ CAP. I • 50 AM5VR... ___________ CAP. IV • 27
A88.. ______________ CAP. IV • 34
AM2QF... ____________ CAP. IV • 5 AM5VS... ___________ CAP. IV • 29
AD2E... ______________ CAP. I • 4
AM2UD... ____________ CAP. IV • 2 AM7QF... ___________ CAP. IV • 38
AD3D... _____________ CAP. I • 18
AM2UP... ____________ CAP. IV • 3 AM7UP... ___________ CAP. IV • 37
AD3E... _____________ CAP. I • 11
AM2VM...____________ CAP. IV • 4 AM66... ____________ CAP. IV • 18
AD3E...J*____________ CAP. I • 12
AM3ABU... __________ CAP. III • 4 AM88... ____________ CAP. IV • 33
AD3I... ______________ CAP. I • 46
AM3CP... ___________ CAP. IV • 11
AD3L... _____________ CAP. I • 15
AD3M... _____________ CAP. I • 18

AM3H... ___________ CAP. VIII • 12 B
AM3QF... ___________ CAP. IV • 17 BA60.. / BA10..._______ CAP. X • 2
AD3O... _____________ CAP. I • 17
AM3RD... ___________ CAP. IV • 12 BA130.. / BA10...______ CAP. X • 5
AD3P...______________ CAP. I • 17
AM3RGT...__________ CAP. IV • 20 BC0625/27... _______ CAP. VII • 14
AD3RI... _____________ CAP. I • 48
AM3SD... ___________ CAP. IV • 12 BC0630/32... _______ CAP. VII • 15
AD3V...______________ CAP. I • 14
AM3SH... ___________ CAP. IV • 16 BC0640...__________ CAP. VII • 15
AD3XD... ____________ CAP. I • 25
AM3UD... ____________ CAP. IV • 7 BC0641/*... ________ CAP. VII • 15
AD3XG... ____________ CAP. I • 29
AM3UP... ____________ CAP. IV • 8 BC06XPQ3... _______ CAP. VII • 13
AD5D... _____________ CAP. I • 38
AM3UP1... ___________ CAP. IV • 8 BC06XQ3... ________ CAP. VII • 13
AD5E... _____________ CAP. I • 36
AM3VI..._____________ CAP. IV • 9 BC1006...__________ CAP. VII • 27
AD5E...J*____________ CAP. I • 37
AM3VM...____________ CAP. IV • 9 BC250AB... _________ CAP. VII • 4
AD5E...Q5 ___________ CAP. I • 37
AM3VR... ___________ CAP. IV • 13 BC250PT... _________ CAP. VII • 4
AD5I... ______________ CAP. I • 47
AM3VS... ___________ CAP. IV • 15 BC251...____________ CAP. VII • 4
AD5L... _____________ CAP. I • 39
AM3XMP..._________ CAP. VIII • 22 BC307...___________ CAP. VII • 12
AD5O... _____________ CAP. I • 38
AM5CP... ___________ CAP. IV • 26 BC308...___________ CAP. VII • 13
AD5RI... _____________ CAP. I • 49
AM5H... ___________ CAP. VIII • 13 BC309...___________ CAP. VII • 13
ADC3E... _____________ CAP. I • 5
AM5QF... ___________ CAP. IV • 31 BC3107...__________ CAP. VII • 12
ADH5... _____________ CAP. I • 53
AM5RGT...__________ CAP. IV • 35 BC325/27... ________ CAP. VII • 10
ADH7... _____________ CAP. I • 57
AM5SH... ___________ CAP. IV • 30 BC330/32... ________ CAP. VII • 10
ADH8... _____________ CAP. I • 62
AM5UD... ___________ CAP. IV • 22 BC340...___________ CAP. VII • 10
ADL066... ___________ CAP. I • 69
AM5UP... ___________ CAP. IV • 23 BC341/*... _________ CAP. VII • 11
ADL106 _____________ CAP. I • 72
VALV/00-INDEX _E/15-2013 2 ®
INDEX
BC350...___________ CAP. VII • 12 BS216...____________ CAP. VII • 3 BSH531... ___________ CAP. I • 56
BC351...___________ CAP. VII • 12 BS220...____________ CAP. VII • 3 BSH712... ___________ CAP. I • 60
BC507...___________ CAP. VII • 27 BS3.**... ____________ CAP. VII • 7 BSH713... ___________ CAP. I • 60
BC5107...__________ CAP. VII • 27 BS310/11... _________ CAP. VII • 8 BSH714... ___________ CAP. I • 60
BC530/32... ________ CAP. VII • 26 BS312/13... _________ CAP. VII • 8 BSH715... ___________ CAP. I • 61
BC536/28... ________ CAP. VII • 24 BS314/15... _________ CAP. VII • 8 BSH716... ___________ CAP. I • 61
BC53A... __________ CAP. VII • 27 BS316/17... _________ CAP. VII • 8 BSH717... ___________ CAP. I • 61
BC540...___________ CAP. VII • 25 BS32..._____________ CAP. VII • 3 BSH813*...___________ CAP. I • 65
BC541/*... _________ CAP. VII • 25 BS320/21... _________ CAP. VII • 9 BSH813... ___________ CAP. I • 65
BC550...___________ CAP. VII • 26 BS3W... ____________ CAP. VII • 9 BSH815... ___________ CAP. I • 65
BC551...___________ CAP. VII • 26 BS5.**... ___________ CAP. VII • 19 BSH817... ___________ CAP. I • 65
BDL066... ___________ CAP. I • 70 BS512...___________ CAP. VII • 20
BM2... _____________ CAP. VII • 5 BS513...___________ CAP. VII • 20 C

BM250... ___________ CAP. VII • 6 BS514...___________ CAP. VII • 20 C*P... _______________ CAP. V • 10
BM260... ___________ CAP. VII • 5 BS515...___________ CAP. VII • 20 CDL046... ___________ CAP. I • 66
BM270... ___________ CAP. VII • 6 BS516...___________ CAP. VII • 21 CDL066... ___________ CAP. I • 68
BM3... ____________ CAP. VII • 16 BS517...___________ CAP. VII • 21 CDL106 _____________ CAP. I • 71
BM350... __________ CAP. VII • 17 BS529...___________ CAP. VII • 23 CEPS... _____________ CAP. IX • 2
BM352... __________ CAP. VII • 18 BS53...____________ CAP. VII • 21 CMP10... __________ CAP. VII • 30
BM360... __________ CAP. VII • 16 BS530/31... ________ CAP. VII • 22 CMP16/25./CMPE16/25..__ CAP. V • 12
BM370... __________ CAP. VII • 17 BS5RGA...___________ CAP. X • 8 CONNECTORS STANDARD __ CAP. I • 20
BM372... __________ CAP. VII • 18 BS5RIA...____________ CAP. X • 8 CSP16/25... _________ CAP. V • 12
BM5... ____________ CAP. VII • 28 BSVMP10... _________ CAP. VII • 9 CUP16/25../CUPE16/25.. __ CAP. V • 12
BM550... __________ CAP. VII • 28 BSVMP16... _________ CAP. II • 11
BM560... __________ CAP. VII • 29 BSVMP20... ________ CAP. VII • 23 J

BM570... __________ CAP. VII • 29 BSVMP25... _________ CAP. II • 11 JC3D..._____________ CAP. IX • 13
BM580... __________ CAP. VII • 29 BSVMP25/1... _______ CAP. II • 11 JC5D..._____________ CAP. IX • 15
BS2.**... ____________ CAP. VII • 2 BSC569... ___________ CAP. X • 7 JCFD... ____________ CAP. IX • 17
BS212...____________ CAP. VII • 2 BSH513... ___________ CAP. I • 56
BS214...____________ CAP. VII • 2 BSH517... ___________ CAP. I • 56
VALV/00-INDEX _E/15-2013 3 ®
INDEX
K P X
KEC... ______________ CAP. V • 5 PVR3... _____________ CAP. II • 2 XD2A... / XD2C..._____ CAP. VIII • 2
KEC**M*/U*/SL... _____ CAP. V • 10 PVR5... _____________ CAP. II • 4 XD3A... / XD3C..._____ CAP. VIII • 4
KEC16CQ...__________ CAP. V • 7 PVRU3... ____________ CAP. II • 2 XDC3. SERIE 2_______ CAP. VIII • 10
KEC16ME../KEC16MP.. __ CAP. V • 11 PVRU5... ____________ CAP. II • 4 XDP3A../XDP3C.. ____ CAP. VIII • 6
KEC16PC... __________ CAP. V • 8 PVS3...______________ CAP. II • 2 XDP5A../XDP5C...____ CAP. VIII • 8
KEC16RC... __________ CAP. V • 8 PVS5...______________ CAP. II • 4 XP3... _____________ CAP. VIII • 20
KEC16RI...___________ CAP. V • 7 PVSU3.. _____________ CAP. II • 2 XQ3..._____________ CAP. VIII • 14
KEC16SH../KEC16SP.. ____ CAP. V • 9 PVSU5... ____________ CAP. II • 4 XQP3... ___________ CAP. VIII • 16
KEC16SL... _________ CAP. V • 11 XQP5... ___________ CAP. VIII • 18
KEC16UE../KEC16UN.. ___ CAP. V • 11 Q

KEC25CQ...__________ CAP. V • 7 QC32... _____________ CAP. III • 2
KEC25ME..._________ CAP. V • 11 QC33... _____________ CAP. III • 3
KEC25MP... _________ CAP. V • 11 QCV32 ______________ CAP. III • 5
KEC25PC... __________ CAP. V • 8
KEC25RC... __________ CAP. V • 8 R

KEC25RI...___________ CAP. V • 7 REMDRA... __________ CAP. IX • 7
KEC25SH... __________ CAP. V • 9 REMSRA... __________ CAP. IX • 4
KEC25SL... _________ CAP. V • 11
KEC25SP... __________ CAP. V • 9 S

KEC25UE../KEC25UN.. __ CAP. V • 11 SE3AN21RS..._______ CAP. IX • 11
KEL..._______________ CAP. V • 3 STUDS - MODULAR VALVES
KEL16/25... __________ CAP. V • 4 CETOP 2 ___________ CAP. IV • 6
KRA16/25... _________ CAP. V • 13 CETOP 3 __________ CAP. IV • 21
CETOP 5 ___________ CAP. IV • 36
L
LVDT _______________ CAP. I • 22 V
LE VARIANT ___________ CAP. I • 21 VML / VSL / VUL..._____ CAP. II • 6
VMP / VSP / VUP... ____ CAP. II • 6
VALV/00-INDEX _E/15-2013 4 ®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
INTRODUCTION OIL VISCOSITY ACCORDING TO TEMPERATURE

Read this instructions carefully before installation. All operations must be °E mm²/s
carried out by qualified personnel following the instructions. 2000

10000
1000
7000
The user must periodically inspect, based on the conditions of use and the 500
5000
substances used, the presence of corrosion, dirt, the state of wear and correct
3000
300
2000
function of the valves. 200 1500
1000
100 800
Always observe first the operating conditions given in datasheet of 70

600
the valve.
400
40 300
200
HYDRAULIC FLUID 20 150
100 IS
Observe the recommendations given in the data sheet of the valve. Use only 10 70 IS
O
VG
mineral oil (HL, HLP) according to DIN 51524. Use of other different fluids may 8 60 IS O V 10
50 IS O V G 6 0
damage the good operation of the valve. 6
40
O G
VG 4
8
IS
6
O
30
32
VG
4
VISCOSITY
22
25
3
20
17
Observe the recommendations given in the data sheet of the valve.The oil 15
viscosity must be in the range of 10 mm²/s to 500 mm²/s.

13
2 12
Recommended oil viscosity 46 mm2/s (32 mm2/s for Cartridge valves)

11
1.8 10
9
8
Table 1: ISO viscosity grades 1.6
7
6
Average Kinematic-viscosity
Viscosity kinematic limits 1.4 5
grade viscosity mm²/s @ 40°C 4.5

4
mm²/s @ 40°C
1.3
min. max. 3.5
ISO VG 10 10 9.00 11.0 3

1.2 2.80
ISO VG 15 15 13.5 16.5
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 °C
ISO VG 22 22 19.8 24.2 0 70 100 130 140 200 210 °F
ISO VG 32 32 28.8 35.2

ISO VG 46 46 41.4 50.6 CONTAMINATION
ISO VG 68 68 61.2 74.8
Oil contamination is the main cause of faults and malfunction in hydraulic
ISO VG 100 100 90.0 110 systems. Abrasive particles in the fluid erode or block moving parts, leading
to system malfunction.
= Values used in the chart “Oil viscosity according to temperature” The valves we are offering do not require filtering characteristics any higher
than those needed for usual hydraulic components such as pumps, motors,
etc.
CONVERSION TABLE SSU / °E / mm²/s
However, accurate filtering does guarantee reliability and a long life to all the
20000 600 5000 system’s hydraulic parts. Reliable performance and long working life for all
500
15000 400 4000 oil-pressure parts is assured by maintaining the level of fluid contamination
3000
10000 300
2000 within the limits specified in the data sheet of the valve.
200
5000 1500
150 1000 Hydraulic fluid must also be cleaned properly before filling the hydraulic cir-
100 cuit, especially when commissioning a new system, as this is when the oil
2000 500 contamination generally peaks due to its flushing effect on the components,
1500 50 400 and the running-in of the pump.
40 300
1000 30 Maximum contamination level is required on datasheet of the valve accord-
200
500
ing to ISO 4406:1999.
20 100
400
300 10 50 In the following table there is the correspondence between ISO 4406:1999
40 and old standard NAS 1638 for information purpose:
200 5 30
150 The standard ISO 4406:1999 defines the contamination level with three num-
4
20 bers that relate with the number of particles of average dimension equal or
100 3
10 greater than 4 µm, 6 µm e 14 µm, in 1 ml of fliuid.
50
2
In following table there is a reference to reccomended contamination level
0 1 0
and correspondence with old NAS 1638 standard.
SSU °E mm²/s
VALV/00-INFO _E/01-2013 5 ®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Table 2: Reccomanded contamination level. nents in original-equipment quality.
Oil filtration recommendations Before removing a coil, voltage must be disconnected.
Cleanliness class Absolute When replacing the coil, be aware to insert O-Rings in order to avoid the
Type of system
recommended filtration entrance of water.
Type of valve NAS 1638 micron rating
ISO 4406 : 1999
(*) ( ** )
Systems or components operating at INSTALLATION
HIGH PRESSURE > 250 bar (3600 psi)
HIGH DUTY CYCLE APPLICATIONS 18 / 16 / 13 7-8 5 The mounting surface must feature surface quality specified in data sheet of
Systems or components with LOW the valve: for example for Cetop valves generally is required Ra ≤ 1.6µm and
dirt tolerance flatness ≤ 0.03 mm over 100 mm length. Normally in cartridge valve for sea-
Systems or components operating at ling diameters of the cavities, is required roughness Ra ≤ 1.6µm. The surfaces
MEDIUM / HIGH PRESSURE and openings in the assembly plate must be free from impurity or dirt.
Systems and components with
19 / 17 / 14 9 10
Make sure the O-Rings fit correctly in their seats.
moderate dirt tolerance Fixing screws must comply with the dimensions and the strength class spe-
Systems or components operating at
LOW PRESSURE < 100 bar (1500 psi)
cified in the data sheet and must be tightened at the specified tightening
LOW DUTY CYCLE APPLICATIONS 20 / 18 / 15 10 - 11 20 torque.
Systems and components with GOOD Complete the electrical wiring. For circuit examples and pin assignments, see
dirt tolerance the relevant datasheet.
* Contamination class NAS 1638: it is determined by counting the total particles of
different size ranges contained in 100 ml of fluid. USE AND MAINTENANCE
** Absolute filtration: it is a characteristic of each filter, it refers the size (in micron) of
the largest sperical particle wich may pass through the filter. Observe the functional limits indicated in the technical catalogue
On a periodic basis and based on the conditions of use, check for cleanliness,
WORKING TEMPERATURES state of wear or fractures and correct performance of the valve.
If the O-rings are damaged, replace them with those supplied by the manu-
Ambient temperature range: -25°C to +60°C facturer.
Fluid temperature range (NBR seals): -25°C to +75°C To assure the best working conditions at all time, check the oil
Thermal shocks can affect the performance and the expected life of the prod- and replace it periodically (after the first 100 working hours and then after
uct, hence it is necessary to protect the product from these conditions. every 2000 working hours or at least once every year).
Attention: all installation and maintenance intervention must be performed
SEALS by qualified staff.
O-rings made in Acrylonitrile Butadiene (NBR) are normally fitted on the TRANSPORT AND STORAGE
valves. The backup rings that protect the O-rings are also made in NBR, or
sometimes PTFE. Both the O-rings and the backup rings are suitable for the The valve must be handled with care to avoid damage caused by impact,
working temperatures mentioned above. which could compromise its efficiency.
In the case of fluid temperatures > 75°C, FKM seals must be used (identified In the case of storage, keep the valves in a dry place and protect against dust
with “V1” variant). and corrosive substances.
When storing for periods of more than 6 months, fill the valve with preserving
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY oils and seal it.
Solenoid valves coils are designed to operate safely in the voltage range of WARRANTY AND SUPPLY CONDITIONS
±10% of nominal voltage at max. 60°C ambient temperature. The combination
of permanent overvoltage and very hot temperatures can stress the solenoid. For the general warranty and supply conditions, please consult the specific
Therefore always a good heat dissipation and voltage level has to be assured. sales contract or the “General terms and conditions of sale” document IOP
Faulty coils may only be replaced by new, interchangeable, tested compo- 7-2-05. Downloaded from the website: www.brevinifluidpower.com
CONVERSION CHART
Type SI units Alternative units Conversion factor

Kilogram force (kgf) 1 kgf = 9.807 N
Force Newton (N) [kgm/s²]
pound force (lbf) [lbf/s²] 1 lgf = 4.448 N
millimeter (mm) [10 m] inch (in) 1 in = 25.4 mm
Length meter (km) [1000 m] yard (yd) [3ft] 1 m = 1.0936 yd
kilometer (km) [1000 m] mile (mile) [1760 yd] 1 mile = 1.609 km
Torque Newton meter (Nm) pound force.feet (lbf.ft) 1 lbf.ft = 1.356 Nm
horsepower (hp) 1 kW = 1.341 hp
Power kiloWatt (kW) [1000 Nm/s]
metric horsepower (CV) 1 kW = 1.36 CV
bar 1 MPa = 10 bar
Pressure MegaPascal (MPa) [ N/mm²] psi (lbf/ln²) 1 MPa = 145 psi
ton/f/ln² 1 ton/f/ln² = 15.45 MPa
UK gal/min 1 UK gal/min = 4.546 l/min
Flow rate liter/min (l/min)
US gal/min 1 US gal/min = 3.785 l/min
Temperature Degrees Celsius (°C) Farenheit (°F) 1°F = 1.8 °C+32
VALV/00-INFO _E/01-2013 6 ®
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVES
ABBREVIATIONS
AP
AS
HIGH PRESSURE CONNECTION
PHASE LAG (DEGREES) 1
BP LOW PRESSURE CONNECTION
C STROKE (MM)
CH ACROSS FLATS
CH INTERNAL ACROSS FLATS
DA AMPLITUDE DECAY (DB)
DP DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE (BAR)
F FORCE (N) DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVES
I% INPUT CURRENT (A)
M MANOMETER CONNECTION
NG KNOB TURNS
OR SEAL RING
P LOAD PRESSURE (BAR) CETOP 2/NG04
PARBAK PARBAK RING
PL PARALLEL CONNECTION
PR REDUCED PRESSURE (BAR)
Q FLOW (L/MIN) CETOP 3/NG06
QP PUMP FLOW (L/MIN)
SE ELASTIC PIN
SF BALL CETOP 3
SR SERIES CONNECTION
X PILOTING
Y DRAINAGE
ATEX 2014/34/UE
directive
CETOP 5/NG10
CETOP 5/NG10
High performances
Automatic reciprocating valves
Piloted valves
and subplate mounting
Flow diversion valves
VALV/01-INTRO _E/18-2011 7 ®
1
VALV/01-INTRO 8 ®
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL
ATEX 2014/34/UE AUTOMATIC RECIPROCATING

CETOP 2/NG04 DIRECTIVE VALVES
CETOP 2/NG04 CAP. I • 2 ATEX 2014/34/UE DIRECTIVE CAP. I • 23 AD3I... CAP. I • 46
AD2E... CAP. I • 4 AD3XD... CAP. I • 25 AD5I... CAP. I • 47
“A09” DC COILS CAP. I • 4 AD3XG... CAP. I • 29 AD3RI... CAP. I • 48
AD5RI... CAP. I • 49
CETOP 3/NG06 CETOP 5/NG10
PILOTED VALVES
AND SUBPLATE MOUNTING
ADC3... CAP. I • 5
CETOP 5/NG10 CAP. I • 33
“A09” DC COILS CAP. I • 7
AD5E... CAP. I • 36
ADPH5... CAP. I • 50
CETOP 3 AD5E...J* AND AD5E...Q5 CAP. I • 37 ADH5... CAP. I • 53

AD5O... AND AD5D... CAP. I • 38 BSH5... CAP. I • 56
AD5L... CAP. I • 39 ADH7... CAP. I • 57
“A16” DC COILS CAP. I • 40 BSH7... CAP. I • 60
“K16” AC SOLENOIDS CAP. I • 41 ADH8... CAP. I • 62
BSH8... CAP. I • 65
CETOP 5/NG10
HIGH PERFORMANCES FLOW DIVERSION VALVES
AD3E... CAP. I • 11
AD3E...J* CAP. I • 12
AD3V... CAP. I • 14
AD3L... CAP. I • 15
CETOP 3 OTHER OPERATORS CAP. I • 16
AD3P... AND AD3O... CAP. I • 17 ADP5E... CAP. I • 41 CDL046... “OEM MACHINERY” CAP. I • 66
AD3M... AND AD3D... CAP. I • 18 “D19” DC SOLENOIDS CAP. I • 41 CDL066... “OEM MACHINERY” CAP. I • 68
“D15” DC COILS CAP. I • 19 ADP5V... CAP. I • 43 ADL066... “OEM MACHINERY” CAP. I • 69
“B14” AC SOLENOIDS CAP. I • 19 “D19” DC SOLENOIDS CAP. I • 45 BDL066... “OEM MACHINERY” CAP. I • 70
STANDARD CONNECTORS CAP. I • 20 CDL106... “OEM MACHINERY” CAP. I • 71
“LE” VARIANTS FOR ADC3/AD3 CAP. I • 21 ADL106... “OEM MACHINERY” CAP. I • 72
LVDT CAP. I • 22 “A09” AND “D15” DC COILS CAP. I • 73
“40W” AND “A16” DC COILS CAP. I • 74
VALV/01-INTRO _E/06-2017 I • 1 ®
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVES CETOP 2/NG4
The directional control valves NG4 are designed for subplate mounting with an inter-
face in accordance with UNI ISO 4401 - 02 - 01 - 0 - 94 standard (ex CETOP R 35 H
4.2-4-02), and are the smallest on the market in their category whilst still featuring excellent
1
performance.
The use of solenoids with wet armatures ensures quiet operation, means that dynamic seals
are no longer required and important levels of counter-pressure are accepted on the return
line. The solenoid's tube is screwed at valve body directly, while a locking ring nut seal the
coil in right position.
The cast body with a great care in the design and production of the ducts of the 5 chambers
CETOP 2/NG04 have made it possible to improve the spools allowing relatively high flow rate with low pres-
AD2E... CAP. I • 4 sure drops (∆p).
The spool rest positions are obtained by means of springs which centre it when there is no
electrical impulse. The solenoids are constructed to DIN 40050 standards and are supplied
STANDARD CONNECTORS CAP. I • 20 by means of DIN 43650 ISO 4400 standard connectors which, suitably assembled, ensure
a protection class of IP 65.
The solenoid coils are normally arranged for DIN 43650 ISO 4400 type connectors (standard
version). On request, could be available the following coil connection variants: AMP Junior
connections; flying leads connections, with or without integrated diode; Deutsch connections
with bidirectional integrated diode.
The supply may be in either DC or AC form (with the use of a connector and rectifier) in most
common voltage.
The valves are designed for use with DIN 51524 standard hydraulic mineral oils and it is
recommended that filters should be fitted to ensure a maximum contamination level of class
10 in accordance with NAS 1638, ß25≥75..
PRESSURE DROPS
1 2 Spool Connections
20
type P→A P→B A→T B→T P→T
18 3
01 4 4 6 6
16
02 6 6 7 7 5
14 4 03 4 4 7 7
12 5 04 1 1 2 2 3
∆p (bar)
10 6 05 6 6 4 4
8
7 66 5 5 5 7
6
06 5 5 7 5
4
15 4 4 4 4
2 16 5 5 6 6
0 20* 5 5 6 6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Curve No.
Q (l/min)
* = with energized spool
The diagram at the side shows the pressure drop curves for spools during normal usage.
The fluid used is a mineral based oil with a viscosity of 46 mm2/s at 40°C; the tests have been
carried out at a fluid temperature of 40°C. For higher flow rates than those in the diagram the
losses will be those expressed by the following formula:
∆p1 = ∆p x (Q1/Q)2
where ∆p will be the value for the losses for a specific flow rate Q which can be obtained from
the diagram, ∆p1 will be the value of the losses for the flow rate Q1 that is used.
ORDERING CODE
AD Directional valve
2 CETOP 2/NG4
E Electrical operator
** Spool (tables next page)
* Mounting (table 1 next page)
* Voltage (table 2 next page)
** Variants (table 3 next page)
3 Serial No.
VALV/AD2E003_E/20-2017 I • 2 ®
TAB. 1 MOUNTING TAB.3 - VARIANTS STANDARD SPOOLS

STANDARD VARIANT CODE TWO SOLENOIDS, SPRING CENTRED "C" MOUNTING
C No variant (without connectors)
Viton
S1(*)
SV(*)
Spool
Type
Covering Transient position
1
Emergency button ES(*)
D 01 +
Rotary emergency button P2(*)(**)
AMP Junior connection AJ(*) 02 -
E Solenoid with flying leads (250 mm) FL
Solenoid with flying leads (130 mm) integrated diode LD
03 +
F Deutsch connection with bidir. diode CX
Coil 8W (only 24V) 8W
04* -
SPECIALS (WITH PRICE INCREASING)
Other variants available on request.
G 05 +
(*) Coils with Hirschmann and AMP Junior connec-
tion supplied without connectors. The connectors 66 +
H
can be ordered separately, CAP. I • 20.
06 +
I (**) P2 Emergency tightening torque max. 6÷9 Nm
/ 0.6 ÷ 0.9 Kgm with CH n. 22
L ONE SOLENOID, SIDE A "E" MOUNTING
Spool Covering Transient position
M Type
01 +
02 -
TAB.2 - A09 (27 W) COIL • Mounting type D is only for solenoid
valves with detent 03 +
DC VOLTAGE ** • In case of mounting D with detent,
L 12V the supply to solenoid must be longer
115Vac/50Hz 04* -
M 24V 120Vac/60Hz than 100 ms.
N 48V* with rectifier • The AMP Junior coil, the Deutsch 05 +
P 110V* coil with bidirectional diode and the
230Vac/50Hz
Z 102V* 240Vac/60Hz coil with flying leads (with or without
X 205V* with rectifier
66 +
diode) coils are available in 12V or
W Without DC coils 24V DC voltage only. 06 +
Voltage codes are not stamped on the
plate, their are readable on the coils. * Special voltage 15 -
** Technical data see page CAP. I • 4
16 +
LIMITS OF USE (MOUNTING C-E-F)
Spool ONE SOLENOID, SIDE B "F" MOUNTING
250 1 Type Spool Covering Transient position
2 01 1 Type
7 02 3
200
3 01 +
03 1
4
04 4
150 02 -
6 05 1
5 66 1
100 06 1 03 +
15 1(7*)
50 16 2(6*) 04* -
20 5
0
05 +
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
(6*) = 16 spool used as 2 or 3 way,
follow the curve n°4 66 +
(7*) = with 8W coil
06 +
The tests have been carried out with solenoids at operating temperature and a voltage
10% less than rated voltage with a fluid temperature of 40°C. The fluid used was a 15 -
mineral oil with a viscosity of 46 mm2/s at 40 C°. The values in the diagram refers to
tests carried out with the oil flow in two directions simultaneously (e.g. from P to A and
16 +
at the same time B to T). In case of valve 4/2 or 4/3 used with flow in one direc-
tion only, the limits of use could have variations which may even be negative.
Medium switching times Energizing: 20 ms
De-energizing: 40 ms TWO SOLENOIDS "D" MOUNTING
Tests have been carried out by spool normally closed with flow of 10 l/min at 125 bar Spool Covering Transient position
and a 100% supply, warm standard coil and without any electronic components. These Type
values are indicative and depend on the following parameters: the hydraulic circuit, the 20* +
fluid used and the variation of pressure, flow and temperature.
NOTE: Limits of use are available for C, E, F mounting.
* SPOOLS WITH PRICE INCREASING
VALV/AD2E003 _E/20-2017 I • 3 ®
AD2E... DIRECTIONAL CONTROL SOLENOID OPERATED VALVES CETOP 2/NG4
Max. pressure ports P/A/B 250 bar
Max pressure port T (dynamic) 250 bar
Max flow 20 l/min
1 Max excitation frequency

Duty cycle
Fluid viscosity
3 Hz
100% ED
10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
Max contamination level class 10 in accordance with
NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
Weight with one DC solenoid 0,88 Kg
Weight with two DC solenoids 1,1 Kg
E = Manual override
Screws with material specifications

min. 8.8 recommended - UNI 5931
Tightening torque of screws
M5x35 = 5 Nm / 0.5 Kgm.
Support plane
specifications
DC COILS A09
Type of protection • The AMP Junior coil, the Deutsch
(in relation to connector used) IP 65 coil with bidirectional diode and
Number of cycle 18.000/h the coil with flying leads (with or
Supply tolerance ±10% without diode) coils are available
Ambient temperature -30°C ÷ 60°C in 12V or 24V DC voltage only.
Duty cycle 100% ED
Insulation class wire H
Weight 0,215 Kg
VOLTAGE MAX WINDING TEMPERATURE RATED RESISTANCE AT ** The european low voltage directive
AMP JUNIOR (AJ)
(V) (AMBIENT TEMPERATURE 25°C) POWER (W) 20°C (OHM) ±7% is applied to electronical equipments
12V 123°C 27 5.3 used at a nominal voltages between
50 and 1000 VAC or 75 and 1500 VDC.
24V 123°C 27 21.3 In conformity with the low directive each
48V* 123°C 27 85.3 part of the manifold or the subplate
102V(*)(**) 123°C 27 392 on which the valve is mounted should
110V(*)(**) 123°C 27 448 be connected to a protective earth
205V(*)(**) 123°C 27 1577 with a resistence less than 0.1 ohms.
* Special voltages
DEUTSCH COIL WITH FLYING LEADS (FL) EMERGENCY (COILS WITH HIRSCHMANN CONNECTION)
BIDIR. DIODE (CX) LEADS WITH DIODO (LD) MANUAL WITHOUT CONNECTOR (ES) ROTARY WITHOUT CONNECTOR (P2*)
MANUAL WITH CONNECTOR (E1) ROTAN ROTARY WITH CONNECTOR (P1*)
DT04 - 2P
(*) Emergency tightening torque max. 6÷9 Nm / 0.6 ÷ 0.9 Kgm with CH n. 22
VALV/AD2E003_E/20-2017 I • 4 ®
ADC3... DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVES CETOP 3
SOLENOID OPERATED WITH REDUCED OVERALL SIZE
The NG6 directional control valves are designed for subplate mounting with an inter-
4.2-4-03).
The use of solenoids with wet armatures allows an extremely safe construction completely
dispensing with the need for dynamic seal. The solenoid tube is screwed directly onto the
valve casting whilst the coil is kept in position by a ring nut.
1
The operation of the directional valve is electrical. The centring is achieved by means of cali-
ADC3E... brated length springs which, once the impulse is over, immediately reposition the spool in the
neutral position. To improve the valve performance, different springs are used for each spool.
STANDARD CONNECTORS CAP. I • 20 The solenoids, constructed with a protection class of IP65 in accordance with BS 5490
standards, are available in direct current form and different voltage. The electrical controls
are equipped with an emergency manual control inserted in the tube.
The ADC3 valve uses shorter solenoids than the standard AD.3.E to reduce the overall
dimensions.
The solenoid coils are normally arranged for DIN 43650 ISO 4400 type connectors (standard
version). On request, could be available the following coil connection variants: AMP Junior
connections; flying leads connections, with or without integrated diode; Deutsch connections
with bidirectional integrated diode.
The recommended fluids are hydraulic mineral based oils in accordance with DIN 51524 and
it is recommended that filters should be fitted to ensure a maximum contamination level of
class 10 in accordance with NAS 1638, ß25≥75.
Max. pressure ports P/A/B/T 250 bar

Max flow 30 l/min
Max excitation frequency 3 Hz
Duty cycle 100% ED
Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
Max contamination level class 10 in accordance
with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
PRESSURE DROPS
1
2
3
Spool Connections
4
∆p (bar)
5
01 4 4 4 4
6 02 6 6 6 6 6
03 4 4 6 6
04 3 3 2 2 5
15E-16E 6 3 1 5
15F-16F 3 6 5 1
Q (l/min) Curve No.
The diagram at the side shows the pressure drop curves for spools during normal usage.
The fluid used is a mineral oil with a viscosity of 46 mm2/s at 40 C°; the tests have been car-
ried out at a fluid temperature of 40 C°. For higher flow rates than those in the diagram, the
losses will be those expressed by the following formula:
∆p1 = ∆p x (Q1/Q)2
VALV/ADC3001 _E/19-2017 I • 5 ®
ADC3... SOLENOID OPERATED WITH REDUCED OVERALL SIZE CETOP 3/NG6
ORDERING CODE TAB.1 - MOUNTING STANDARD SPOOL

STANDARD
TWO SOLENOIDS, SPRING CENTRED "C" MOUNTING
1
ADC Directional valve
C Spool Covering Transient position
type
3 CETOP 3/NG6
E 01 +
F 02 -
** Spool (tables at the side)
SPECIALS (WITH PRICE INCREASING) 03 +
* Mounting (table 1) G 04* -
* Voltage (table 2) H
ONE SOLENOID, SIDE A "E" MOUNTING
** Variants (table 3) Spool Covering Transient position
type
1 Serial No.
01 +
02 -
TAB.2 - A09 (27 W) COIL 03 +
DC VOLTAGE ** • The AMP Junior coil, the Deutsch
L 12V 04* -
115Vac/50Hz coil with bidirectional diode and the
M 24V 120Vac/60Hz coil with flying leads (with or without
N 48V* with rectifier 15 -
diode) coils are available in 12V or
P 110V* 24V DC voltage only.
230Vac/50Hz
Z 102V* 240Vac/60Hz 16 +
* Special voltage
W Without DC coils ** Technical data see page CAP.
ONE SOLENOID, SIDE B "F" MOUNTING
Voltage codes are not stamped on the I • 7
plate, their are readable on the coils.
type
01 +
TAB.3 - VARIANTS 02 -
Variant Code
No variant (without connectors) S1(*) 03 +
Viton SV(*)
Emergency button ES(*) 04* -
Rotary emergency button P2 (*)(**)
Rotary emergency button (180°) R5 (*)(**) 15 -
Variant with lever for emergency button LF(*)
AMP Junior connection AJ(*) 16 +
Coil with flying leads (250 mm) FL
Coil with flying leads (130 mm) with diode LD
Deutsch connection with bidirectional diode CX

tion supplied without connectors. The connectors
(**) P2 and R5 Emergency tightening torque max.

6÷9 Nm / 0.6 ÷ 0.9 Kgm with CH n. 22
LIMITS OF USE (MOUNTING C-E-F) The tests have been carried out with solenoids operating temperature
1 and a voltage 10% less than rated voltage with a fluid temperature
Spool n° of 50 C°. The fluid used was a mineral oil with a viscosity of 46
type curve
mm2/s at 40 degrees C. The values in the diagram refer to tests
2 01 2 carried out with the oil flow in two directions simultaneously (e.g.
02 1 from P to A and at the same time B to T).
03 3 In the cases where valves 4/2 and 4/3 are used with the flow
P (bar)
3 04 3 in one direction only, the limits of use could have variations

15 4 which may even be negative (See curve No 4 and Spool No
4
16 1(4*) 16). The tests were carried out with a counter-pressure of 2
(4*) = 16 spools used for bar at T port.
3 way valve, follow the
curve n°4
Q (l/min)
VALV/ADC3001_E/19-2017 I • 6 ®
ADC3... SOLENOID OPERATED WITH REDUCED OVERALL SIZE CETOP 3/NG6
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
E = Manual override
Fixing screws UNI 5931 M5x30 Support plane

specifications
with material specifications min. 8.8
Tightening torque 5 ÷ 6 Nm / 0.5 ÷ 0.6 Kgm
A09 DC COILS
Number of cycle 18.000/h the coil with flying leads (with or
Duty cycle 100% ED
Weight 0,215 Kg
RATED RESISTANCE ** The european low voltage di-

AMP JUNIOR DEUTSCH COIL +
VOLTAGE MAX WINDING TEMPERATURE
POWER AT 20°C rective is applied to electronical BIDIR. DIODE
(CX)
(V) (AMBIENT TEMPERATURE 25°C) (AJ)
(W) (OHM) ±7% equipments used at a nominal DT04 - 2P
12V 123°C 27 5.3 voltages between 50 and 1000
24V 123°C 27 21.3 VAC or 75 and 1500 VDC. In
conformity with the low direc-
48V* 123°C 27 85.3
tive each part of the manifold or
102V(*)(**) 123°C 27 392 the subplate on which the valve
110V(*)(**) 123°C 27 448 is mounted should be connect-
205V(*)(**) 123°C 27 1577 ed to a protective earth with a
* Special voltages resistence less than 0.1 ohms.
EMERGENCY (COILS WITH HIRSCHMANN CONNECTION)

MANUAL WITHOUT CONNECTOR (ES) ROTARY WITHOUT CONNECTOR (P2*) ROTARY 180° WITHOUT CONNECTOR (R5*) FLYING LEADS (FL)
MANUAL WITH CONNECTOR (E1) ROTAN ROTARY TE WITH CONNECTOR (P1*) ROTARY 180° WITH CONNECTOR (P5*) LEADS + DIODE (LD)
VALV/ADC3001 _E/19-2017 I • 7 ®
INTRODUCTION
1
The directional control valves NG6 are designed for subplate mounting with an inter-
4.2-4-03), and can be used in all fields on account of their high flow rate and pressure capaci-
ties combined with compact overall dimensions.
The use of solenoids with wet armatures allows a very practical, safe construction completely
CETOP 3/NG06 dispensing with dynamic seals; the solenoid tube is screwed directly onto the valve chest whilst
the coil is kept in position by means of a lock nut.
STANDARD SPOOLS CAP. I • 10
AD3E... CAP. I • 11 The special, precise construction of the ports and the improvement of the spools enables
relatively high flow rates to be accommodated with a minimal pressure drop (∆p).
AD3E...J* CAP. I • 12 The operation of the directional valves may be electrical, pneumatic, oleodynamic, mechani-
AD3E...KJ CAP. I • 13 cal or lever.
AD3V... CAP. I • 14 The centre position is obtained by means of calibrated length springs which reposition the
AD3L... CAP. I • 15 spool in the centre or end of travel position once the action of the impulse is over.
OTHER OPERATOR CAP. I • 16
The solenoids are constructed with a protection class of IP66 to DIN 40050 standards and
AD3P... CAP. I • 17 are available in either AC or DC form in different voltage and frequencies.
AD3O... CAP. I • 17 The new type DC coil "D15", of cause their high performance, allows to increasing the limits
AD3M... CAP. I • 18 of use respect to last series.
All types of electrical control are available, on request, with different types of manual emer-
AD3D... CAP. I • 18
gency controls.
“D15” DC COILS CAP. I • 19
The solenoid coils are normally arranged for DIN 43650 ISO 4400 type connectors; is available
“B14” AC SOLENOIDS CAP. I • 19
on request these variant coils: with AMP Junior connections, with AMP junior and integrated
STANDARD CONNECTORS CAP. I • 20 diode, with Deutsch DT04-2P connections or solenoid with flying leads. Connectors with
“LE” VARIANTS CAP. I • 21 built in rectifiers or pilot lights are also available.
L.V.D.T. CAP. I • 22 The valves are designed for use with DIN 51524 standard hydraulic mineral oils and it is
10 in accordance with NAS 1638, ß25≥75.
PRESSURE DROPS
1 2 3 4 5 6 The diagram at the side shows the pressure drop
20
18 7
curves for spools during normal usage. The fluid
used is a mineral oil with a viscosity of 46 mm2/s
16
at 40°C; the tests have been carried out at a fluid
14
temperature of 40°C. For higher flow rates than
12 those in the diagram, the losses will be those
P (bar)
10 expressed by the following formula:

8
6 ∆p1 = ∆p x (Q1/Q)2
4 where ∆p will be the value for the losses for a
2 specific flow rate Q which can be obtained from
0 the diagram, ∆p1 will be the value of the losses
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 for the flow rate Q1 that is used.
Q (l/min)
Spool Connections Spool Connections

type P→A P→B A→T B→T P→T type P→A P→B A→T B→T P→T
01 5 5 5 5 10 5 5 5 5
02 7 7 7 7 6 11 5 5
03 5 5 6 6 22 5 5
04 2 2 2 2 4 12 5 6
44 1 1 2 2 3 13 5 6 6
05 7 7 5 5 14 4 3 3 3 4
06 5 5 7 5 28 3 4 3 3 4
66 5 5 5 7 15-19* 5 5 6 6
07 2 6 16 5 5 4 4
08 6 6 17-21* 3 4
09 5 5 20* 4 4 4 4
Curve No. Curve No.
(*) Value with energized solenoid
VALV/AD3E$$3_E/21-2020 I • 8 ®
ORDERING CODE TAB.2 - VOLTAGE TAB.1- MOUNTING

AC SOLENOID B14 ** STANDARD
1
AD Directional valve A 24V/50-60 Hz
C
B 48V/50-60 Hz
3 CETOP 3/NG6 J 115V/50Hz - 120V/60Hz
Y 230V/50Hz - 240V/60Hz D
E Type of operator K AC without coils
For other operator see Other voltages available on request. E
next pages DC COIL D15 (30W) **
L 12V 115Vac/50Hz F
M 24V 120Vac/60Hz
** Spool see page CAP. I • 10 V 28V* with rectifier SPECIALS (WITH PRICE INCREASING)
N 48V*
Z 102V* 230Vac/50Hz G
* Mounting type (table 1) 240Vac/60Hz
P 110V*
with rectifier
X 205V* H
* Voltage (table 2) W DC without coils
** Variants (table 3)
I
Voltage codes are not stamped on the plate, their are
readable on the coils.
* Serial No. L
• AMP Junior coils (with or without diode)
3 = Standard M
and coils with flying leads and coils type
4 = Only for RS - R6 - KJ - 7J variants Deutsch, are available in 12V or 24V DC
voltage only. • Mounting type D is only for valves
• The coil with eCoat protection (RS variant) with detent
is available in 12V, 24V, 28V or 110V DC • In case of mounting D with detent
voltage only. a maximum supply time of 2 sec is
needed (only for AC coils).
* Special voltage
** Technical data see page Cap. I • 19
TAB.3 - VARIANTS
VARIANT CODE ♦ PAGE
No variant (without connectors) S1(*)
Viton SV (*)
Emergency control lever for directional control valves type ADC3 and AD3E LE-LF-AX-CE(*)♦ Cap. I • 21
Emergency button ES(*) Cap. I • 19
Rotary emergency button P2(*) Cap. I • 19
Rotary emergency button (180°) R5(*) Cap. I • 19
Preset for microswitch (E/F/G/H mounting only) (see below note ◊) M1(*) ♦ Cap. I • 11 - Cap. I • 15
5 micron clearance SQ(*) ♦
Spool movement speed control (only VDC) with ø 0.3 mm orifice 3S(*) ♦ Cap. I • 12
Spool movement speed control (only VDC) with ø 0.4 mm orifice JS(*) ♦ Cap. I • 12
AMP Junior coil - for12V or 24V DC voltage only AJ(*) Cap. I • 19
AMP Junior coil and integrated diode - for12V or 24V DC voltage only AD(*) Cap. I • 19
Coil with flying leads (175 mm) - for12V or 24V DC voltage only SL Cap. I • 19
Hirschmann coil eCoat surface treatment - for 12V, 24V, 28V or 110V DC voltage only RS(*) Cap. I • 19
Deutsch DT04-2P connection eCoat surface treatment - for 12V, 24V DC voltage only R6 Cap. I • 19
High corrosion resistance valve - Hirschmann connector KJ Cap. I • 13
High corrosion resistance valve - Deutsch DT04-2P connector - for 12V, 24V DC voltage only 7J Cap. I • 13
Deutsch DT04-2P coil - for12V or 24V DC voltage only CZ Cap. I • 19
◊ = Maximum counter-pressure on T port: 8 bar - Microswitch type MK code 1319098 must be ordered separately.
♦ = Variant codes stamped on the plate
(*) Coils with Hirschmann and AMP Junior connection supplied without connectors. The connectors can be ordered separately, Cap. I • 20.
VALV/AD3E$$3 _E/21-2020 I • 9 ®
TWO SOLENOIDS, SPRING CENTRED “C” MOUNTING DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVES
Spool
type
STANDARD SPOOLS CETOP 3/NG6
01 +
NOTE
02 -
1
(*) Spool with price increasing
03 + • With spools 15 / 16 / 17 only mounting E / F are possible

• 16 / 19 / 20 / 21 spool not planned for AD3E...J*
04* -
• For lever operated the spools used are different.
44* - Available spools for this kind of valve see AD3L..
05 +
66 + ONE SOLENOID, SIDE B “F” MOUNTING

06 + type
01 +
07* +
02 -
08* +
03 +
09* +
04* -
10* +
44* -
22* +
05 +
11* +
66 +
12* +
06 +
13* +
08* +
14* -
09* +
28* -
10* +
22* +
ONE SOLENOID, SIDE A “E” MOUNTING
Spool Covering Transient position 12* +
type
13* +
01 +
07* +
02 -
15 -
03 +
16 +
04* -
17 +
44* -
14* -
05 +
28* -
66 +
06 +
08* +
TWO SOLENOIDS “D” MOUNTING
10* +
type
12* +
19* -
15 -
20* +
16 +
21* +
17 +
14* -
28* -
VALV/TCRS003_E/06-2017 I • 10 ®
AD3E... DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVES SOLENOID OPERATED CETOP 3/NG6
Max. pressure port P/A/B (1) 350 bar CALIBRATED
Max. pressure port T (for DC) (2) 250 bar DIAPHRAGMS (3)
1
Max. pressure port T (for AC) (2) 160 bar Ø mm Code
Max. flow 80 l/min blind M52.05.0023/4
Max. excitation frequency 3 Hz
0.5 M52.05.0023/1
Duty cycle 100% ED
0.6 M52.05.0023/6
Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C 0.7 M52.05.0023/8
Ambient temperature - 25°C ÷ 60°C 0.8 M52.05.0023
A max. counter-pressure of 8 bar at T is permitted Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance 1.0 M52.05.0023/2
for the variant with a microswitch (M1). with NAS 1638 with filter ß25 ≥75 1.2 M52.05.0023/3
(1) Dynamic pressure allowed on P for 1 million of cycles. Weight with one DC solenoid 1,65 Kg 1.5 M52.05.0023/7
(2) DC: Dynamic pressure allowed for 2 millions of Weight with two DC solenoids 2 Kg 2.0 M52.05.0023/10
cycles. Weight with one AC solenoid 1,31 Kg 2.2 M52.05.0023/9
AC: Dynamic pressure allowed for 350.000 of cycles. Weight with two AC solenoids 1,72 Kg
For dynamic pressure of 100 bar are allowed 1 2.5 M52.05.0023/5
milion cycles.
(3) For high differential pressure please
contact our technical department.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
E E
E = Manual override
MS = Microswitch
Calibrated diaphragm
MS
Support plane Fixing screws UNI 5931 M5x30

specifications
Tightening torque 5 Nm / 0.5 Kgm

The tests have been carried out with solenoids at operating temperature and a voltage 10% less than rated voltage with a fluid temperature
of 40°C. The fluid used was a mineral oil with a viscosity of 46 mm2/s at 40°C. The values in the diagram refers to tests carried out with the oil
flow in two directions simultaneously T = 2 bar (e.g.. from P to A and the same time B to T). In the case where valves 4/2 and 4/3 were used
with the flow in one direction only, the limits of use could have variations which may even be negative. Rest times: the values are indicative and
depend on following parameters: hydraulic circuit, fluid used and variations in hydraulic scales (pressure P, flow Q, temperature T). The limit of
use for AC solenoids were detected with 50 Hz power.
Direct current: Energizing 30 ÷ 50 ms. Alternating current: Energizing 8 ÷ 30 ms.
De-energizing 10 ÷ 30 ms. De-energizing 15 ÷ 55 ms.
NOTE: The operating limits shown are valid for mountings C, E, F.
DIRECT CURRENT SOLENOIDS (DC) Spool Solenoids ALTERNATING CURRENT SOLENOIDS (AC)
350 1 type DC AC 320
9
12 15
01 1 9 280
16
17
11
300
6 2
4 02 1 9 10
3 4 240
250 03 3 10
7 200 13
200
04 2 15
P (bar)
P (bar)
16
44 1 9 160
14
150 5 6 17
8 05 1 16 120 11
5
100
7 06-66 5 13 13
80
11-22 4 17 12
50 14-28 7 12 40
0 15 8 14 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 16 6 11 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Q (l/min) Q (l/min)
Curves
VALV/AD3E003_E/15-2020 I • 11 ®
AD3E...J* VALVES WITH SPOOL MOVEMENT SPEED CONTROL VARIANT J*
Valves type AD3E...J* with spool movement speed control Max. pressure ports P/A/B 320 bar
Max. pressure port T (*) 250 bar
These ON-OFF type valves are used a lower spool movement speed Max. flow 30 l/min
1
than usual for conventional solenoid valves is required to prevent im- Max. excitation frequency 2 Hz
pacts which could adversely affect the smooth running of the system. Duty cycle 100% ED
The system consist of reducing the transfer section for the fluid from Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
one solenoid to the other by means of calibrated orifices. Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
• This version can only be used with a direct current (DC) and also Weight with one DC solenoid 1,65 Kg
involves a reduction in the limits of use so that we suggest to Weight with two solenoids DC solenoids 2 Kg
always test the valve in your application
(*) Pressure dynamic allowed for 2 millions of
• To order AD3...J* version valves, specify the orifices code. cycles.
• The operation is linked to a minimum counter-pressure on T line

(1 bar min.)
CALIBRATED
• The switching time referred to the spool travel detected by a LVDT ORIFICES AVAILABLE
transducer can vary for the NG6 valve from a minimum of 100 to a
maximum of 300 ms depending on 5 fundamental variables: ø (mm) M4x4 Code
0.3 M89.10.0028 3S (J3+S1)*
1) Diameter of the calibrated orifices (see table) 0.4 M89.10.0029 JS (J4+S1)*
0.5 M89.10.0006 5S (J5+S1)*
2) Hydraulic power for clearance referring to flow and pressure values 0.6 M89.10.0030 6S (J6+S1)*
through valve
* Old code
3) Spool type
4) Oil viscosity and temperature
5) Counter-pressure at T line
• Possible mountings: C / E / F / G / H
• 16 / 19 / 20 / 21 spools not planned for AD.3.E...J*
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
E = Manual override
Support plane
Fixing screws UNI 5931M5x40 specifications
VALV/AD3EJ$3 _E/05-2017 I • 12 ®
AD3E...KJ / 7J HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
• This variant has a Zinc-Nickel surface
treatment on metallic parts for a higher corrosion
1
resistance
• Coil windings are sealed and outer metal housing

has eCoat surface treatment
• The complete valve outstand more than 700

hours exposure of Salt Spray Test (test performer
AD3EJ.. according to UNI EN ISO 9227 and evaluation
according to UNI EN ISO10289).
STANDARD CONNECTORS CAP. I • 20
• The plastic blind retainer is assembled as
standard to protect the end surface of solenoid
tube
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
Ø 9,5
Ø 5,5
95,7
83,7
68,7
65,2
51
22
24
88 88
OR-2-012/90
Per versioni a singolo solenoide

Single solenoid versions 163
245,5
21,5 19
10,4
Ø 46
Ø 46
32,5
31
10,4
8,8 8,7
Support plane Fixing screws UNI 5931M5x40

specifications with material specifications min. 8.8
VALV/AD3EKJ4 _E/02-2017 I • 13 ®
AD3V... CETOP 3/NG6
WITH PROXIMITY SENSOR LVDT
The single solenoid directional Max. operating pressure ports P/A/B (*) 350 bar
valves type AD.3.V are used in ap- Max. operating pressure
plications where the monitoring of
1
port T dynamic (**) 250 bar
the position of the spool inside the Max. flow 60 l/min
valve is requested to manage the Max. excitation frequency 3 Hz
machine safety cycles in accord- Duty cycle 100% ED
ing with the accident prevention Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
AD3V... legislation. These directional valves Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
“D15” DC COILS CAP. I • 19 are equipped with an horizontal Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
STANDARD CONNECTORS CAP. I • 20 positioned inductive sensor on the Type of protection
opposite side of the solenoid, which (in relation to connector used) IP 66
LVDT CAP. I • 22
is capable of providing the first Weight 1,7 Kg
movement of the valve when the pas-
(*) Dynamic pressure allowed on P for 800.000 cycles.
sage of a minimum flow is allowed.
(**) Pressure dynamic allowed for 2 millions of cycles.
Integrated in safety systems, these
valves intercept actuator movements • Possible mountings: E / F / H
that could be dangerous for the op- • The valve is supplied with DC solenoid only
erators and for the machine.
Spool Connections
PRESSURE DROPS
ORDERING CODE type P→A P→B A→T B→T P→T
1 2
3
AD Directional control valve 01 5 5 5 5
4 02 6 6 6 6 5
06 5 5 6 5
3 CETOP 3/NG6 5
16 5 5 4 4
∆p (bar)
6 17 1 3
V Directional valve with 66 5 5 5 6
single solenoid and 32 1 1 2 2
LVDT proximity sensor Curves No.
The diagram at side shows the ∆p curves for spool in

*** Spool and mounting (table 1) normal usage. The fluid used is a mineral oil with a
viscosity of 46 mm2/s at 40°C; the tests have been
* Voltage (table 2) Q (l/min) carried out at a fluid temperature of 40°C.
TAB.2 - VOLTAGE TAB1 - STANDARD SPOOLS FOR AD3V
3 Serial No. D15 COIL (30W) ** POSSIBLE MOUNTING: E / F / H
L 12V Spool Covering Transient position
M 24V 115Vac/50Hz
type
V 28V* 120Vac/60Hz
registered mark for industrial N 48V* with rectifier 01E +
environment with reference to the electro- Z 102V* 230Vac/50Hz 01F +
magnetic compatibility. European norms: P 110V* 240Vac/60Hz
- EN50082-2 general safety norm - industrial R 205V* with rectifier 02E -
environment W Without DC coils and connectors
06H* +
- EN 50081-1 emission general norm - resi- Voltage codes are not stamped on the plate,
dential environment their are readable on the coils. 16E +
* Special voltage 17F +
** Technical data see Cap. I • 19 66F +
32E +
(*) Spool with price increasing
55
51
TAB.3 - VARIANTS
80 69.5 112.8 Viton SV(*)
262.3 Emergency button ES(*)
Without proximity connector LVDT S3
Ch. 27
E = Manual override Without coils and proximity connector S4
Ch. 24
AMP Junior coil AJ(*)
AMP Junior coil and integrated diode AD(*)
Coil with flying leads (175mm) SL
Ø 39
Ø 45
A
Deutsch DT04-2P Coil type CZ
32.5
46
31
40.5
Fixing screws UNI 5931 M5x30 tion supplied without connectors. The connectors
Support plane
with material specifications min. 8.8 specifications can be ordered separately, Cap. I • 20.
VALV/AD3V002 _E/13-2018 I • 14 ®
AD3L... LEVER OPERATED CETOP 3/NG6
Max. pressure port T 160 bar
1
Max. flow 60 l/min
Lever angle 2 x 17°
Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance with
Weight 1,2 Kg
AD3L... Weight M1 variant 1,8 Kg
STANDARD SPOOLS CAP. I • 10
ORDERING CODE TABLE 1 - SPOOLS TYPE

• Available spools:
AD Directional valve 01 / 02 / 03 / 04 / 05 / 06 / 66
13 / 15 / 16 / 17
3 CETOP 3/NG6
L Lever operation
** Spool type (see table 1)

Spool symbol see CAP. I • 10
* Mounting type (see table 2) TABLE 2 - MOUNTING TYPE
* Z = Valve with lever C

X = Valve without lever
* Variants (see table 3) E
4 Serial No.
F (1)
(1) For spools 15-16-17 the lever

is mounted on site B
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
TABLE 3 - VARIANTS TABLE
VARIANTS CODE (♦)
No variant 00
Viton V1
M1 Preset for microswitch M1 (♦)

Microswitch type MK code
1319098 can be ordered separately.
With detent (*)
(VARIANTE L2)
(VARIANTE L1)
(mechanical connection) D1 (♦)

(STANDARD)
(Springs are different from

those for standard versions)
Preset for microswitch + Detent (*) MD (♦)
Lever length 162 mm L1
Lever length 192 mm L2
M1 = microswitch ♦ Variant codes stamped on the plate
(*) max. 150.000 cycles.

Lato A
Side Lato B
Side

specifications
VALV/AD3L004 _E/20-2020 I • 15 ®
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVES
OTHER OPERATOR CETOP 3/NG6
INTRODUCTION
1
The directional control valves NG6 are designed for subplate mounting with an in-
terface in accordance with with UNI ISO 4401 - 03 - 02 - 0 - 94 standard (ex CETOP
R 35 H 4.2-4-03), and can be used in all fields on account of their high flow rate and pressure
capacities combined with compact overall dimensions.
The use of solenoids with wet armatures allows a very practical, safe construction completely
dispensing with dynamic seals; the solenoid tube is screwed directly onto the valve chest whilst
the coil is kept in position by means of a lock nut.
ALTRI COMANDI The special, precise construction of the ports and the improvement of the spools enables
STANDARD SPOOLS CAP. I • 10 relatively high flow rates to be accommodated with a minimal pressure drop (∆p).
The centre position is obtained by means of calibrated length springs which reposition the
AD3P... CAP. I • 17 spool in the centre or end of travel position once the action of the impulse is over.
AD3O... CAP. I • 17 The valves are designed for use with DIN 51524 standard hydraulic mineral oils and it is
AD3M... CAP. I • 18 recommended that filters should be fitted to ensure a maximum contamination level of class
AD3D... CAP. I • 18 10 in accordance with NAS 1638, ß25≥75.
ORDERING CODE TAB.1 MOUNTING

STANDARD
C
3 CETOP 3/NG06
D
* Type of operator
P = Pneumatic E
O = Oleodynamic
M = Mechanically F
D = Direct mechanically
(For other operator see SPECIALS (WITH PRICE INCREASING)
past pages) G
** Spool (see CAP. I • 10)
H
* Mounting type (tab.1)
I
z No voltage
L
** Variants:
00 = no variant M
V1 = Viton
H1 = Marine version (for AD3P only) • In case of mounting D
DI(*) = Internal draining (for AD3O only) with detent a maximum supply
time of 2 sec is needed (only
for AC coils).
2 Serial No.
(*)The DI variant is recommended in the environments charac-
terised by the presence of dust or any type of contamination.
PRESSURE DROPS
1 2 Spool Connections Spool Connections
3 type type
P→A P→B A→T B→T P→T P→A P→B A→T B→T P→T
4
01 5 5 5 5 11 4 6
5 02 6 6 6 6 5 22 4 6
03 5 5 6 6 12 5 6
∆p (bar)
6
04 1 1 2 2 4 13 5 6 6
05 5 5 5 5 14 2 1 1 1 2
06 5 5 6 5 28 1 2 1 1 2
66 5 5 5 6 15 - 19 4 4 6 6
07 4 6 16 5 5 4 4
08 6 6 17 - 21 1 3
09 5 5 18 5 5
Q (l/min) 10 5 5 5 5 20 4 4 4 4
Curve No. Curve No.
The diagram at the side shows the pressure drop curves for spools during normal usage. The fluid used is a mineral oil with a viscosity of
46 mm2/s at 40°C; the tests have been carried out at a fluid temperature of 40°C. For higher flow rates than those in the diagram, the losses will
be those expressed by the following formula:
∆p1 = ∆p x (Q1/Q)2
where ∆p will be the value for the losses for a specific flow rate Q which can be obtained from the diagram, ∆p1 will be the value of the losses
for the flow rate Q1 that is used.
VALV/AD3002 _E/06-2017 I • 16 ®
AD3P... PNEUMATIC OPERATION TYPE VALVES CETOP 3/NG6
Max. pressure ports P/A/B 320 bar • Possible mountings:
Max. pressure port T 160 bar C/D/E/F/G/H/I L/M
Max. flow 60 l/min
1
Minimum operating pressure 2 + [0.027 x (pt*)] bar - see note Ordering code see
Maximum operating pressure 20 bar page before
Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C (pt*)= pressure at port T
Max. contamination level
class 10 in accordance with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
Weight single pilot 1,2 Kg
Weight twin pilot 1,8 Kg
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
Fixing screws UNI 5931 M5x30

Support plane
specifications
IAD3P - 02/2000/e
AD3O... OLEODYNAMIC OPERATION TYPE VALVES CETOP 3/NG6

Max. pressure port T 160 bar C/D/E/F/G/H/I L/M
Max. flow 60 l/min
Minimum operating pressure 15 + [0.1 x (pt*)] bar - see note Ordering code see
Maximum operating pressure 250 bar page before
(pt*)= pressure at port
Fluid temperature 0°C ÷ 75°C
“T” .
Max. contamination level Minimum pilot pres-
class 10 in accordance with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75 sure depends on spool
Weight single pilot 1,5 Kg scheme, flow rate and
Weight twin pilot 2,3 Kg pressure.
The DI variant is recommended in the envi-
To allow the spool to
ronments characterised by the presence of
Further technical specifications (for DI variant only) return to nautral position,
dust or any type of contamination.
Minimum operating pressure [10 + (pt*)] bar - see note the pilot pressure
Maximum operating pressure 250 bar must be below 3 bar.
Max. piloting leakage 1 l/min
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
E = Manual override

Support plane
specifications
IAD3O - 04/2015/e
VALV/AD3P002_E/04-2015 I • 17 ®
AD3M... MECHANICALLY OPERATED TYPE VALVES CETOP 3/NG6
Max. pressure ports P/A/B 320 bar •Possible mountings:
Max. pressure port T 160 bar E/F/G/H
1
Max. flow 60 l/min • Ordering code see
Minimum operating force - see note (*) 2,5 Kg page before
Maximum operating force - see note (**) 13 Kg
Cam angle 27° • Note:
Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s (*) In the absence
Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C of counter-pressure
Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C at port T
Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75 (**) with a pressure
Weight 1 Kg of 160 bar at port T
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
Stroke 12,4 mm
Working stroke 3 mm

Support plane
specifications
EAD3M - 02/2000/e
AD3D... DIRECT MECHANICALLY OPERATED TYPE VALVES CETOP 3/NG6

Max. flow 60 l/min
• Ordering code see
Operating force - see note (*) 6 Kg
page before
Fluid temperature 0°C ÷ 75°C • Note:
(*) In absence of
counter-pressure at
port T
Weight 1,5 Kg
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
Stroke 6 mm
Extra stroke 2 mm
Working stroke 3 mm

Support plane
specifications
EAD3D - 02/2000/e
VALV/AD3M002_E/05-2017 I • 18 ®
"D15" DC COILS FOR CETOP 3
Type of protection • AMP Junior coils (with or without
(in relation to the connector used) IP 66 diode) and coils with flying leads
Number of cycles 18.000/h and coils type Deutsch, are availa-
1
Supply tolerance ±10% ble in 12V or 24V DC voltage only.
Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C • The pastic type coil (RS variant)
Duty cycle 100% ED is available in 12V, 24V, 28V or
Insulation class wire H 110V DC voltage only.
Weight 0,354 Kg
RATED RESISTANCE ** The european low voltage ECOAT COIL (RS) EMERG. HIRSCHMANN CONN.
VOLTAGE MAX WINDING TEMPERATURE directive is applied to elec-
POWER AT 20°C MANUAL WITHOUT CONN. (ES)
(V) (AMBIENT TEMPERATURE 25°C) tronical equipments used
(W) (OHM) ±10% MANUAL WITH CONN. (E1)
at a nominal voltages be- 33
12V 110°C 30 4.8
tween 50 and 1000 VAC or
12
24V 110°C 30 18.8 75 and 1500 VDC. In con-
110°C 30 25.6
*** VDC
28V* formity with the low directive 100% ED
31.2
48V* 110°C 30 75.2 each part of the manifold or
Ø 27
Ø 23
Ø 45
102V(*)(**) 110°C 30 340 the subplate on which the
110V(*)(**) 110°C 30 387 valve is mounted should
be connected to a protec- 1.1
205V(*)(**) 110°C 30 1375
tive earth with a resist- 54
* Special voltages ence less than 0.1 ohms.
FLYING LEADS AMP JUNIOR (AJ) DEUTSCH EMERGENCY (COILS WITH HIRSCHMANN CONNECTION)
(SL) AJ + DIODE (AD) DT04 - 2P (CZ) ROTARY WITHOUT CONNECTOR (P2) ROTARY 180° WITHOUT CONNECTOR (R5)
CZ + ECOAT (R6) ROTARY WITH CONNECTOR (P1) ROTAN 180° ROTARY WITH CONNECTOR (P5)
"B14" AC SOLENOIDS FOR CETOP 3
Type of protection (in relation to the connector used) IP 65

Number of cycles 18.000/h
Supply tolerance +10% / -10%
Duty cycle 100% ED
Weight 0,436 Kg
VOLTAGE MAX. WINDING TEMPERATURE RESISTANCE AT 20°C RATED POWER. PICKUP CURRENT
(V) (AMBIENT TEMPERATURE 25°C) (OHM) ±10% (VA) (A)
24V/50Hz - 24V/60Hz 100°C - 96°C 1.7 54 - 40 5.6 - 5
48V/50Hz - 48V/60Hz 112°C - 98°C 6.8 45 - 34 5.3 - 5
115V/50HZ - 120V/60HZ * 133°C - 101°C 32.5 61 - 51 3.2 - 3.2
230V/50Hz - 240V/60Hz * 120°C - 103°C 134 62 - 52 1.6 - 1.6
* The european low voltage directive is applied to electronical equip- the manifold or the subplate on which the valve is mounted should be
ments used at a nominal voltages between 50 and 1000 VAC or connected to a protective earth with a resistence less than 0.1 ohms.
75 and 1500 VDC. In conformity with the low directive each part of

MANUAL WITHOUT CONNECTOR (ES) ROTARY WITHOUT CONNECTOR (P2)
MANUAL WITH CONNECTOR (E1) ROTAN ROTARY WITH CONNECTOR (P1)
81,1
80,8
85,5 112
VALV/TD15K12 _E/13-2017 I • 19 ®
CONNECTORS DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVES IN ACCORDANCE WITH
DIN 43650/ISO4400
Protection
4.5 28.5 29.5 Connector Type Cable gland Code
level
1
Black color PG09 V86 05 0002
M3
Grey color PG09 V86 05 0004

Standard IP65
42
Grey color PG11 V86 05 0008
12 VAC/VDC PG09 V86 10 0018
Lens cover with pilot light (bipolar 24 VAC/VDC PG09 V86 10 0012
IP65
led) (*) 115 VAC/VDC PG09 V86 10 0020
Ø 6÷8 mm (PG09)
230 VAC/VDC PG09 V86 10 0022
Ø 8÷10 mm (PG11)
(*) Don’t use for proportional versions
4.5 34.5 29.5 Protection

Connector Type Cable gland Code
level
With rectifier (*)
M3

Inlet voltage 12÷230 VAC IP65
Outlet voltage 9÷205 VDC Grey color PG09 V86 20 0004
42
12 VAC PG09 V86 25 0018

Lens cover with pilot light (bipolar
24 VAC PG09 V86 25 0019
led) and rectifier (*)
IP65 48 VAC PG09 V86 25 0020
Inlet voltage 12÷230 VAC
115 VAC PG09 V86 25 0021
Ø 6÷8 mm (PG09) Outlet voltage 9÷205 VDC
230 VAC PG09 V86 25 0022
(*) Don’t use for proportional versions
4.5 32 29.5
Protection
Connector Type Cable gland Code
level
M3
Black color — V86 28 0001

With protection level IP67 IP67
Grey color — V86 28 0002
62
Electrical circuits
1 1
Ø 4÷7 mm 1 1
2 2 2
2
Standard Bipolar led Rectifier and Bipolar led, rectifier and

VDR protection VDR protection
ELECTRICAL FEATURES OF CONNECTORS

Ø 6÷8 mm (PG09) Description IP65 IP67
Ø 8÷10 mm (PG11)
Screw tightening AC rated voltage Max. 250 V Max. 250 V
torque: 0.60 Nm DC rated voltage Max. 300 V Max. 300 V
Pin conctat nominal current 10A 10A
IP65 Pin conctat max. current 16A 16A
Max. section cable 1.5 mm² 1.5 mm²
Cable gland Cable gland PG09 - M16x1,5 Ø cable 6 ÷ 8 mm Ø cable 4 ÷ 7 mm
Guarnizione Cable gland PG11 - G 1/2” - M20x1,5 Ø cable 8 ÷ 10 mm —
19 Ø 4÷7 mm
Protection level IP65 EN60529 IP67 EN60529
Screw tightening Insulation class VDE 0110-1/89 VDE 0110-1/89
torque: 0.60 Nm Operating temperature -40°C ÷ 90 C° -20°C ÷ 80 C°
The degrees of protection indicate is guaranteed only if the connectors were properly mounted with his
IP67 original seals.
Cable gland
Guarnizione
AMP JUNIOR CONNECTORS
20 81.5
Pin conctat
Connector Type Cable section Code
max current
23.5
AMP Junior connector Timer 2 conctat Black color 0,5 ÷ 1,5 mm 2

10A RKRC0808000
Ø 2 ÷ 3 mm
VALV/TCNT000 _E/10-2017 I • 20 ®
VARIANTS (*) - EMERGENCY CONTROL LEVER FOR
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVES (ADC/AD3E)
The emergency control lever for solenoid valves, represents a develop in terms of safety and
flexibility among applied hydraulic components.
Thanks to his flexibility, the component was designed to be inserted between the valve body
1
and the spool, providing total interchangeability between the different types of solenoid body
valves. It is compatible with the standard CETOP 3 and stackable valves with threaded connec-
tions –G3/8” or 9/16-18UNF (SAE 6). The component is available for both directional control
and proportional valves (for the last type of control please contact our Technical Department)
As an emergency lever applied to solenoid valves, the control can be used as a safety device
in conformity with the industry standards , also playing an useful role in the event of power
cuts. The control can be used in agricultural and mobile fields; the manual action can be used
to carry out periodic maintenance work on mobile components of the vehicle , in perfectly
safe working conditions.
(*) VARIANTS
Variant Description Max operating pressure port T:
dynamic 160 bar
Standard coil with Hirschmann
static 210 bar HYDRAULIC SIMBOL
LE connection or without coil (W
voltage) Max operating pressure port P
Standard coil without Hirschmann for series connection configuration 160 bar
LF
connection(*)
AX AMP Junior coil(*) • MOUNTING TYPE: C / F / H
CE Deutsch coil • SPOOLS TYPE: 01/02/03*/04/16/17/66
Other variants available on request. * The spool 03 is allowed only on AD3E. Not permitted with ADC3
(*) Coils with Hirschmann and AMP Junior MOUNTING COMPATIBILITY

connection supplied without connectors.
CODE VALVE DESCRIPTION COIL VOLTAGE
The connectors can be ordered separately,
Cap. I • 20. ADC3... Directional control valve A09 27 W
AD3E... Directional control valve D15 30 W
OVERALL DIMENSION
28° 28°
ADC3...
VERSION
135
18,5
26,5
182 46
231,5
28° 28°
AD3E..
VERSION
134,5
18,5
Support plane
26,5 46
specifications
208
282,5
VALV/TLEAD3E _E/06-2017 I • 21 ®
PROXIMITY SENSOR TYPE LVDT
Supply voltage 20..32 VDC
Polarity reversal protection yes
≤ 0,05 mm
1
Switching point hysteresis
Reproducibility ± 0,02 mm
Max. output current ≤ 400 mA; duty ratio 100%
Protection against short circuit yes
Operating temperature -25°C ÷ 80°C
Connection type connector
Protection according to DIN IP65
Max. pressure 400 bar
CE certificate according to 89/336/EEC EMC is provided. A screened cable is needed.
The LVDT position transducers allow to check exactly the very instant when the passage
of a minimum flow is allowed.
FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM ON PIN 2 AND 4 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS LVDT

With this connection, on the Pin 2 an output signal is active when
A no oil is crossing the valve (from P → B).
Hub
0 = Voltage Pin 2 and Pin 4 < 1,8 V

1 = Voltage Pin 2 and Pin 4 20..32 VDC
OVERALL DIMENSION LVDT
Stroke
Switching point
With this connection, on the Pin 2 there is no output signal when

B oil is crossing the valve (from P → B).
OVERALL DIMENSIONS CONNECTOR
Switching point
Type of protection IP67
NB:
connecting the output to Pin 4 or Pin 2 the type of contact, normally closed
Ordering code: V86400003 or open, can be chosen.
VALV/TLVDT000_E/04-2018 I • 22 ®
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLE CETOP 3
IN ACCORDANCE WITH 2014/34/UE ATEX DIRECTIVE
2014/34/UE ATEX EC DIRECTIVE (EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE)
INTRODUCTION
Since 30/06/2003 products introduced into the market (or started-up) inside the
EU, destined to be used in potentially explosive environments, must be in compliance with
1
the 2014/34/UE Directive through special marking. The directive regarding ATEX products
2014/34/UE is therefore the regulation instrument that the European Union uses to obtain
legislative harmonisation between the States and guarantee free circulation of goods inside
the European Community itself.
The directive affirms that to eliminate obstacles from commerce it is necessary to
guarantee a high level of protection and, with this aim, define the essential requirements on
the subject of safety and health. The dispositions base themselves on the principle of the “new
approach” (NA), for which the essential safety requirements of products must be established
depending on the risk evaluation concurrent at the time of their use.
The 2014/34/UE Directive is applied to the manufacture specifications of all
those products (electrical and not) destined to be used in potentially explosive environments
caused, by the dangers deriving from the presence of dust or gas, with the scope of reducing
ATEX DIRECTIVE CAP. I • 23 the risk of use that could be derived.
ATEX CLASSIFICATION CAP. I • 24
SERIES AD3XD... CAP. I • 25 The term product refers to appliances, protection systems, devices, components
SERIES AD3XG... CAP. I • 29 and relative combinations, as defined in 2014/34/UE Directive.
The term appliances intends machines, materials, fixed or mobile devices, control
elements, instruments detection and prevention systems. Alone or combined these are destined
for production, transport, deposit, measurement, adjustment and conversion of energy, and
to the transformation of material and which, by way of the powerful triggering sources, risk
causing an explosion. As a consequence, even intrinsically safe appliances re-enter within
the field of application of the directive.
Ther combination of two or more appliance parts, as well as any other components,
makes up a whole unit that can be considered a product and therefore re-enters within the
field of application of the 2014/34/UE Directive. If the whole unit requires adequate installation
(therefore it is not immediately ready for use) the attached instructions should guarantee
maintenance of compliance to the 2014/34/UE Directive on installation, without further
evaluations of conformity. The installer must follow the instructions correctly.
When a combination of appliances leads to a plant this may not re-enter within the
field of application of the directive. Each part must be certified and in compliance with the
directive (as well as being subject to the relative evaluation of conformity, EC marking, etc.).
The plant manufacturer must therefore presume the conformity of the various
components (each supplied with conformity certificate released by the respective manufacturer)
and limit their evaluation only to any additional risks that become important in the final
combination. Nevertheless, if the plant manufacturer inserts parts without EC marking or
components not supplied with the certificate it will be obligatory to carry out further conformity
evaluation of the whole unit.
The 2014/34/UE Directive envisions obligations of the person who introduces

products into the market and/or starts them up, whether they are manufacturer’s, his agent’s,
importer’s or any other responsible person. The dispositions and obligations envisioned by
the directive for introduction into the market have been applied, since 30 June 2003, to
every individual product, independently from the date and place of manufacture. It is the
manufacturers responsibility to guarantee conformity of all products, where these re-enter
within the field of application of the directive.
The directive does not govern the use of the appliances; rather it establishes that
the products can only be used if in compliance with safety requirements at the time of their
introduction into the market or of their start-up. “Start-up” means the first use of the products
subject of the 2014/34/UE Directive on EU territory by a final user. Nevertheless, a product
that is immediately ready for use and does not need assembly or installation, and whose
distribution conditions (deposit, transport, etc.) are not important for performance, is considered
started-up at the time of introduction into the market.
Among the main potential causes/sources of triggering an explosion, such as sparks, flames, electric arcs etc.., maximum surface
temperature also plays an important role. The dispositions of the directive establish evaluation criteria for the maximum temperature admissible
depending on the type of explosive atmosphere in which the appliance must operate.
For environments characterised by the presence of gas-air, some temperature values are supplied to which the appliances must refer.
They are indicated by the letter T followed by a number. The criterion to apply is that for which the temperature of the appliance must never
exceed 80% of the value indicated for its own category.
For environments characterised by the presence of dust-air, to prevent setting on fire of the airborne dust, the surface temperature of
the appliances must be decidedly lower than the predictable temperature of catching fire of the air+dust mixture. Therefore, during planning the
maximum working surface temperature must be declared directly (in degrees centigrade).
Increases in temperature deriving from an accumulation of heat and chemical reactions must also be taken into consideration. The
thickness of the deposited layer of dust must also be considered and, if necessary, limit the temperature, to prevent an accumulation of heat.
VALV/AD3X0001 _E/01-2017 I • 23 ®
DIRECTIONAL CONTROLE CETOP 3
CLASSIFICATIONS OF AREA - MIX - GROUP AND RELATIVE CATEGORY – ACCORDING TO ATEX DIRECTIVES
1
The 2014/34/UE Directive is a “new approach” directive based on risk analysis. Its objective is to minimise the risks deriving from the
use of some products indoors or in relation to a potentially explosive atmosphere. The probability of an explosive atmosphere manifesting must
be considered not only as “one-off” or from a static point of view: all operative conditions that can derive from the transformation process must
be taken into consideration.
• An explosive atmosphere for the 2014/34/UE Directive is made up from a mixture of inflammable substances (as gas, vapours,
mists and dust), with air, in determined atmospheric conditions in which, after triggering, the combustion propagates together with the unburned
mixture.
• An atmosphere susceptible to transforming into an explosive atmosphere because of local and/or operative conditions is defined
potentially explosive atmosphere.
Explosive atmospheres are not only formed in the presence of obviously dangerous substances such as fuel, solvents etc., but also
in the presence of apparently harmless products such as wood dust, metal dusts, flour, grain, sugar etc. Therefore it can concern not only
industries in the chemical or oil industry sectors, but also industries in the foodstuffs, textile, manufacturing etc.. It is important to consider that
to re-enter within the 2014/34/UE Directive a product must be applied in presence of one or more of the characteristic elements listed above:
presence of inflammable substances and air, in atmospheric conditions that favour the propagation of combustion. The directive does not define
the atmospheric conditions itself. The relative norms indicate a temperature range, but this does not exclude that the products may be planned
and evaluated specifically to occasionally function outside of this range, introducing the opportune construction transformations.
To define a conformity evaluation procedure adequate for the directive, the Manufacturer must, on the basis of the
declared use, establish the products functioning conditions (this means to say, envision the type of working area, the type of
explosive mixture with which it will come into contact and the level of probability that an explosive atmosphere verifies itself);
successively he must establish to which Group the product belongs and individualise the category inside the Group.
With the Atex 99/92/EC Directive (For the safety of workers) the working conditions in which products in compliance with Atex 99/4/
EC Directive will function are indicated here. These are expressed in “Areas” and defined according to the level of probability that a potentially
explosive atmosphere is verified, respectively for every type of atmosphere (gas-air mix or dust-air mix).
Area 0 and 20 Places in which an explosive atmosphere is constantly present or present for long periods or frequently.
Area 1 and 21 Places in which an explosive atmosphere is probable. It is verified in normal functioning and exercise conditions.
Area 2 and 22 Places in which an explosive atmosphere has low probability of being verified or, if it occurs only lasts for a brief period of time.
GAS-AIR-TYPE EXPLOSIVE MIXTURE (G)

The products destined to work in environments characterised by this type of explosive atmosphere will be respectively
indicated for Area 0, 1 or 2 depending on the Group and category of origin (see below) and are marked with the letter G.
DUST-AIR-TYPE EXPLOSIVE MIXTURE (D)
The products destined to work in environments characterised by this type of explosive atmosphere will be respectively indicated for
Area 20, 21 or 22 depending on the Group and category of origin (see below) and are marked with the letter D.
GROUP I
Includes the appliances destined to be used in underground jobs in the mines and their surface plants, exposed to the risk of the release
of firedamp and/or combustible dust. The subdivision into categories depends on the fact if the power supply must be interrupted or not if an
explosive atmosphere manifests due to a mixture of air and gas, vapours mists (D) or a mixture of air and dust (G).
Category M1 Very high protection level. These products must be able to remain operative, for safety reasons, in the presence of an
explosive atmosphere and present specific performances or protection configurations for breakdown in case of explosion.
Category M2 High protection level. The power supply to these products must be interrupted in the presence of an explosive atmosphere.
Protection means must be incorporated to guarantee the level of protection during normal functioning and also in oppressive working conditions
or resulting from great stressi.
GROUP II
Includes appliances destined to be used in different environments (from the mines) in which there is a probability that an explosive
atmosphere manifests itself. Their subdivision into categories depends on two factors: the place, where the product will be used and if the
probability that a potentially explosive atmosphere, owing to the mixture of air and gas, vapours, mists (D) and the mixture of air and dust (G),
comes about in a constant or occasional manner and if it does occur, does this possibility remain for long or brief period of time.
Category 1 Very high protection level. These products must be planned to function in compliance with operative parameters
established by the Manufacturer in environments in which there is a high probability that explosive atmospheres are always detected or manifest
often or for long periods of time. They must present specific performances or protection configurations for breakdown in case of explosion.
Category 2 High protection level. These products must be planned to function in compliance with operative
parameters established by the Manufacturer in environments in which there is a high probability that explosive atmospheres
can manifest. Protection against explosions relative to this category must function in a way to guarantee the required safety
level even in the presence of functioning defects of the appliances or in dangerous operative conditions, which frequently must
be taken into consideration.
Category 3 Normal protection level. These products must be planned to function in compliance with operative parameters
established by the Manufacturer in environments in which there is a slight probability that explosive atmospheres can manifest, and however
only rarely or for a brief period of time. This type of product belonging to the category in question must guarantee the safety level required in
normal functioning conditions.
VALV/AD3X0001 _E/01-2017 I • 24 ®
AD3XD... DIRECTIONAL CONTROLE CETOP 3
SOLENOID VALVES FOR USE IN WORKPLACES WHERE EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES

MAY OCCUR DUE TO THE PRESENCE OF GAS, VAPOUR OR MIST AND DUST.
AD3.XD solenoid valves are classified in: 1

Group II appliances (to be used in workplaces, apart from mines, where there is the probability
of explosive atmospheres);
Category 2 (high protection level), for use in workplaces where it is probable that an explosive
atmosphere may form in normal working conditions and classified by the presence of explosive
AD3XD... mixtures of gas-dust type (letter GD) for zones 1, 2 and 21, 22.
ATEX DIRECTIVE CAP. I • 23
Group I (They are intended to be used in mines with gas firedamp);
ATEX CLASSIFICATION CAP. I • 24
SERIES AD3XD... CAP. I • 25 Category M2 (high level of protection), they are intended for use in underground environment
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CAP. I • 25 in mines and their surface installations, exposed to the likely risk of the release of firedamp
and / or combustible dust under normal operating conditions.
ORDERING CODE CAP. I • 25
TAB.1 ASSEMBLY CAP. I • 26 These valves are therefore designed especially and manufactured in compliance with the
TAB.2 VOLTAGES CAP. I • 26 ATEX 2014/34/UE Directive and according to European regulations EN 1127-1, EN 1127-2,
EN 13463-1 and EN 13463-5.
TAB.3 SPOOL CAP. I • 26
LIMITS OF USE CAP. I • 26 Belonging to the "NG06 direction control" range, these valves are prepared for plate-mounting
IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATE CAP. I • 27 with attachment surface in compliance with UNI ISO 4401 - 03 - 02 - 0 - 94 (former CETOP R
35 H 4.2-4-03). They are activated electrically and the centre position is ensured by springs
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS CAP. I • 27
with gauged lengths, which once the pulse or command ceases, re-position the spool in the
OVERALL DIMENSIONS CAP. I • 28 centre or at the end of travel position.
The coils used for these valves are subject to separate conformity certification, according to
the ATEX Directive (EC-type). For further specifications, please consult the documents that
are always supplied with the valve.
Before marking and marketing the valves of the AD3XD series, undergo tests and inspections
according to the in-house Manufacturing System and to the Certified Company Quality System
in compliance with ISO 9001:2008. All of the AD3XD valve series undergo 100% functional
testing. These tests and inspections guarantee that the products sold comply with all the
information reported in the Technical Specifications File registered and declared by marking
with AD3X/ATEX/10.
ORDERING CODE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
AD Directional Control Valve Description AD3XD... T6 version (mine)
3 CETOP 3/NG06 Valve marking II 2GD/I M2 cT5 II 2 GD/I M2 cT6

Max. pressure on lines P/A/B 320 bar 320 bar
XD Solenoid valves built pursuant to Max. pressure on line T (dynamic) 250 bar 250 bar
ATEX Directive-2014/34/UE. With Max. flow rate 60 l/min 60 l/min
coils in explosion-proof version Max.excitation frequency 3 Hz 3 Hz
(Ex d) and IECEx conformity marked Duty cycle 100%ED 100%ED
Hydraulic fluids mineral oils DIN 51524 mineral oils DIN 51524
Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
Fluid temperature (*) -20°C ÷ +40°C -20°C ÷ +40°C
** Spools Ambient temperature -20°C ÷ +40°C -20°C ÷ +40°C
01/02/03/04/16 (tab.3). For further Max. contamination level NAS 1638: class 10 NAS 1638: class 10
hydraulic diagrams, contact our with filter ß25 ≥ 75 with filter ß25 ≥ 75
Customer Service Weight (one solenoid) 2,37 kg 2,37 kg
Weight (two solenoids) 3,82 kg 3,82 kg
* Assembly
C / E / F / G / H (tab.1). For further Soilenoid rated power: 6,5 ÷ 11W
assembly instructions, contact our Degree of protection: IP 67
Customer Service Power supply tolerance: ±10%
Power supply cable: standard length 3 m with cable gland
Solenoid marking (**): consult documents supplied with solenoid
* Voltage (tab.2) Surface temperature: function of the power. Consult documents supplied with
solenoid.
** Variants
00 = None (*) For use with different hydraulic fluids, which do not constitute an effective ignition source in potentially explosive
V1 = Viton atmospheres IIC across the range of temperatures and pressures required by the unit marking, contact our technical
LE = Emergency lever department.
T6 = Suitable for temperature class (**) Solenoid is provided with marking for protection class according to Explosion Protection Directive ATEX-2014/34/
I M2 Group T6 (<85°C) (mine) UE and IECEx certificate of conformity mark.
2 Serial number
VALV/AD3XD002_E/05-2017 I • 25 ®
TAB.1 ASSEMBLY LIMITS OF USE (MOUNTING C-E-F)

STANDARD
1 C
E
Two solenoids centred
One solenoid (side A)

350
1
The tests have been car-
ried out with solenoids at
300 operating temperature with
F One solenoid (side B)
a voltage 10% less than
250
Specials (with increased price ) 2
rated voltage with a fluid
200
temperature of 40°C. The
P (bar)
G fluid used was a mineral oil
150 with a viscosity of 46 mm2/s
H 3
at 40°C. The values in the
100
4 diagram refers to tests car-
50 ried out with the oil flow in
TAB.2 VOLTAGES two direction simultaneously
0 (e.g.. from P to A and in the
AC Voltage 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Q (l/min)
same time B to T).
A 24V 50Hz/60Hz In cases where valves 4/2
C 110V 50HZ/60Hz NOTE: the operating limits shown e 4/3 were used with the
D 220V 50Hz/60Hz are valid for C fittings, E, F. flow in one direction only,
I 230V 50Hz/60Hz the limits of use could have
DC Voltage variations which may even
Spool be negative.
L 12V Curve
type
M 24V
P 110V 01 2
N 48V 02 1
03 3
The tension symbol is always printed on the nameplate.
04 4
16 1
TAB.3 SPOOL PRESSURE DROPS

Two solenoids - Assembly C
type
2 4 5 6
The diagram at the side
20 shows the pressure drop
01 + 18 7 curves for spools during
16 normal usage. The fluid used
02 - is a mineral oil with a viscos-
14
12
ity of 46 mm2/s at 40°C; the
03 +
P (bar)
tests have been carried out

10
04* - at a fluid temperature of
8 40°C. For higher flow rates
6 than those in the diagram,
One solenoid - Assembly E 4 the losses will be those
Spool Covering Transient position 2 expressed by the following
type 0 formula:
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
01 + Q (l/min) ∆p1 = ∆p x (Q1/Q)2
02 -
where ∆p will be the value
03 + for the losses for a specific
flow rate Q which can be
04* - obtained from the diagram,
∆p1 will be the value of the
16 + losses for the flow rate Q1
that is used.
One solenoid - Assembly F
Spool Covering Transient position Spool Connections
type type P→A P→B A→T B→T P→T
01 + 01 5 5 5 5
02 7 7 7 7 6
02 - 03 5 5 6 6
04 2 2 2 2 4
03 +
16 5 5 4 4
04* - Curve No.
16 +
(*) spool with increased price
VALV/AD3XD002 _E/05-2017 I • 26 ®
IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATE AND MARKING
1 2 3 4 5 6 All the solenoid valves are

1
supplied with identification
nameplate and Declaration
of conformity subject to
13 14 7 Directive 2014/34/UE.
CODE 8
A Pmax 320bar Tamb: -20°C ÷ +40°C The identification nameplate
bears the main technical
BATCH
LOGO specifications related to the

12 ADDRESS 15
functional and constructional
M82200001A Tfluido: -20°C ÷ +40°C B characteristics of the valve
HYDRAULIC and must therefore be kept
SCHEME intact and visible.
11 10 9
MADE IN 16
Working fluid temperature:

1 Conformity to European Directive 9 T fluid
- 20°C ÷ + 40°C series AD3XD
Conformity to HYDRAULIC Type of hydraulic control performed
2 10
ATEX Directive 2014/34/UE SCHEME by the valve
Group II (surface places)
II 2
3 Group I (mine) 11 M82200001A Nameplate code
I
Category 2 (high protection)
Explosive atmosphere:
GD: presence of gas, vapour or
GD Reference number of technical
4 mist and combustible dust 12 BATCH
M order (batch)
M: presence of firedamp atmo-
spheres
Pmax 320
5 c Constructional safety 13 Max working pressure
bar
Temperature class:
Complete reference number of
6 T* T5 (Tsur <100 °C) 14 CODE
valve ordering code
T6 (Tsur <85 °C) T6 version (mine)
AD3X/ Reference to Technical File LOGO
7 15 Logo and address
ATX/10 registered c/o Notified Body ADDESS
Working ambient temperature:
8 T amb 16 MADE IN Preferential origin
- 20°C ÷ + 40°C series AD3XD
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
• Read the instruction handbook supplied with the valves carefully before installation. All maintenances must be carried out following the
instructions given in the manual.
• The AD3XD series valves must be installed and serviced in compliance with plant engineering and maintenance regulations for workplaces
classified against the risk of explosion due to the presence of gas and dust and gas (for example: CEI EN 60079-14, CEI EN 60079-17,
CEI EN 61241-14, CEI EN 61241-17 or other national regulations/standards).
• The valves must be connected to earth using the special anti-loosening and anti-rotation connection element.
• For all safety aspects related to the use of the coils, consult the relative use and maintenance instructions. The electrical appliances/
components must not be opened when live.
• The user must periodically inspect, based on the conditions of use and the substances used, the presence of scale, dirt, the state of wear
and tear and correct efficiency of the valves.
Attention: all installation and maintenance jobs must be carried out by qualified personnel.
VALV/AD3XD002_E/05-2017 I • 27 ®
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
1 AD3XD...
CABLE GLAND HEX24

110
114,7 69,5 114,7 46
OR 2-012/90SH MANUAL OVERRIDE 0.03

21,5 19 1.6
10,4
Support surface
32,5
31
specifications
Fixing screws UNI 5931 M5x30 with

10,4
8,8 8,7
material specification min. 8.8
189,4 Tightening torque 5 Nm / 0.5 kgm
299
134,5
110
18,50
26,5
OR 2-012/90SH
46
167,7 69,5 114,7
27,8
21,5 19
10,4
31
32,5
0.03
1.6
10,4
8,8 8,7 Support surface

specifications
242,4
352 Fixing screws UNI 5931 M5x30

with material specification min. 8.8
Tightening torque 5 Nm / 0.5 kgm
VALV/AD3XD002 _E/05-2017 I • 28 ®
AD3XG... DIRECTIONAL CONTROLE CETOP 3
SOLENOID VALVES FOR USE IN WORKPLACES WHERE EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES

MAY OCCUR DUE TO THE PRESENCE OF GAS, VAPOUR OR MIST AND DUST.
AD3XG solenoid valves are classified in:

Group II appliances (to be used in workplaces, apart from mines, where there is the probability
1
of explosive atmospheres);
category 2 (high protection level), for use in workplaces where it is probable that an explosive
atmosphere may form in normal working conditions and classified by the presence of explosive
mixtures of gas-dust type (letter GD) for zones 1, 2 and 21, 22.
AD3XG...
These valves are therefore designed especially and manufactured in compliance with the
ATEX DIRECTIVE CAP. I • 23
ATEX 2014/34/UE Directive and according to European regulations EN 1127-1, EN 1127-2,
ATEX CLASSIFICATION CAP. I • 24 EN 13463-1 and EN 13463-5.
SERIES AD3XG... CAP. I • 29
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CAP. I • 29 Belonging to the "NG06 direction control" range, these valves are prepared for plate-mounting
with attachment surface in compliance with UNI ISO 4401 - 03 - 02 - 0 - 94 (former CETOP R
35 H 4.2-4-03). They are activated electrically and the centre position is ensured by springs
TAB.1 ASSEMBLY CAP. I • 30 with gauged lengths, which once the pulse or command ceases, re-position the spool in the
TAB.2 VOLTAGES CAP. I • 30 centre or at the end of travel position.
TAB.3 SPOOL CAP. I • 30
The coils used for these valves are subject to separate conformity certification, according to
LIMITS OF USE CAP. I • 30
the ATEX Directive (EC-type). For further specifications, please consult the documents that
IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATE CAP. I • 31 are always supplied with the valve.
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS CAP. I • 31
OVERALL DIMENSIONS CAP. I • 32 Before marking and marketing the valves of the AD3XG series, undergo tests and inspections
according to the in-house Manufacturing System and to the Certified Company Quality System
in compliance with ISO 9001:2008. All of the AD3XG valve series undergo 100% functional
testing. These tests and inspections guarantee that the products sold comply with all the
information reported in the Technical Specifications File registered and declared by marking
with AD3X/ATEX/10.
ORDERING CODE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

AD Directional Control Valve Description AD3XG T4... AD3XG T6...
3 CETOP 3/NG06 Valve marking II 2 GD cT4 II 2 GD cT6

Max. pressure on lines P/A/B (1) 350 bar 350 bar
XG Solenoid valves built pursuant to Max. pressure on line T (dynamic) (2) 250 bar 250 bar
ATEX Directive-2014/34/UE. Max. flow rate 80 l/min 80 l/min
With coils in explosion-proof version Max.excitation frequency 3 Hz 3 Hz
(Ex d) and IECEx conformity marked. Duty cycle 100%ED 100%ED
Hydraulic fluids mineral oils DIN 51524 mineral oils DIN 51524
Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
Fluid temperature (3) -30°C ÷ +70°C -30°C ÷ +70°C
** Temperature Class
Ambient temperature -40°C ÷ +80°C -40°C ÷ +50°C
T4 (Tsur <135 °C) Max. contamination level ISO 4406:1999: class 21/19/16 ISO 4406:1999: class 21/19/16
T6 (Tsur < 85 °C) (filter ß25 ≥ 75) NAS 1638: class 10 NAS 1638: class 10
Weight (one solenoid) 3 kg 3 kg
** Spools Weight (two solenoids) 5 kg 5 kg
01/02/03/04/16 (tab.3). For further
Coil rated power 8,5 W 8,5 W
hydraulic diagrams, contact our
Degree of protection IP 67 IP 67
Customer Service
Power supply tolerance ±10% ±10%
Power supply cable standard length 3m standard length 3m
* Assembly with cable gland with cable gland
C / E / F / G / H (tab.1). For further Coil marking (4): consult documents supplied with coil
assembly instructions, contact our Surface temperature < 135°C < 85°C
Customer Service
(1) Dynamic pressure allowed on P for 800.000 cycles.
(2) Pressure dynamic allowed for 1 million of cycles.
* Voltage (tab.2)
(3) AD3XG valves have been certified for minimum fluid temperatures up to -30°C. Please contact our
Technical department for applications at fluid temperatures < -25°C.
** Variants (4) Coil is provided with marking for protection class according to Explosion Protection Directive ATEX-
00 = None 2014/34/UE and IECEx certificate of conformity mark.
V1 = Viton
LE = Emergency lever
1 Serial number
VALV/AD3XG001_E/06-2018 I • 29 ®
TAB.1 ASSEMBLY LIMITS OF USE (MOUNTING C-E-F)

STANDARD
1 C
E
Two solenoids centred
One solenoid (side A)

350 1
The tests have been car-
ried out with solenoids at
300
2
operating temperature with
F One solenoid (side B) 6 a voltage 10% less than
3
250
Specials (with increased price ) rated voltage with a fluid
200
temperature of 40°C. The
P (bar)
G fluid used was a mineral oil
150 6 with a viscosity of 46 mm2/s
H at 40°C. The values in the
100
diagram refers to tests car-
TAB.2 VOLTAGES 50 ried out with the oil flow in
two direction simultaneously
AC Voltage for AD3XG 0 (e.g.. from P to A and in the
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
A 24V 50Hz/60Hz Q (l/min)
same time B to T).
B 48V 50Hz/60Hz In cases where valves 4/2
C 110V 50HZ/60Hz NOTE: The limit of use are valid for e 4/3 were used with the
D 220V 50Hz/60Hz C, E, F assembly. flow in one direction only,
I 230V 50Hz/60Hz the limits of use could have
DC Voltage for AD3XG variations which may even
Spool be negative.
Curve
L 12V type
M 24V
01 1
P 110V
02 1
N 48V
03 3
U 36V
04 2
6 60V
16 6
G 125V
The tension symbol is always printed on the nameplate.
TAB.3 SPOOL PRESSURE DROPS

Two solenoids - Assembly C
type The diagram at the side
2 4 5 6
20 shows the pressure drop
01 + 18 7 curves for spools during
16 normal usage. The fluid used
02 - is a mineral oil with a viscos-
14
ity of 46 mm2/s at 40°C; the
03 + 12
tests have been carried out
P (bar)
10
at a fluid temperature of
04* - 8 40°C. For higher flow rates
6 than those in the diagram,
One solenoid - Assembly E 4 the losses will be those
Spool Covering Transient position 2 expressed by the following
type 0
formula:
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
01 + Q (l/min) ∆p1 = ∆p x (Q1/Q)2
02 -
where ∆p will be the value
03 + for the losses for a specific
flow rate Q which can be
04* - obtained from the diagram,
∆p1 will be the value of the
16 + losses for the flow rate Q1
that is used.
One solenoid - Assembly F
Spool Connections
type type P→A P→B A→T B→T P→T
01 5 5 5 5
01 +
02 7 7 7 7 6
02 - 03 5 5 6 6
04 2 2 2 2 4
03 +
16 5 5 4 4
04* - Curve No.
16 +
(*) spool with increased price
VALV/AD3XG001_E/06-2018 I • 30 ®
IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATE AND MARKING
1 2 3 4 5 6 All the solenoid valves are

1
supplied with identification
nameplate and Declaration
GD of conformity subject to
13 14 7 Directive 2014/34/UE.
CODE Tamb: -**°C ÷ +**°C 8
A Pmax 350bar The identification nameplate
bears the main technical
BATCH
LOGO specifications related to the

12 ADDRESS 15
functional and constructional
M82101020A Tfluido: < +70°C B characteristics of the valve
HYDRAULIC and must therefore be kept
SCHEME intact and visible.
11 10 9
MADE IN 16
Working fluid temperature:

1 Conformity to European Directive 9 T fluid
- 30°C ÷ + 70°C series AD3XG
Conformity to HYDRAULIC Type of hydraulic control performed
2 10
ATEX Directive 2014/34/UE SCHEME by the valve
Group II (surface places)
3 II 2 11 M82101020A Nameplate code
Category 2 (high protection)
Explosive atmosphere:
Reference number of technical
4 GD GD: presence of gas, vapour or 12 BATCH
order (batch)
mist and combustible dust
Pmax 350
5 c Constructional safety 13 Max.working pressure
bar
Temperature class:
Complete reference number of
6 T* T4 (Tsur <135 °C) series AD3XG T4 14 CODE
valve ordering code
T6 (Tsur <85 °C) series AD3XG T6
AD3X/ Reference to Technical File LOGO
7 15 Logo and address
ATX/10 registered c/o Notified Body ADDESS
Working ambient temperature:
8 T amb - 40°C ÷ + 80°C series AD3XG T4 16 MADE IN Preferential origin
- 40°C ÷ + 50°C series AD3XG T6
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
• Read the instruction handbook supplied with the valves carefully before installation. All maintenances must be carried out following the
instructions given in the manual.
• The AD3XG series valves must be installed and serviced in compliance with plant engineering and maintenance regulations for workplaces
classified against the risk of explosion due to the presence of gas and dust and gas (for example: CEI EN 60079-14, CEI EN 60079-17,
CEI EN 61241-14, CEI EN 61241-17 or other national regulations/standards).
• The valves must be connected to earth using the special anti-loosening and anti-rotation connection element.
• For all safety aspects related to the use of the coils, consult the relative use and maintenance instructions. The electrical appliances/
components must not be opened when live.
• The user must periodically inspect, based on the conditions of use and the substances used, the presence of scale, dirt, the state of wear
and tear and correct efficiency of the valves.
Attention: all installation and maintenance jobs must be carried out by qualified personnel.
VALV/AD3XG001_E/06-2018 I • 31 ®
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
1 AD3XG...
303.4
74.7 154.1 74.7
Ø 9.5
Ø 5.5
88.5
64.5
22
OR 2- 012/90SH 46
115 69.5 115

21.5 19
10.4
= =
32.5
= =
31
0.03
1.6
10.4
8.8 8.7
191.7 Support surface

303.4
specifications

with material specification min. 8.8
Tightening torque 5 Nm / 0.5 kgm
(A)
Should it be necessary to change the coils position, fasten ring nut A as
described in the solenoid valve assembly instructions.
B T P
AD3XG...LE.
356.4
74.7 207.1 74.7
Ø 9.5
134.5
Ø 5.5
88.5
22
OR 2- 012/90SH 46
168 69.5 115 27.8
0.03
21.5 19 1.6
10.4
Support surface
32.5
= =
= =
31
specifications
10.4
8.8 8.7 Fixing screws UNI 5931 M5x30

244.7 with material specification min. 8.8
356.4 Tightening torque 5 Nm / 0.5 kgm
VALV/AD3XG001_E/06-2018 I • 32 ®
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVES CETOP 5
INTRODUCTION
1
The directional control valves NG10 designed for subplate mounting with an inter-
4.2-4-05), and can be used in all fields on account of their excellent capacity and pressure
specifications.
The use of solenoids with wet armatures means that the construction is extremely functional
and safe completely dispensing with need for dynamic seals.The solenoid dust cover is screwed
directly onto the valve casing whilst the coil is kept in position by a ring nut.
CETOP 5/NG10
Great care has been taken in the design and the production of the ducts and the improvement
STANDARD SPOOLS CAP. I • 35 of the spools has allowed relatively high flow rates to be accommodated with minimal pressure
AD5E... CAP. I • 36 drops (∆p). The operation of the directional valves can be electrical, pneumatic, oleodynamic,
AD5E...J* CAP. I • 37 mechanical or lever operated .
AD5E...Q5 CAP. I • 37 The centring position is achieved by means of calibrated length springs which, once the action
AD5O... CAP. I • 38 of impulse is over, return the spool to the centre or end travel position.
AD5D... CAP. I • 38 The solenoids constructed with protection class in accordance with DIN 40050 standards
AD5L... CAP. I • 39 are available in either direct current (IP65) or alternating current (IP66) with different voltage
“A16” DC SOLENOIDS CAP. I • 40 and frequencies.
“K16” AC SOLENOIDS CAP. I • 40 All types of electrical controls can be fitted, on request, with different types of manual emer-
STANDARD CONNECTORS CAP. I • 20 gency controls. The electrical supply takes place through connectors meeting DIN 43650 ISO
4400 standards; connectors are also available with built in rectifier or pilot lights.
The valves are designed for use with DIN 51524 standard hydraulic mineral oils and it is
10 in accordance with NAS 1638, ß25≥75.
PRESSURE DROPS
1 2
4
∆p (bar)
The diagram at the side show the pressure drop

curves for spools during normal usage. The fluid
used is a mineral oil with a viscosity of 46 mm2/s
Q (l/min) at 40°C; the tests have been carried out at a fluid
temperature of 40°C.
For higher flow rates than those in the diagram, the losses will be those expressed by the
following formula:
∆p1 = ∆p x (Q1/Q)2
Spool Connections Spool Connections

type P→A P→B A→T B→T P→T type P→A P→B A→T B→T P→T
01 2 2 5 5 22 4 5
02 3 3 6 6 3 14 3 3 6 6 2
03 2 2 6 6 15 2 2 4 5
04 3 3 4 4 1 16 2 2 4 5
05 3 3 5 5 17 3 3
06 2 2 5 5 19 3 3 4 5
66 2 2 5 5 20 3 3 4 5
07 1 5 21 3 3
10 3 3 5 5 28 3 3 6 6 2
11 4 5
Curve No. Curve No.
VALV/AD5002 _E/10-2020 I • 33 ®
ORDERING CODE TAB.1 - TYPE OF OPERATOR TAB.2 - MOUNTING

STANDARD
1
E Electrical
AD Directional valve D Direct mechanical
O Oleo-pneumatic
C
5 CETOP 5/NG10 L Lever
D
* Type of operator (tab.1)
E
** Spools (see tables Cap. I • 35) TAB.3 - VOLTAGE / SPECIFICATION
Voltage
F
* Mounting type (tab. 2) Operator Description Note
Specs. SPECIALS (WITH PRICE INCREASING)
* Voltage / Specification (tab. 3) A 24V/50Hz

B 48V/50Hz*
G
** Variants (tab. 4) J 115V/50Hz - 120V/60Hz AC Voltage **
(Technical H
Y 230V/50Hz - 240V/60Hz data see page
2 Serial No. E 240V/50Hz* I • 40)
I
F 24V/60Hz*
K Without AC coils
L
L 12V
M 24V
E M
N 48V*
P 110V*
• Mounting type D is only
102V* DC Voltage **
(Technical for valves with detent
115Vac/50Hz
Z 120Vac/60Hz data see page
with rectifier I • 40) • In case of mounting D
with detent a maximum
205V*
230Vac/50Hz supply time of 2 sec is
X 240Vac/60Hz needed (only for AC coils).
with rectifier
• The springs for the version
W Without DC coils
with detent (mounting D)
D Z standard — are different from those for
O Z standard — standard versions.
Z valve with lever —
L
X valve without lever —
* Special voltage
** Voltage codes are not stamped on the plate, their are
TAB.4 - VARIANTS
VARIANT CODE ♦ PAGE
Viton SV(*)
Emergency button ES(*) Cap. I • 40
Preset for microswitch - (E/F/G/H only) see below note ◊ M1(*) ♦ Cap. I • 36 - Cap. I • 39
Rotary emergency button P2(*) Cap. I • 40
Marine version (AD.5.O..) H1 ♦
Spool movement speed control (VDC only) with ø 0.5 mm diameter orifice 5S(*) ♦ Cap. I • 37
External draining solenoid (electrically operated only) S5(*) ♦ Cap. I • 37
Microswitch+ Detent (for lever operation) MD ♦
Detent for lever control D1 ♦
◊ = Maximum counter-pressure on T port: 4 bar - Microswitch type MK code 1319098 must be ordered separately.
♦ = Variant codes stamped on the plate
(*) Coils with Hirschmann connection supplied without connectors. The connectors can be ordered separately, Cap. I • 20.
VALV/AD5002 _E/10-2020 I • 34 ®
TWO SOLENOIDS, SPRING CENTRED “C” MOUNTING
ATTENTION
1
type (*) Spool with price increasing
• With spools 15 / 16 / 17 only the mounting E / F are possible
01 +
• 19 / 20 / 21 spool not planned for AD5E...J*
02 -
• For lever operated the spools used are different.
Available spools for this kind of valve see AD5L..
03 +
04* -
05 + ONE SOLENOID, SIDE B “F” MOUNTING

66 + type
01 +
06 +
02 -
07* +
03 +
08* +
04* -
10* +
05 +
22* +
66 +
11* +
06 +
12* +
08* +
13* +
10* +
14* -
22* +
28* -
12* +
13* +
07* +
ONE SOLENOID, SIDE A “E” MOUNTING
Spool Covering Transient position 15 -
type
16 +
01 +
17 +
02 -
14* -
03 +
28* -
04* -
05 +
66 +
06 + TWO SOLENOIDS “D” MOUNTING

type
08* +
19* -
10* +
20* +
12* +
21* +
15 -
16 +
17 +
14* -
28* -
VALV/TCRS005_E/01-2017 I • 35 ®
AD5E... SOLENOID OPERATED VALVES CETOP 5
Max. pressure port T (DC coil) see note (*) 250 bar
1
Max. pressure port T (AC coil) 160 bar
Max. flow 100 l/min
Max. excitation frequency 3 Hz
Duty cycle 100% ED
Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance with NAS
1638 with filter ß25≥75
Weight (with one DC solenoid) 4 Kg
A max. counter-pressure of 4 bar at T is permitted Weight (with two DC solenoids) 5,1 Kg
for the variant with a microswitch (MS). Weight (with one AC solenoid) 3,5 Kg
Weight (with two AC solenoids) 4,3 Kg
(*) Pressure dynamic allowed for 1 million of cycles.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
E = Manual override

with material specifications min 8.8
MS
MS = Microswitch
Support plane
specifications
LIMITS OF USE (MOUNTING C-E-F)S

The tests have been carried out with solenoids at operating temperature and a voltage 10% less than rated voltage with a fluid temperature
of 40°C. The fluid used was a mineral oil with a viscosity of 46 mm2/s at 40°C.
The values in the diagram refer to tests carried out with the oil flow in two directions simultaneously T = 2 bar (e.g. from P to A and the same
time B to P).
In the cases where valves 4/2 and 4/3 were used with the flow in one direction only, the limits of use could have variations which may even be
negative. Rest time: the values are indicative and depend on the following parameters: hydraulic circuit, fluid used and variations in hydraulic
scales (pressure P, flow Q, temperature T).
Direct current :Energizing 60 ÷ 95 ms. Alternating current: Energizing 12 ÷ 30 ms.
De-energizing 25 ÷ 70 ms. De- energizing 10 ÷ 55 ms.
NOTE: The operating limits shown are valid for mountings C, E, F.
DIRECT CURRENT SOLENOIDS (DC) ALTERNATING CURRENT SOLENOIDS (AC)
Spool
1 6
type DC AC
2 01 1 8
02 1 6 8
3
03 2 7
P (bar)
P (bar)
4 04 4 10 7
9
5
05 1 6
06 - 66 3 9 10
14-28 5 11
15 3 10 11
16 1 6
Curves
Q (l/min) Q (l/min)
VALV/AD5E002 _E/07-2020 I • 36 ®
AD5E...J* VALVES WITH SPOOL MOVEMENT SPEED CONTROL VARIANT J*
Valves type AD5E... with spool movement speed control.
These ON-OFF type valves are used when a lower spool movement Max. pressure ports P/A/B 320 bar
speed than usual for conventional solenoid valves is required to prevent Max. pressure port T - see note (*) 250 bar
1
impacts which could adversely affect the smooth running of the system. Max. flow 100 l/min
The system consists of reducing the transfer section for the fluid from Max excitation frequency 2 Hz
one solenoid to the other by means of calibrated orifice. Duty cycle 100% ED
• This version can only be used with a direct current (DC) and also in- Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
volves a reduction in the limits of use so that we suggest to always Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
test the valve in your application. Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
• To order AD5J* version valves, specify the orifices code.
• The operation is linked to a minimum counter-pressure on
the T line (1 bar min.) (*) Pressure dynamic allowed for 2 millions of cycles.
• The switching time referred to the spool travel detected by a
LVDT transducer can vary for the NG10 valve a minimum of 200
to a maximum of 400 ms depending on 5 fundamental variables:
1) Diameter of the calibrated orifice (see table)
2) Hydraulic power for clearance referring to flow and pressure
values through the valve
3) Spool type
4) Oil viscosity and temperature
5) Counter-pressure at T line
• Possible mounting: C / E / F / G / H
• 19 / 20 / 21 spools not planned for AD5E...J*
CALIBRATED
ORIFICE AVAILABLE
ø (mm) M6x6 Code
0.5 M89.10.0031 5S (J5+S1)* E = Manual override
0.6 M89.10.0026 6S (J6+S1)*
0.7 M89.10.0032 7S (J7+S1)* Fixing screws UNI 5931 M6x40 Support plane
0.8 M89.10.0033 8S (J8+S1)* with material specifications min. 8.8 specifications
* Old code EAD5E...J$ - 00/2000/e
AD5E...Q5 VALVES WITH EXTERNAL DRAINING SOLENOID - VARIANT Q5

Valves type AD5E...Q5 with external draining solenoid. Max. pressure ports P/A/B/T 320 bar
Max. pressure port L (DC coils) see note (*) 250 bar
This involves valves with solenoid drainage chambers separated Max. pressure port L (AC coils) 160 bar
by line T in the CETOP 5 interface distinguished by the letter L. Max. flow 100 l/min
This solution makes it possible to operate with a maximum counter- Max. excitation frequency 2 Hz
pressure at T up to 320 bar using only 12.9 material fixing screws to Duty cycle 100% ED
ensure the maximum safety of the solenoid valve fixing and use of Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
an additional drain. This version can be used for direct current (DC) Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
and alternating current (AC), but involves a reduction in the limits of Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
usage depending on the pressure at T. Weight with one DC solenoid 3,6 Kg
• Mounting possible: C / D / E / F / G / H / I / L / M Weight with two DC solenoids 4,5 Kg
• For subplate see BSH531.. Weight with one AC solenoid 3,5 Kg
Weight with two AC solenoids 4,3 Kg
(*) Pressure dynamic allowed for 2 millions of cycles.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
EAD5E...Q5 - 02/2000/e
E = Manual override

with material specifications 12.9 must be used Support plane
specifications
VALV/AD5EJ$2_E/03-2017 I • 37 ®
AD5O... OLEO-PNEUMATIC OPERATION TYPE VALVES CETOP 5
Max. pressure ports P/A/B 320 bar • Possible mounting:
Max. pressure port T 160 bar Hydraulic control:
Max. flow 100 l/min C/D/E/F/G/H/
1 Min. operating pressure 4 + [0.027 x (pt*)] bar - see note I/L/M

Max. operating pressure 200 bar Pneumatic control:
Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s I/L/M
Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C • Ordering code see
Max. contamination level class 10 in according with NAS Cap. I • 34
1638 with filter ß25≥75
Weight (single pilot) 4,1 Kg (pt*) = Pressure at
Weight (twin pilot) 5,4 Kg port T
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
Minimum pilot pres-

sure depends on spool
Fixing screws UNI 5931 M6x40 scheme, flow rate and
with material specifications min. 8.8 pressure.
Tightening torque 8 Nm / 0.8 Kgm To allow the spool to
return to nautral position,
the pilot pressure
must be below 2 bar.
Support plane
specifications
EAD5O - 02/2000/e
AD5D... DIRECT MECHANICALLY OPERATED TYPE VALVES CETOP 5

Max. flow 100 l/min • Ordering code see
Operating force - see note (*) 8 Kg - see note (**) Cap. I • 34
Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s • Notes:
Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C (*) In the absence of
Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C counter-pressure at
Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance with NAS port T
1638 with filter ß25≥75 (**)10 Kg with a pres-
Weight 3,8 Kg sure of 20 bar at T
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
Stroke 8 mm
Extra stroke 2 mm
Working stroke 4 mm

Support plane
specifications
EAD5D - 03/2000/e
VALV/AD5O002 _E/06-2017 I • 38 ®
AD5L... LEVER OPERATED TYPE VALVES
CETOP 5
Max. pressure port T 160 bar C/E/F
(with mounting “F” and
1
Max. flow 100 l/min
Lever angle 2 x 15° spools “15-16-17” the
Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s lever is on side “B”)
Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C • There is no D type
Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C mounting
NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75 • The variant D1
Weight 4,7 Kg specifies the detent
AD5L... Weight with M1 variant 5,35 Kg (mechanical connec-
tion) for lever opera-
tion
STANDARD SPOOLS CAP. I • 35 • Completely different spools are used for these (lever operated)
valves than for all other types of operation (e.g. electrical, mechani-
cal, pneumatic operation, .....)
• Available spools: 01 / 02 / 03 / 04 / 05 / 06 / 66 / 07 / 22 / 13 / 15 /
16 / 17 (for hydraulic symbols see Cap. I • 35).
• Microswitch type MK code 1319098 must be ordered separately.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
M1
M1 = Microswitch
Side A Side B
Support plane
with material specifications min. 8.8 specifications
VALV/AD5L002_E/04-2020 I • 39 ®
"A16" DC COILS FOR CETOP 5
1
Supply tolerance ±10%
Duty cycle 100% ED
Weight 0,9 Kg
VOLTAGE MAX WINDING TEMPERATURE RATED POWER RESISTANCE AT 20°C ** The european low voltage directive is ap-
(V) (AMBIENT TEMPERATURE 25°C) (W) (OHM) ±7% plied to electronical equipments used at a
12V 106°C 45 3.2 nominal voltages between 50 and 1000 VAC
24V 113°C 45 12.4 or 75 and 1500 VDC. In conformity with the
48V* - 45 - low directive each part of the manifold or
the subplate on which the valve is mounted
102V(*)(**) - 45 -
should be connected to a protective earth
205V(*)(**) - 45 -
* Special voltages

MANUAL WITH CONNECTOR (E1) ROTARY WITH CONNECTOR (P1)
"K16" AC SOLENOIDS FOR CETOP 5

Duty cycle 100% ED
Max. pressure static 210 bar
Weight 0,8 Kg
VOLTAGE MAX. WINDING TEMPERATURE RATED IN RUSH CURRENT RESISTANCE AT 20°C ** The european low voltage directive
(V) (AMBIENT TEMPERATURE25°C) POWER(VA) (VA) (OHM) ±10% is applied to electronical equip-
24V/50Hz 134°C 124 454 0.56 ments used at a nominal voltages
24V/60Hz* 115°C 103.5 440 0.55 between 50 and 1000 VAC or 75
and 1500 VDC. In conformity with
48V/50Hz* 134°C 113 453 2.10 the low directive each part of the
115V/50Hz-120V/60Hz(*)(**) 121°C - 138°C 121-101 471-487 10.8 manifold or the subplate on which
230V/50Hz-240V/60Hz(*)(**) 121°C - 138°C 120-101 478-485 43.0 the valve is mounted should be
240V/50Hz(*)(**) 134°C 120 456 47.39 connected to a protective earth with
* Special voltage a resistence less than 0.1 ohms.

VALV/TA16K16 _E/08-2017 I • 40 ®
ADP5E... DIRECTIONAL CONTROL CETOP 5
HIGH PERFORMANCES SOLENOID OPERATED VALVES
The NG10 directional control valves are designed for subplate mounting with an inter-
4.2-4-05). The use of solenoids with wet armatures allows an extremely safe construction
1
completely dispensing with the need for dynamic seal. The solenoid tube is screwed directly
onto the valve casing whilst the coil is kept in position by a ring nut. Great care has been
taken over the design and production of the ducts and the improvement of the spools allows
ADP5E... relatively high flow rates to be accommodated for its size with minimal pressure drops (∆p).
The operation of the directional valve is electrical. The centring is achieved by means of cali-
“D19” DC SOLENOIDS CAP. I • 43
brated length springs which, once the impulse is over, immediately reposition the spool in the
STANDARD CONNECTORS CAP. I • 20 neutral position. The solenoids, constructed with a protection class of IP66 in accordance with
BS 5490 standards, are available in direct current form and different voltage. The electrical
controls are equipped with an emergency manual control inserted in the tube.
The ADP.5.E.. valve has certain design features which allow it to “manage” a hydraulic power
equal to Q = 120l/min with a P = 320 bar, maintaining a considerable safety margin. These
features can be summarized as follows:
- Solenoid D19 with an optimum ratio between the power absorbed (42W) and the magnetic force
- Diameter of the spool 18 mm, with carefully designed geometry improved to compensate
for the flow forces
- Compact graphite cast iron valve casing with high mechanical resistance
- Different springs, improved according to the features of the spool
The electrical supply connectors meet DIN 43650 ISO 4400 standards; connectors are also
available with built in rectifiers or pilot lights.
The recommended fluids are hydraulic mineral based oils in accordance with DIN 51524 and
it is recommended that filters should be fitted to ensure a maximum contamination level of
class 10 in accordance with NAS 1638, ß25≥75.
For other fluids please contact our technical department.
• The solenoids are in DC voltage only
Spool Connections
PRESSURE DROPS
1 2 The diagram at the side shows the pressure drop
3
curves for spools during normal usage. The fluid 01 4 4 7 7
4 used is a mineral oil with a viscosity of 46 mm2/s 02 6 6 8 8 7
5
6
at 40°C; the tests have been carried out at a fluid 03 3 3 8 8
temperature of 40°C. For higher flow rates than those 04 4 4 2 2 3
7 in the diagram, the losses will be those expressed 05 6 6 6 6
∆p (bar)
by the following formula: 66 4 4 8 7

8
∆p1 = ∆p x (Q1/Q)2 06 4 4 7 8
14 6 4 8 6 2
where ∆p will be the value for the losses for a 15-19 2 2 5 5
specific flow rate Q which can be obtained from 16-20 1 1 2 2
the diagram, ∆p1 will be the value of the losses for 28 4 6 6 8 2
the flow rate Q1 that is used.
Curve No.
Q (l/min)
TAB.1 - MOUNTING
ORDERING CODE
C
ADP High performances
directional control valve E
5 CETOP 5/NG10 F
TAB.3 - VARIANTS
E Electrical operator VARIANT CODE D*
** Spools (Table next page) Viton SV(*) (*) Valve with detent
Rotary emergency button P2(*)
* Mounting (table 1) Adjustable spool movement
speed control 4S(*) TAB.2 - TYPE E CONTROL
* Voltage (table 2) With solenoid chamber external DC VOLTAGE **
drainage (Y) S5(*) L 12V 115Vac/50Hz
Spool movement speed control M 24V 120Vac/60Hz
** Variants (table 3) with rectifier
(VDC only) with ø 0.5 mm Ø orifice 5S(*) N 48V*
Spool movement speed control P 110V* 230Vac/50Hz
1 Serial No. VDC only) with ø 0.8 mm Ø orifice 8S(*) Z 102V* 240Vac/60Hz
Other variants available on request
W Without DC coils
(*) Coils with Hirschmann connection sup- Voltage codes are not stamped on the
plied without connectors. The connectors can plate, their are readable on the coils.
be ordered separately, c Cap. I • 20.
* Special voltage
** Technical data see Cap. I • 43
VALV/ADP5E001 _E/10-2017 I • 41 ®
ADP5E... HIGH PERFORMANCES SOLENOID OPERATED VALVES CETOP 5
STANDARD SPOOLS * SPOOLS WITH PRICE INCREASING

TWO SOLENOIDS, SPRING CENTRED “C MOUNTING”
1 Spool
type
01 +
02 -
03 -
04* -
05 -
66 -
TWO SOLENOIDS “D MOUNTING”
06 - type
14* - 19* -
28* - 20* +
ONE SOLENOID, SIDE A “E MOUNTING” ONE SOLENOID, SIDE B “F MOUNTING”

Spool Covering Transient position Spool Covering Transient position
type type
01 + 01 +
02 - 02 -
03 - 03 -
04* - 04* -
05 - 05 -
66 - 66 -
06 - 06 -
14* - 14* -
15 - 15 -
16 + 16 +
28* - 28* -

Spool n° The tests have been carried out with solenoids at operating
type curves
temperature and a voltage 10% less than rated voltage with a
1
01 1 fluid temperature of 50°C.
4
02 1
03 2 The fluid used was a mineral oil with a viscosity of 46 mm2/s at 40°C.
2
04 1
P (bar)
The values in the diagram refer to tests carried out with the oil
05 1 flow in two directions simultaneously (e.g. from P to A and at the
3
66 1 same time B to T).
06 1
14 3 In the cases where valves 4/2 and 4/3 were used with the flow
15 1 in one direction only, the limits of use could have variations
16 1 which may even be negative.
28 3 The tests were carried out with a counter-pressure of 2 bar at T.
Q (l/min) 19 4
20 4
VALV/ADP5E001 _E/10-2017 I • 42 ®
ADP5E... HIGH PERFORMANCES SOLENOID OPERATED VALVE CETOP 5
ADP.5.E... 4S variant - These ON-OFF type valves are used when a Max. operating pressure: ports P/A/B 350 bar
lower spool movement speed is required than it is generally available Max. operating pressure: port T (*) 250 bar
with a conventional solenoid valve in order to avoid those shocks which Max. flow 120 l/min
1
might otherwise compromise proper system operation. This is obtained by Max. excitation frequency 3 Hz
forcing the fluid to pass through the gap which exists between the screw Duty cycle 100% ED
thread and the M8x1 tapped thread, restricting in this way the transfer Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
cross section between the 2 solenoid chambers. Using this variant may Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
entail a reduction in the operational limits according to the spool used, Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
up to the complete blocking of the change over itself. The valve opera- Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
tion depends on the presence of a minimum back pressure on the T line with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
(min. 1 bar). The change over time referred to the spool stroke depends Weight with one DC solenoid 5 Kg
on 4 main variables: Weight with two DC solenoids 6,5 Kg
• Applicable hydraulic power, related to the flow rate and pressure
drop across the valve; (*) Pressure dynamic allowed for 2 millions of cycles
• Spool type (system configuration); Pressure on port T valid in case Y is blocked (no external drainage).
• Oil viscosity and temperature; Normally the external drainaged is blocked with a plug S.T.E.I M6x6
• Back pressure on T. UNI 5923
ADP.5.E... S5 variant - These are valves with solenoid chambers drainage separated from the T line, obtained on CETOP RO5 interface and
characterized by the letter Y. This solution allows operation with up to 320 bar max. back pressure on the T line while using only 12.9 material
fixing screws to ensure maximum solenoid valve mounting safety and supplementary drainage.
E = Manual override
GSQ = Square section seal
Support plane
specifications
Fixing screws UNI 5931 M6x40 with material specifications 12.9
Tightening torque 8 ÷ 10 Nm / 0.8 ÷ 1 Kgm
“D19” DC SOLENOIDS
Number of cycle 18.000/h
Duty cycle 100% ED
Max static pressure 210 bar
Weight 1,63 Kg
ROTARY EMERGENCY
WITHOUT CONNECTOR (P2) RATED RESISTANCE AT ** The european low voltage
WITH CONNECTOR (P1) POWER 20°C (OHM) directive is applied to elec-
(V) (AMBIENT TEMPERATURE25°C) tronical equipments used at
(W) ±10%
12V 105°C 42 3.43 a nominal voltages between
50 and 1000 VAC or 75 and
24V 105°C 42 13.71 1500 VDC. In conformity with
48V* 105°C 42 55 the low directive each part of
102V(*)(**) 105°C 42 248 the manifold or the subplate
on which the valve is mounted
110V(*)(**) 105°C 42 288
should be connected to a
205V(*)(**) 105°C 42 1000 protective earth with a resist-
* Special voltage ence less than 0.1 ohms.
VALV/ADP5E001 _E/10-2017 I • 43 ®
ADP5V... WITH PROXIMITY
SENSOR LVDT CETOP 5
The NG10 directional control Max. operating pressure: ports P/A/B 350 bar
valves are designed for subplate Max. operating pressure: port T (*) 250 bar
mounting with an interface in
1
Max. flow 120 l/min
accordance with UNI ISO 4401 - 05 Max. excitation frequency 3 Hz
- 04 - 0 - 94 standard (ex CETOP Duty cycle 100% ED
R 35 H 4.2-4-05). Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
ADP5V... The single solenoid directional Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
valves type ADP5V are used in Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
“D19” DC SOLENOIDS CAP. I • 44
applications where the monitoring Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
STANDARD CONNECTORS CAP. I • 20 with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
of the position of the spool inside
L.V.D.T. CAP. I • 22 the valve is requested to manage Type of protection
the machine safety cycles in (in relation to connector used) IP 66
according with the accident Weight 6,2 Kg
prevention legislation. These (*) Pressure dynamic allowed for 2 millions of cycles
directional valves are equipped
with an horizontal positioned
inductive sensor on the opposite side of the solenoid, which is capable of providing the first
movement of the valve when the passage of a minimum flow is allowed. Integrated in safety
systems, these valves intercept actuator movements that could be dangerous for the operators
and for the machine.
PRESSURE DROPS
1 2 Spool Connections
The diagram at the side shows the pressure drop
3 curves for spools during normal usage. The fluid
used is a mineral oil with a viscosity of 46 mm2/s 01 3 3 5 5
4 at 40°C; the tests have been carried out at a fluid 02 4 4 6 6 5
temperature of 40°C. For higher flow rates than those 66 3 3 6 5
5
∆p (bar)
in the diagram, the losses will be those expressed 06 3 3 5 6

6 by the following formula: 16 1 1 2 2
∆p1 = ∆p x (Q1/Q)2 Curve No.
where ∆p will be the value for the losses for a

specific flow rate Q which can be obtained from
the diagram, ∆p1 will be the value of the losses
for the flow rate Q1 that is used.
Q (l/min)
ORDERING CODE TAB.2 - DC VOLTAGE ** TAB1 - STANDARD SPOOL FOR ADP5V

L 12V E / F MOUNTING POSSIBLE
ADP High performances
M 24V 115Vac/50Hz Spool Covering Transient position
directional control valve 120Vac/60Hz
N 48V* type
with rectifier
P 110V*
5 CETOP 5/NG10 01E +
Z 102V* 230Vac/50Hz
X 205V* 240Vac/60Hz 01F +
with rectifier
V Directional valve with W Senza bobina
02E -
single solenoid and né connettori
LVDT proximity sensor Voltage codes are not stamped on the plate, 02F -
their are readable on the coils.
66E -
*** Spool and mounting (table 1) * Special voltage
** Technical data see Cap. I • 45 06F -
16E +
* Voltage (table 2) 16F +
32E +
2 Serial No.
TAB.3 - VARIANTS
VARIANTS CODE
registered mark for industrial Rotary emergency button P2(*)
environment with reference to the electro- Without proximity connector LVDT S3
magnetic compatibility. Without coils and proximity connector S4
European norms: With solenoid chamber external
- EN50082-2 general safety norm - industrial drainage (Y)
environment
- EN 50081-1 emission general norm -
residential environment (*) Coils with Hirschmann connection supplied
without connectors. The connectors can be or-
dered separately, Cap. I • 20.
VALV/ADP5V001_E/12-2018 I • 44 ®
ADP5V... WITH PROXIMITY SENSOR LVDT CETOP 5
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
N
.4
E = Manual override N. 4 GSQ Q25981014 / OR 2-014/90
Ø
6.
5
T T
Ø 39
=
46
69
= A B
Y
P
54
GSQ Q25981012 / OR 2-012/90
= =
Ch. 27
Ch. 24
82.5
30
106.98 106 112.5
325.48

with material specifications 12.9
Support plane
Tightening torque specifications
8 ÷ 10 Nm / 0.8 ÷ 1 Kgm
“D19” DC SOLENOIDS
Duty cycle 100% ED
Weight 1,63 Kg
ROTARY EMERGENCY
WITHOUT CONNECTOR (P2) RATED RESISTANCE AT ** The european low voltage
WITH CONNECTOR (P1) POWER 20°C (OHM) directive is applied to elec-
(V) (AMBIENT TEMPERATURE25°C) tronical equipments used at
(W) ±10%
50 and 1000 VAC or 75 and
24V 105°C 42 13.71 1500 VDC. In conformity with
48V* 105°C 42 55 the low directive each part of
102V(*)(**) 105°C 42 248 the manifold or the subplate
110V(*)(**) 105°C 42 288 on which the valve is mounted
should be connected to a
205V(*)(**) 105°C 42 1000 protective earth with a resist-
* Special voltage ence less than 0.1 ohms.
VALV/ADP5V001 _E/12-2018 I • 45 ®
AD3I... AUTOMATIC RECIPROCATING
VALVES CETOP 3
These automatic reciprocating Max. operating pressure port P 320 bar

valves, with interface UNI ISO Max. flow 30 l/min
1
4401 - 03 - 02 - 0 - 94 standard (ex Minimum permitted flow 3 l/min
CETOP R 35 H 4.2-4-03), reverse Fluid viscosity 20 ÷ 200 mm2/s
the movement of an actuator every Fluid temperature -20°C ÷ 60°C
time the flow through the valve stops. Max. contamination level(*) class 10 in accordance
With no max. pressure valves inside with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
the body, the spool is moved by two Positioner activating force 130 N
springs and locked by unbalanced (measured with 1 bar on the T line)
pressure inside valve; when no more Weight of version without positioner 0,95 Kg
AD3I... flow is crossing the valve, the spool Weight of version with positioner 1 Kg
changes the position inverting the
direction of the actuator. (*) Max contamination level must be respect to obtain
the right function of the valve
With a preferential starting P → B and A → T position, these valves are mainly used to control
the movement compactors or system where is not possible to use electrical device.
ORDERING CODE HYDRAULIC SYMBOL

3 CETOP 3/NG6
I Automatic reciprocating
valve at null flow
* (1) P =Version with positioner to

adjust the pressure relief valve PRESSURE DROPS
of the system
B→T
** 00 = No variant P→B
V1 = Viton P→A
1 Serial No. A→T

∆p (bar)
(1) Omit if not required the positioner
Tests carried out with mineral oil at a tem-

perature of 40°C with viscosity of 46 mm2/s. Q (l/min)
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
With positioner (P) Without positioner

Support plane
specifications
VALV/AD3I001_E/15-2017 I • 46 ®
AD3RI... AUTOMATIC RECIPROCATING
VALVES CETOP 3
This valve type is characterized by Max. operating pressure 320 bar
fully hydraulic operation, as it takes Max. pressure port T 160 bar
advantage of the system pressure rise
1
Min. recommended pressure 15 bar
to cause an automatic and continuous Max. flow 25 l/min
inversion of the utilization.The change- Min. flow 2 l/min
over takes place when the system Setting ranges: Spring 1 15 ÷ 50 bar
pressure exceeds the inversion valves Spring 2 20 ÷ 140 bar
calibration pressure, and therefore also Spring 3 50 ÷ 320 bar
AD3RI... in not predetermined positions. At cyl- Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 60 mm2/s
inder stroke end, the overall maximum Fluid temperature -20°C ÷ 75°C
pressure valve should be adjusted on Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
a value 30% higher than the system with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
operating pressure. Weight 2,3 Kg
The inverter valves pressure calibra-
tion values should be 15% lower than
ORDERING CODE that of the overall maximum pressure HYDRAULIC SYMBOL
valve, and 15% higher than the maxi-
AD Directional valve mum operating pressure.
Note: to operate the push button
3 CETOP 3/NG6 emergency, a minimum pressure of 3
bar on the actuator is needed.
RI Automatic reciprocating valve
hydraulically operated
automatic reciprocation
211 Scheme
Z No voltage
PRESSURE DROPS
* Setting ranges:
1 = 15 ÷ 50 bar A→T
B→T
2 = 20 ÷ 140 bar
3 = 50 ÷ 320 bar
** 00 = No variant
∆p (bar)
V1 = Viton P→A
P→B
3 Serial No.
Tests carried out with mineral oil at a tem-

perature of 40°C with viscosity of 46 mm2/s. Q (l/min)
E = Manual override

VALV/AD5I001 _E/03-2017 I • 47 ®
AD5I... AUTOMATIC RECIPROCATING
VALVES CETOP 5
The operating principle of this type of Max. operating pressure port P 320 bar
inverter valve, with interface UNI ISO Max. flow 100 l/min
4401 - 05 - 04 - 0 - 94 standard (ex Minimum permitted flow 10 l/min
1
CETOP R 35 H 4.2-4-05), is based on Fluid viscosity 32 ÷ 60 mm2/s
the pressure unbalanced created in its Fluid temperature -20°C ÷ 60°C
interior as a consequence of the fluid Max. contamination level(*) class 10 in accordance
flow rate. On starting the system this with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
valve assumes always a preferential Positioner activating force 190 N
position P → B e A → T. (measured with 1 bar on the T line)
Weight of version without positioner 3,4 Kg
AD5I... When a pressure is applied to the Weight of version with positioner 3,6 Kg
cylinder which exceeds the system
maximum pressure relief valve setting (*) Max contamination level must be respect to obtain
(e.g. end stroke actuator), a hydraulic the right function of the valve
unbalanced is generated capable of
changing over the valve and inverting
the cylinder direction of the movement.
ORDERING CODE
AD Directional control
5 CETOP 5/NG10
AD5IP2T1 FOR REGENERATIVE SYSTEM
I Automatic reciprocating valve
at null flow
* (1) P = Version with positioner to adjust the

pressure relief valve of the system
** 00 = No variant
V1 = Viton
2T = Variant for PRESSURE DROPS
regenerative
system B→T
1 Serial No. P→B

∆p (bar)
P→A
(1) Omit if not required the A→T
positioner Version AD5IP2T1 integrated in a regenerative circuit for compac-
tors with roll on-off mobile system, solution useful for all applications
Tests carried out with mineral oil where to connect microswitch of proximity is not possible. For any
at a temperature of 40°C with information about our regenerative manifold please contact our
viscosity of 46 mm2/s. technical department. For special subplate BS5RIA see Cap. X • 8.
Q (l/min)
GSQ = square section seal

Support plane
specifications
VALV/AD3RI003 _E/06-2018 I • 48 ®
AD5RI... AUTOMATIC RECIPROCATING
VALVES CETOP 5
This valve type is characterized by a Max. operating pressure 320 bar
fully hydraulic operation, as it takes Max. pressure port T 160 bar
advantage of the system pressure rise
1
Min. recommended pressure 15 bar
to cause an automatic and continu- Max. flow 70 l/min
ous inversion of the utilization. The Min. flow 6 l/min
changeover takes place when the Setting ranges: Spring 1 15 ÷ 50 bar
system pressure exceeds the inver- Spring 2 20 ÷ 140 bar
sion valves calibration pressure, and Spring 3 50 ÷ 320 bar
AD5RI... therefore also in not predetermined Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 60 mm2/s
position. At the cylinder stroke end, Fluid temperature -20°C ÷ 75°C
the overall maximum pressure valve Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
should be adjusted on a value 30% with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
higher than the system operating Weight 5,4 Kg
pressure.
The inverter valves pressure calibra-
ORDERING CODE tion values should be 15% lower than
HYDRAULIC SYMBOL
that of the overall maximum pressure
AD Directional valve valve, and 15% higher than the maxi-
mum operating pressure.
5 CETOP 5/NG10 Note: to operate the push button
emergency, a minimum pressure of 3
RI Automatic reciprocating valve bar on the actuator is needed.
hydraulically operated
automatic reciprocation
211 Scheme
Z No voltage
* Setting ranges: PRESSURE DROPS

1 = 15 ÷ 50 bar P→A
2 = 20 ÷ 140 bar P→B
3 = 50 ÷ 320 bar
** 00 = No variant A→T
∆p (bar)
V1 = Viton B→T
3 Serial No.
Tests carried out with mineral oil a tempera-

ture of 40°C with a viscosity of 46 mm2/s. Q (l/min)
E = Manual override

VALV/AD5RI003 _E/02-2017 I • 49 ®
ADPH5... PILOTED VALVES CETOP 5/NG10
WITH CETOP 2/NG4 PILOT VALVE
These ADPH 5 valves are used primarily for controlling the
starting, stopping and direction of fluid flow. These kind of HYDRAULIC SYMBOL
distributors are composed by a main stage crossed by the
1
big flow from the pump (ADPH5) and by a cetop 2 pilot
directional solenoid valve (AD2E) available with different
mounting type .
When a short response time is requested, a special version
of solenoids with high dynamics is available with the code
AD2E****FF2 (please, contact our technical department).
ADPH5...
STANDARD SPOOLS FOR ADPH5 CAP. I • 51
TECH. SPECIFICATIONS ADPH5 CAP. I • 52 ORDERING CODE
ADPH Piloted valve
AD2E... CAP. I • 4
The pilot valves AD2E...
“A09” DC COILS CAP. I • 4 must be ordered separately
5 CETOP 5/NG10
** Spool type (Table next page)
* Mounting (Table next page)

Standard orifice at port P: ∅ 1mm TAB.2 - PLUGS DISPOSAL
Internal piloting
* Orifice type on Internal draining (I code)
Cetop 2 valves (Table 1)
0 = none
A / B / C / D / E / F / G = orifice on line A
H / I / L / M / N / P / Q = orifice on line B
* Piloting and draining type (Tab.2)

I= internal piloting
internal draining
E= internal piloting
external draining
X= external piloting
internal draining
(special body)
Internal piloting
00 No variant External draining (E code)
1 Serial No.
TAB.1 - ORIFICE ON LINE A/B

On line A On line A Ø (mm)
0 0 —
A H 0,5
B I 0,6
C L 0,7 External piloting
D M 0,8 Internal draining (X code)
E N 0,9
F P 1,0
G Q 1,2
VALV/ADPH5001 _E/04-2017 I • 50 ®
ADPH5... PILOTED VALVES 5/NG10 WITH CETOP 2/NG4 PILOT VALVE
HYDRAULIC SYMBOLS, SPOOLS AND MOUNTING (* Spools with price increasing)
"A" MOUNTING "B" MOUNTING

Pilot
Piloted
AD.2.E.03.E...
ADPH.5.**.A...
Pilot
Piloted
AD.2.E.03.F...
ADPH.5.**.B... 1
Scheme Scheme
Spool Covering Transient position Spool Covering Transient position

type type
01 + 01 +
02 - 02 -
03 - 03 -
04* - 04* -
06 + 06 +
15 - 15 -
16 + 16 +
"C" MOUNTING
PRESSURE DROPS
Pilot AD.2.E.03.C... 1 2
Piloted ADPH.5.**.C... 3
4
5
6
∆p (bar)
Scheme 7

type
01 +
Q (l/min)
02 - The diagram at the side shows the pressure drop curves for spools
during normal usage. The used fluid is a mineral oil with a viscosity of
46 mm2/s at 40°C; the tests have been carried out at a fluid temperature
03 -
of 40°C. For flow rates higher than those in the diagram, the losses
will be those expressed by the following formula:
04* - ∆p1 = ∆p x (Q1/Q)2
where ∆p will be the value for the losses for a specific flow rate Q which
can be obtained from the diagram, ∆p1 will be the value of the losses
06 + for the flow rate Q1 that is used.
Spool Connections
01 4 4 7 7
02 6 6 8 8 7
03 3 3 8 8
04 4 4 2 2 3
06 4 4 7 8
15 2 2 5 5
16 1 1 2 2
Curve No.
VALV/ADPH5001 _E/04-2017 I • 51 ®
ADPH5... PILOTED VALVES 5/NG10 WITH CETOP 2/NG4 PILOT VALVE
PILOT SOLENOID CONTROL VALVE SPECIFICATIONS EXTERNAL BACK PRESSURE ON LINE P

(FOR SPOOL IN THE CENTRE POSITION)
1
Max. operating pressure: ports P/A/B 250 bar
Max. operating pressure: port T (dynamic) 70 bar
Max. piloting pressure 250 bar
Min. piloting pressure 10 bar
Max. flow 120 l/min
Switching times (*see note below) Energizing: 20 ms
De-energizing: 50 ms
Piloting oil volume for engagement 1 cm3
Hydraulic fluid mineral oil DIN 51524
Mounting plate When the main spool connect P to T in the centre position,
Weight ADPH5 without pilot valve 3,4 Kg the minimum pressure of 10 bar is needed to move the main
Weight ADPH5 with pilot valve with one solenoid 4,3 Kg spool (see the “Specifications”); for this reason a check
Weight ADPH5 with pilot valve with two solenoids 4,5 Kg valve on the P line (see the drawing above) is necessary.
(*) All the tests have been carried out with AD2E pilot valve with variant FF,
mounting type C, spool 03, flow 100 l/min,pressure 160 bar, back pressure on
the T line of 2 bar and oil temperature 40°C.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND MOUNTING SURFACE
Mounting surface
1 Pilot solenoid valve

Cetop 2/NG4 type AD2E...FF variant
2 Calibrated springs
with material specifications 12.9
3 Piloted valve ADPH5 Tightening torque 8 ÷ 10 N / 0,8 ÷ 1 Kgm
VALV/ADPH5001 _E/04-2017 I • 52 ®
ADH5... 4/3 AND 4/2
PILOTED VALVES CETOP 5/NG10
Type ADH.5 distributors are intended for interrupting, inserting and diverting a hydraulic system
flow. Normally these distributors are composed of a main stage, crossed by circuit main flow,
and of a pilot stage available in several versions.
1
Various types of controls are available, used either individually or in combination for, among
other functions, stroke limitation and main spool movement speed control, in order to optimize
the hydraulic system operation where this type of valve is employed.
In those case where normally to drain spools are used, it is necessary to remember that the
minimum changeover pressure due to the opposing springs is equal to approximately 7 bar
(see the operating features table on page I•46) and consequently necessary to insert a check
ADH5... valve in the P way (as shown above).
STANDARD SPOOLS FOR ADH5 CAP. I • 54 • Mounting surface in accordance with UNI ISO 4401 - 05 - 05 - 0 - 94 standard (ex CETOP
TECH. SPECIFICATIONS CAP. I • 55 R 35 H 4.2-4-05).
• Pilot operated spool, solenoid controller.
SUBPLATES BSH5... CAP. I • 56
• Stroke control of main spool.
CMP30... CARTRIDGE CATALOGUE • Presetting for pressure reducing valve mounting.
CETOP 3/NG06 CAP. I • 8 • Presetting for single-acting throttle valve mounting.
STANDARD SPOOLS FOR AD.3.E CAP. I • 10
AD3E... CAP. I • 11
“B14” AC SOLENOIDS CAP. I • 19 PLUGS ARRANGEMENT FOR THE PILOT AND DRAIN LINES
STANDARD CONNECTORS CAP. I • 20 Plugs type used: M5x6 both for pilot and drain
ADH5...I
X internal piloting
Y internal draining
ORDERING CODE
ADH Piloted valve
(Pilot valve and any
mounting valves should
be ordered separately)
5 CETOP 5/NG10
* Mounting type (Table next page)

ADH5...IE
X internal piloting
** Spool type (Table next page) Y external draining
* Piloting and draining

I = X internal / Y internal
IE = X internal / Y external
EI = X external / Y internal
E = X external / Y external
(see diagram at side)
** 00 = No variant
LC = Main spool ADH5...EI
stroke limiter X external piloting
Y internal draining
1 Serial No.
EXTERNAL CHECK ON P
ADH5...E
X external piloting
Y external draining
VALV/ADH5001 _E/06-2017 I • 53 ®
ADH5... 4/3 AND 4/2 PILOTED VALVES CETOP 5/NG10
Spool Connections
PRESSURE DROPS
1
1 2
10
3
01 3 3 5 5
9
4 02 3 3 6 6 3
8
03 3 3 6 6
7 5
6 04 2 2 5 5 1
6 05 3 3 5 5
P (bar)
7
5 The diagram an the side shows the pressure 06-66 3 3 6 6
4 drops in relation to spools adopted for normal 07 1 6
3 usage (see table). 10 3 3 5 5
11 4 5
2
Tests carried out at a constant temperature of 40°C. 22 4 5
1
14-28 3 3 7 7 2
0 15 3 3 4 5
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 The fluid used was a mineral based oil with a
Q (l/min) viscosity of 46 mm2/s at 40°C. 16 3 3 4 5
17 3 3
Curve No.
SPOOLS AND MOUNTING TYPE (* Spools with price increasing)

C mounting A mounting B mounting P mounting
Pilot AD.3.E.03.C... AD.3.E.03.E... AD.3.E.03.F... AD3E16E/AD3E16F
Piloted ADH.5.C.**.. ADH.5.A.**.. ADH.5.B.**.. ADH.5.P.**..
Scheme
Spool
type
01
02
03
04*
05
66
06
07*
10*
11*
22*
14*
28*
15
16
17
VALV/ADH5001_E/06-2017 I • 54 ®
PILOT SOLENOID CONTROL VALVE SPECIFICATIONS FOR DIFFERENT CONTROLS, PLEASE CONTACT OUR TECHNICAL DEPARTMENT
1
Max. operating pressure ports P/A/B 320 bar
Max. operating pressure port T (int. drainage) 160 bar
Max. pressure on T (ext. drainage) 250 bar
Min. piloting pressure 7 bar SWITCHING TIMES PILOTED VALVE
Max. flow 100 l/min
Piloting oil volume engagement 3 position valves 0,8 cm3 OPERATING CURRENT ENERGIZING DE-ENERGIZING
PRESSURE centre-extern extern-centre
Piloting oil volume engagement 2 position valves 1,6 cm3 (bar) (ms) (ms)
Hydraulic fluid mineral oil DIN 51524
50 30
Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s 100 ALTERNATING 25 50
Fluid temperature -20°C ÷ 75°C 200 20
Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance with 50 40
NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75 100 DIRECT 35 60
Weight ADH5 without pilot valve 2,7 Kg 200 30
Weight ADH5 with pilot valve with 1 AC solenoid 4 Kg
3 position valve. The values are indicative and depend on the
Weight ADH5 with pilot valve with 1 DC solenoid 4,2 Kg
hydraulic circuit, the fluid used and the variations in pressure,
Weight ADH5 with pilot valve with 2 AC solenoids 4,3 Kg
flow rate and temperature.
Weight ADH5 with pilot valve with 2 DC solenoids 4,7 Kg
OVERALL DIMENSIONS CETOP 5 MOUNTING SURFACE
SPOOL STROKE ADJUSTMENT
1 Piloted solenoid valve type AD3E... CETOP 3/NG6

2 Calibrated diaphragms for AD3E...
3 Flow regulation valve type AM3QF..C Fixing screws UNI 5931 M6x35
4 Pressure reduction valve type AM3RD..C with material specifications 12.9
5 Main valve type ADH5..E Tightening torque 8 N / 0,8 Kgm
VALV/ADH5001 _E/06-2017 I • 55 ®
BSH5... SUBPLATES MOUNTING FOR ADH5 TYPE PILOTED VALVES CETOP 5/NG10
BSH513 WITH P, T AND A, B REAR 3/4" BSP, X AND Y CLEARANCE HOLES
1 BSH Single plate

for piloted valve
5 CETOP 5/NG10
13 3/4" BSP rear connectors
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 3,8 Kg
Fixing screws M6x50 UNI 5931
BSH517 WITH P AND T REAR AND A, B SIDE 3/4" BSP, X AND Y CLEARANCE HOLES
BSH Single plate

for piloted valve
5 CETOP 5/NG10
17 3/4" BSP rear and

side connectors
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 3,9 Kg
BSH531 WITH P AND T REAR, A AND B SIDE 3/4" BSP, X AND Y CLEARANCE HOLES WITH MAXIMUM PRESSURE VALVE
BSH Single plate

for piloted valve
5 CETOP 5/NG10

side connectors
* M = Plastic knob
C = Grub screw
* Setting ranges
1 = Max 50 bar
2 = Max 140 bar
3 = Max 320 bar
** 00 = No variant
V1 = Viton
2 Serial No.
Weight: 5,5 Kg
• For the minimum permissible setting pressure depending on the spring, see minimum
Fixing screws M6x75 UNI 5931 setting curve pressure CMP30
VALV/BSH5001 _E/01-2017 I • 56 ®
ADH7... 4/3 AND 4/2
Type ADH.7 distributors are intended for interrupting, inserting and diverting a hydraulic system
flow. Normally these distributors are composed of a main stage, crossed by the circuit main
flow, and of a pilot stage available in several versions.
1
In those cases where normally to drain spools are used, it is necessary to remember that the
ADH7... minimum changeover pressure due to the opposing springs is equal to approximately 5 bar
(see the operating features table next pages) and it is consequently necessary to specify when
STANDARD SPOOLS FOR ADH7 CAP. I • 58
ordering the check valve incorporated in the P line, if required (as shown below).
TECH. SPECIFICATIONS CAP. I • 59
SUBPLATES BSH7... CAP. I • 60 • Mounting surface in accordance with UNI ISO 4401 - 07 - 06 - 0 - 94 standard (ex CETOP
CETOP 3/NG06 CAP. I • 8 R 35 H 4.2-4-07).
STANDARD SPOOLS FOR AD3E CAP. I • 10 • Pilot operated spool, solenoid controller.
AD3E... CAP. I • 11 • Presetting for pressure reducing valve mounting.
ADC3... CAP. I • 5 • Presetting for single-acting throttle valve mounting.
“D15” DC COILS CAP. I • 19 TAB.1 - PLUGS ARRANGEMENT FOR THE PILOT AND DRAIN LINES
Plugs type used: M5x5 both for pilot and drain.
STANDARD CONNECTORS CAP. I • 20 Note: standard M6x6 orifice Ø1,5 insert in the P port (Z)
ADH7...I
ORDERING CODE X internal piloting
Y internal draining
ADH Piloted valve - Pilot valves and
any modulating valves should be
ordered separately
7 CETOP 7/NG16
* Mounting type (see next page)
** Spool type (see next page)
* Piloting and draining ADH7...IE

I = X internal / Y internal X internal piloting
IE = X internal / Y external Y external draining
(see Tab.1 at side)
R Check valve incorporated at port P
(Tab. 2) Only for I and IE versions
(omit if not required)
** 00 = No variant
LC = Main spool stroke limiter
ADH.7...EI
2 Serial No. X external piloting
Y internal draining
TAB. 2 - INTERNAL CHECK ON P

ADH7****R**2 VERSION
ADH.7...E
X external piloting
Y external draining
• For the spools 02-04-14-28 the piloting

is normally external; the internal piloting
is possible only with the internal check
valve (R).
VALV/ADH7002 _E/06-2017 I • 57 ®
Spool Connections
PRESSURE DROPS type P→A P→B A→T B→T P→T
The two diagrams show the "Pressure
1
20
5 01 Energized 2 1 3 3
drops" in relation to spools adopted for
Energized 1 1 3 3
18
4 normal usage (see table). 02 De-Energized 2
16 The fluid used was a mineral based oil Energized
03 De-Energized
2 1 3 3
14 3 with a viscosity of 46 mm2/s at 40° C.
Energized 2 2 4 4
12 04 De-Energized 5
P (bar)
10 Energized 1 1 2 2
05 De-Energized 2 2
8
Energized 1 1 2 3
6 66 De-Energized 4
2 Energized 1 1 3 3
14 De-Energized
0 4
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 Energized 1 1 3 3
28 De-Energized
Q (l/min) 4
23 Energized 2 1 3 3
PRESSURE DROPS FOR Curve No.

INTERNAL CHECK ON P VERSION
45
2 LIMIT OF USE
40
400
Spool
35
type
30 350 1
1 01 1
P (bar)
25 300
3 02 2
20 2 03 1
250
15
The limit of use test has been carried P (bar)
04 3
out with external draining and orifice 200 4
10
05 1
Ø1,5 insert in the P port (Z). The fluid 150 66 1
5 used was a mineral based oil with a 10 1
viscosity of 46 mm2/s at 40° C. 100
0 14 4
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Q (l/min)
50 28 4
0 23 1
(•) For the "E mounting" the locating 0 50 100 150 200 250 300
spring works only with the steady Q (l/min)
SPOOLS AND MOUNTING TYPE system (* Spools with price increasing)
C mounting A mounting B mounting E mounting (•) P mounting

Pilot AD3E03C... AD3E03E... AD3E03F... AD3E16E... AD3E16E/AD3E16F
Piloted ADH7C... ADH7A... ADH7B... ADH7E... ADH7P...
Scheme
Spool
type
01
02
03
04*
05
66
10*
14*
28*
23*
VALV/ADH7002_E/06-2017 I • 58 ®
* For valves with internal drain (Y), tank pressure on T
1
must be added to min. piloting pressure.
Max. operating pressure port T (int. drainage) 160 bar
Max. operating pressure port T (ext. drainage) 250 bar
For version “R” with check valve on P, the cracking
pressure of 5 bar is obtained with flow rate > 25 l/min.
Min. piloting pressure* 12 bar
Max flow 300 l/min.
Piloting oil volume for engagement 3 position valves 4 cm3 Switching time
Piloting oil volume for engagement 2 position valves 8 cm3 Such values refer to a tests carried out with solenoid valve
Hydraulic fluid mineral oil DIN 51524 type AD3E03 with P = 100 bar pressure and Q = 100 l/min
Fluid viscosity 2.8 ÷ 380 mm2/s flow. Orifice ø1.5 mm, insert on piloting port, using a mineral
Fluid temperature -20°C ÷ 70°C oil at 40°C. with 46 mm2/s viscosity.
TEMPI DI RISPOSTA VALVOLA PILOTATA
Weight ADH7 without pilot valve 7 Kg Solenoids ENERGIZING ±10% (ms) DE-ENERGIZING ±10% (ms)
Weight ADH7 with pilot valve with 1 AC solenoid 8,2 Kg No. Spool 01 - 03 01 - 03
Scheme 2 positions 3 positions 2 positions 3 positions
Weight ADH7 with pilot valve with 2 AC solenoids 8,5 Kg
Weight ADH7 with pilot valve with 2 DC solenoids 9 Kg AC 50 20 25 30
DC 70 35 40 50
Note: the solenoid valve type ADC3E... (with A09 coil) and AD3E... (with D15
No. Spool 02 04 02 - 04 02 - 04
or B14 coils) could be used both as pilote valve, without any changement of
technical features. Scheme 2 posit. 2 posit. 3 posit. 2 positions 3 positions
AC 35 60 30 25 25
DC 55 80 40 40 50
CETOP 7 MOUNTING SURFACE
• Piloted valve fixing:

n° 4 screws T.C.E.I. M10x60 - Tightening torque 40 Nm
n° 2 screws T.C.E.I. M6x55 - Tightening torque 8 Nm
• Seals:
n° 4 OR 2-118 PARKER (type 130)
n° 2 OR 2-013 PARKER (type 2043)
SPOOL STROKE ADJUSTMENT
1 Piloted solenoid valve type AD3E... or ADC3E... CETOP 3/NG6

2 Calibrated diaphragms AD3E...
3 Flow regulation valve type AM3QF..C
4 Pressure reduction valve type AM3RD..C
5 Main valve type ADH7..E
VALV/ADH7002 _E/06-2017 I • 59 ®
BSH712 WITH P, T, AND A, B REAR 3/4" BSP
1 BSH Single plate

for piloted valve
7 CETOP 7/NG16
12 3/4" BSP rear connectors
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 5,5 Kg
BSH713 WITH P, T AND A,B REAR 1" BSP
BSH Single plate

for piloted valve
7 CETOP 7/NG16
13 1" BSP rear connectors
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 4,7 Kg
BSH714 WITH P, T AND A, B SIDE 3/4" BSP
BSH Single plate

for piloted valve
7 CETOP 7/NG16
14 3/4" BSP side connectors
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 6,3 Kg
VALV/BSH7001 _E/02-2017 I • 60 ®
BSH715 WITH P, T AND A, B SIDE 1" BSP
BSH Single plate

for piloted valve
1
7 CETOP 7/NG16
15 1" BSP side connectors
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 6,3 Kg
BSH716 WITH P AND T REAR, A AND B SIDE 3/4" BSP, X AND Y REAR
BSH Single plate

for piloted valve
7 CETOP 7/NG16

side connectors
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 5,1 Kg
BSH717 WITH P AND T REAR, A AND B SIDE 1" BSP, X AND Y REAR
BSH Single plate

for piloted valve
7 CETOP 7/NG16
17 1" BSP rear and

side connectors
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 5,3 Kg
VALV/BSH7001 _E/02-2017 I • 61 ®
ADH8...4/3 AND 4/2
Type ADH.8 distributors are intended for interrupting, inserting and diverting a hydraulics
system flow.
Normally these distributors are composed of a main stage, crossed by circuit main flow, and
1
of a pilot stage available in several versions.
In those cases where normally to drain spools are used, it is necessary to remember that the
minimum changeover pressure due to the opposing springs is equal to approximately 5 bar
ADH8... (see the operating features table next pages) and it is consequently necessary to specify when
STANDARD SPOOLS FOR ADH8 CAP. I • 63 ordering the check valve incorporated in the P line, if required (as shown below).
TECH. SPECIFICATIONS CAP. I • 64 • Mounting surface in accordance with UNI ISO 4401 - 08 - 07 - 0 - 94 standard (ex CETOP
BSH8... CAP. I • 65 R 35 H 4.2-4-08).
CETOP 3/NG06 CAP. I • 8 • Pilot operated spool, solenoid controller.
STANDARD SPOOLS FOR AD3E CAP. I • 10
• Presetting for pressure reducing valve mounting.
AD3E... CAP. I • 11 • Presetting for single-acting throttle valve mounting.
TAB.1 - PLUGS ARRANGEMENT FOR THE PILOT AND DRAIN LINES
Plugs type used: M6x6 both for pilot X and drain Y
ORDERING CODE
ADH Piloted valve
(Pilot valves and any
Y T P
modulating valves should be Montaggio tappi
TIPO DI VALVOLA
ordered separately) X X Y
8 CETOP 8/NG25 X internal piloting
ADH8---I NO NO
Y internal draining
* Mounting type (see next page) X internal piloting
ADH8---IE NO YES
Y external draining
** Spool type (see next page)
X external piloting
ADH8---EI YES NO
Y internal draining
* Piloting and draining
I = X internal / Y internal ADH8---E
X external piloting
YES YES
IE = X internal / Y external Y external draining
P
(see Tab.1 at side)
R Check valve incorporated at port P

- setting 5 bar (Tab. 2 below)
Only for I, IE versions
(Omit if not required) ADH8...I ADH8...IE
** 00 = No variant
LC = Main spool stroke limiter
2 Serial No.
TAB. 2 - INTERNAL CHECK ON P

T P
ADH8...EI ADH8...E
P
• For the spools 02-04-14-28 the piloting is
normally external; the internal piloting is
possible with the internal check valve (R).
VALV/ADH8002 _E/04-2017 I • 62 ®
PRESSURE DROPS
Spool
1
5 4 63 Connections
10
1
9
8
Energized 2 2 1 2
7 02 De-Energized 6 (1)
6 Energized 1 1 1 2
03
P (bar)
De-Energized 4 (2) 4 (3)

5
Energized 6 6 3 4
04 De-Energized
4 5
Energized 2 2 2 3
3 The diagram shows the pressure drops in 05 De-Energized 4 (2) 4 (3)
2 relation to spools adopted for normal usage Energized 1 1 2 2
66 De-Energized 4
1 (see table).
0 The fluid used was a mineral based oil with 10 Energized 1 1 2 3
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 a viscosity of 35 mm2/s at 50° C. Energized 6 6 3 4
Q (l/min) 14 De-Energized 5 (3)
Energized 6 6 4 3
28 De-Energized 5 (2)
Energized 1 2 2 3
23 De-Energized 4
Curve No.
Notes: ( ) A/B stopped - ( ) B stopped - (3) A stopped

1 2
SPOOLS AND MOUNTING TYPE

(•) For the E mounting the locating spring works
only with the steady system
C mounting A mounting B mounting E mounting P mounting

Pilot AD3E03C... AD3E03E... AD3E03F... AD3E16E... AD3E16E/AD3E16F
Piloted ADH8C... ADH8A... ADH8B... ADH8E... ADH8P...
Scheme
Spool
type
01
02
03
04(*) (**)
05
66
10*
14*
28*
23*
(* SPOOLS WITH PRICE INCREASING)
(** THE SPOOL 04 IS AVAILABLE FOR OPERATING PRESSURES IN THE P/A/B LINES, MAX. 320 BAR)
VALV/ADH8002 _E/04-2017 I • 63 ®
1
* For valves with internal drain (Y), tank pressure on T must
The spool 04 is available for operating pressures in the P/A/B lines max. 320 bar
Max. operating pressure port T (int. drainage) 160 bar be added to min. piloting pressure.
Max. operating pressure port T (ext. drainage) 250 bar Min. piloting pressure is 5 bar with low flow rate, but it is up
Max. piloting pressure 350 bar to 12 bar with higher flow rate.
Max. piloting pressure with main spool stroke limiter (LC variant) 250 bar
Min. piloting pressure* 5 bar For version “R” with check valve on P, the cracking pressure
Max. flow with 04-14-28 spools 500 l/min a 210 bar of 5 bar is obtained with flow rate > 25 l/min.
450 l/min a 320 bar
Max. flow with all other spools 600 l/min a 210 bar
500 l/min a 320 bar
Piloting oil volume for engagement 3 position valves 11.1 cm3 Switching time
Piloting oil volume for engagement 2 position valves 22.12 cm3 Such values refer to a solenoid valve with P = 100 bar pres-
Hydraulic fluid mineral oil DIN 51524 sure using a mineral oil at 50°C with 36 mm2/sec viscosity
Fluid viscosity 2.8 ÷ 380 mm2/s
PA and BT connections.
NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75 SWITCHING TIMES PILOTED VALVE
Weight ADH8 without pilot valve 13,1 Kg ENERGIZING ±10% (ms) DE-ENERGIZING ±10% (ms)
Weight ADH8 with pilot valve with 1 AC solenoid 14,3 Kg Solenoids 2 posit. 3 posit. 2 posit. 3 posit.
Weight ADH8 with pilot valve with 2 AC solenoids 14,6 Kg AC 60 45 90 60
Weight ADH8 with pilot valve with 2 DC solenoids 15,1 Kg DC 75 55 90 60
OVERALL DIMENSIONS CETOP 8 MOUNTING SURFACE

229,5
28,5
1
55
2
40
3
40
4
126
42
Ø6 • Piloted valve fixing: n° 6 screws T.C.E.I. M12x60

6,5
N°6 Ø 12,5
45 188 45
• Tightening torque: 115 Nm with screw Cl. 12.9**
278 69 Nm with screw Cl. 8.8
** Recommended for applications over 350 bar

152
53,2 77
• Seals: n°4 OR 2-123/3118 type (29.82x2.62) - 90 Shore
n°2 OR 2-117/3081 type (20.24x2.62) - 90 Shore
92,1
115
Nut M12 Ch.18
Screw TCEI M12x35 Ch.10
77 53,2
1 Piloted solenoid valve type AD3E (CETOP3 NG6)

2 Flow regulation valve type AM3QF..C
3 Pressure reduction valve type AM3RD..C 96 max.
4 Main valve type ADH8*
* The piloted valve is provided with a calibrated screw M6 with SPOOL STROKE ADJUSTMENT
hole ø1.5, already mounted on the port "P".
(LC variant)
VALV/ADH8002_E/04-2017 I • 64 ®
BSH813 WITH P, T AND A, B REAR 1" BSP
BSH Single plate

for piloted valve 1
8 CETOP 8/NG25
13 1" BSP rear connectors
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 6,3 Kg - Fixing screws M10x60 UNI 5931
BSH813* WITH P, T AND A, B REAR 1"1/4 BSP OR 1" 1/2 BSP
BSH Single plate

for piloted valve
8 CETOP 8/NG25
13* A = 1"1/4 BSP rear connectors

B = 1"1/2 BSP rear connectors
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 21,7 Kg (BSH.8.13A) - Weight: 21,2 Kg (BSH.8.13B)
BSH815 WITH T, P AND A, B SIDE 1" BSP
BSH Single plate

for piloted valve
8 CETOP 8/NG25
15 1" BSP side connectors
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 8,2 Kg
BSH817 WITH P AND T REAR, A AND B SIDE 1" BSP, X AND Y REAR
BSH Single plate

for piloted valve
8 CETOP 8/NG25
17 1" BSP rear and

side connectors
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
VALV/BSH8001 _E/01-2017 I • 65 ®
CDL046... STACKABLE CIRCUIT
SELECTOR VALVES
The stackable circuit selector valves,
type CDL.04.6, allows one single drive
of 5 users with 4 elements connected Max. pressure 250 bar
1
in series. Max. flow 20 l/min
As they are moved from high perfor- Overlap positive
mances solenoids they don’t need the Hydraulic fluids Mineral oils DIN 51524
external drainage. Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
Additionally, beyond having a reduced Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
and compact dimensions, they can Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
manage high hydraulic powers with Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
CDL046... a minimal pressure drop. The body NAS with 1638 with filter ß25≥75
“A09” DC COILS CAP. I • 73 valve is white zinc plated. Weight see “Overall dimension”
CONNECTORS STANDARD CAP. I • 20
TAB.1 - A09 (27 W) COIL HYDRAULIC SYMBOLS

DC VOLTAGE ** SINGLE ELEMENT
L 12V
4 14V 115Vac/50Hz
M 24V 120Vac/60Hz
with rectifier
N 48V*
P 110V* 230Vac/50Hz
Z 102V* 240Vac/60Hz
ORDERING CODE X 205V*
with rectifier
W Without DC coil
CDL Stackable circuit selector valve Voltage codes are not stamped on the plate, their
are readable on the coils. MULTI STATION CONNECTION
* Special voltage
04 Size NG04 ** Technical data see page CAP. I • 73
• The AMP Junior coil, the Deutsch coil with
6 No. of way bidirectional diode and the coil with flying leads
(single element) (with or without diode) coils are available in 12V
or 24V DC voltage only.
W Threaded connectors
1/4” BSP
TAB. 2 - VARIANTS
I Internal drainage VARIANT CODE
* No. of elements: 1 / 2 / 3 / 4 No variant (without connectors) S1(*)

Viton SV(*)
Rotary emergency button P2(*)(**)
* Voltage (Tab. 1) Emergency button ES(*)
AMP Junior connection AJ(*)
** Variants (Tab. 2) Bobina con fili (250 mm) FL
with flying leads (130 mm) and integr. diode LD
Deutsch connection with bidir. diode CX
1 Serial No.
can be ordered separately, CAP. I • 20
(**) P2 Emergency tightening torque max. 6÷9 Nm /

0.6 ÷ 0.9 Kgm with CH n. 22
PRESSURE DROPS LIMITS OF USE

∆P (bar)
∆P (bar)
P1 → C1
P1 → C2 Energizing
P2 → C3 De-energizing
P2 → C4
Q (l/min) Q (l/min)
The tests have been carried out with solenoids at operating temperature and
a voltage 10% less than rated voltage with a fluid temperature of 50 C°. The
fluid used was a mineral oil with a viscosity of 46 mm2/s at 40 degrees C.
VALV/CDL04001_E/10-2017 I • 66 ®
CDL046... STACKABLE CIRCUIT SELECTOR VALVES
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
Tighten the screws to a torque of 5 Nm (0.5 Kgm)

Fixing screws with material specifications min. 8.8
No. of No. of L Weight Fixing Kit spare part code*

elements way (Length) (Kg) screws (rods and studs)
1 06 46 1.05 — —
2 08 100 2.20 TCEI M5x95 V89.54.0020
3 10 145 3.30 TCEI M5x140 V89.54.0021
TCEI M5x194
4 12 200 4.45 V89.54.0022
(special rods)
(*) For multiple composition rods and studs are available.
Support plane
specifications
VALV/CDL04001_E/10-2017 I • 67 ®
SELECTOR VALVES

type CDL.06.6, allows one single drive Max. pressure 250 bar
1
of 6 users with 5 elements connected Max. flow 50 l/min
in series. Overlap negative
As they are moved from high perfor- Hydraulic fluids Mineral oils DIN 51524
mances solenoids they don’t need the Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
external drainage. Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
This valves can manage high hydraulic Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
powers with a minimal pressure drop. Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
NAS with 1638 with filter ß25≥75
CDL066... Weight see “Overall dimension”
“40W” DC COILS CAP. I • 74
TAB.1 - 40W COIL HYDRAULIC SYMBOLS
ORDERING CODE
DC VOLTAGE SINGLE ELEMENT
L 12V
M 24V
W Without DC coil
ORDERING CODE Voltage codes are not stamped on the plate, their
are readable on the coils.
CDL Stackable circuit selector valve
06 Size NG06
MULTISTATION CONNECTION
TAB.2 - VARIANTS
6 No. of way No variant (without connectors) S1(*)
(single element) Viton SV(*)
W Threaded connectors Rotary emergency button P2(*)
3/8” BSP Raccordements Deutsch DT04-2P CZ
I Internal drainage
(*) Coils with Hirschmann connection
supplied without connectors. The con-
* No. of elements: 1 / 2 / 3 / 4 / 5
nectors can be ordered separately, CAP.
I • 20.
* Voltage (Tab. 1)
** Variants (Tab. 2)
1 Serial No.
PRESSURE DROPS OVERALL DIMENSIONS
94
∆P (bar)
188.7
la
m
G 3/8" at
ch 13
ur G 3/8"
a
Ø
13
G 3/8"
83.25
65.25
65.25
63.25
81.25
Q (l/min) 6.
5
44.25
Ø
43.25
25.25
25.25
P1 → C1, P1 → C2,
P2 → C3 e P2 → C4
9.25
10.6
58.6 A 48
B
The fluid used is a mineral oil with 69.2
C
a viscosity of 46 mm2/s at 40°C;
the tests have been carried out at
a fluid temperature of 40°C.

Tightening torque for studs 8 Nm / 0.8 Kgm
Tightening torque for rods 20 Nm / 2 Kgm (*) For multiple composition rods and studs are available.
VALV/CDL06001_E/05-2017 I • 68 ®
ADL066... FLOW DIVERSION VALVES
The 6 way flow diversion valves are
special solenoid valves which allow
the simultaneous connection of two
1
Max. pressure (without drainage, Y pluged) 250 bar
systems. Max. pressure (external drainage) 320 bar
In order to obtain valve's working at Max. flow 40 l/min
pressure of 250 bar up to 320 bar Overlap negative
(exeternal drainge) the G 1/8" BSP Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
plug must be removed to Y connector. Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
ADL066... Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
“D15” DC COILS CAP. I • 73 Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
Weight 2,4 Kg
TAB.2 - VOLTAGE
ORDERING CODE D15 COIL (30W) **
L 12V
ADL06 Flow diversion valves NG6 M 24V 115Vac/50Hz
V 28V* 120Vac/60Hz
N 48V* with rectifier
6 No. of way Z 102V* 230Vac/50Hz
P 110V* 240Vac/60Hz
W Threaded connectors 3/8"BSP X 205V* with rectifier
W Without DC coils and connectors DRAINAGE PLUGGED
I Drainage plugged Voltage codes are not stamped on the plate,
their are readable on the coils.
* Voltage (see table 1) * Special voltage

** Technical data see CAP. I • 73
** Variants (see table 2) • AMP Junior (with or without diode) and
Deutsch and with flying leads coils, are
3 Serial No. available in 12V or 24V DC voltage only.
• Plastic type coils are available in 12V, 24V,
28V or 110V DC voltage only.
EXTERNAL DRAINAGE
TAB.2 - VARIANTS
Viton SV(*)
AMP Junior coil AJ(*)
AMP Junior coil and integrated diode AD(*)
Coil with flyning leads (175mm) SL
Plastic type coil D15 RS(*)

for
ning
Ope inage
dra PRESSURE DROPS
∆p (bar)
Curve n° 1:
1
P1 → C1
P1 → C2
P2 → C3
P2 → C4
Q (l/min)
Support plane
specifications
VALV/ADL06003 _E/10-2017 I • 69 ®
BDL066... FLOW DIVERSION VALVES
The 6 way flow diversion valves, type Max. pressure 250 bar
BDL.06.6, are special solenoid valves Max. flow 50 l/min
1
which allow the simultaneous connec- Overlap negative
tion of two systems. With all user ports Hydraulic fluids Mineral oils DIN 51524
on the same side, these valves allow Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
to simplify the layout of hydraulic plant. Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
As they are moved from high perfor- Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
mances solenoids they don’t need the Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
BDL066... external drainage. with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
“40W” DC COILS CAP. I • 74 This valves can manage high hydraulic Weight 3 Kg
STANDARD CONNECTORS CAP. I • 20 powers with a low pressure drop.
ORDERING CODE TAB.1 - 40W COIL TAB.2 - VARIANTS

DC VOLTAGE No variant (without connectors) S1(*)
BDL Flow diversion valves Viton SV(*)
L 12V
06 Size NG06 M 24V
N 48V* Deutsch DT04-2P Coil type CZ
6 No. of way W Without DC coils
Voltage codes are not stamped on the plate,
W Threaded connectors 3/8"BSP their are readable on the coils. (*) Coils with Hirschmann connection supplied
without connectors. The connectors can be ordered
* Special voltage
separately, CAP. I • 20.
I Internal drainage
* Voltage (Tab. 1) OVERALL DIMENSIONS

** Variants (Tab. 2)
G 3/8" G 3/8"
1 Serial No.
92
62
32,5
P1 P2
HYDRAULIC SYMBOL
C2 C3 C1 C4
33 40 29,5
187,7
8 47
P1 P2
=
=
Ø 45
= =
68
50
=
PRESSURE DROPS
6
Ø 8,5
5 102,5
4 26 40
G 3/8" G 3/8"
P(bar)
2 C1 C4
1
C2 C3
27
0
0 10 20 30 40 50
16
Q (l/min)
P1 → C1 , P1 → C2
41 40
P2 → C4 , P2 → C3
The fluid used is a mineral oil with a
G 3/8" G 3/8"
viscosity of 46 mm²/s at 40°C; the tests
have been carried out at a fluid tempera- Fixing screws UNI 5931 M8x70 with strength class DIN 8.8.
ture of 40°C. Tightening torque 8 Nm / 0.8 Kgm
VALV/BDL06001 _E/02-2017 I • 70 ®
SELECTOR VALVES

type CDL.10.6, allows one single drive Max. pressure 250 bar
1
of 6 users with 5 elements connected Max. flow 80 l/min
in series. Overlap negative
As they are moved from high perfor- Hydraulic fluids Mineral oils DIN 51524
mances solenoids they don’t need the Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
external drainage. Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
This valves can manage high hydraulic Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
powers with a minimal pressure drop. Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
NAS with 1638 with filter ß25³75
CDL106... Weight see “Overall dimension”
TAB.1 - A16 COIL HYDRAULIC SYMBOLS
DC VOLTAGE ** SINGLE ELEMENT
L 12V
115Vac/50Hz
M 24V 120Vac/60Hz
ORDERING CODE P 110V*
230Vac/50Hz
Z 102V* 240Vac/60Hz
CDL Stackable circuit selector valve X 205V* with rectifier
W Without DC coil
10 Size NG10 Voltage codes are not stamped on the plate, their
are readable on the coils. MULTISTATION CONNECTION
6 No. of way * Special voltage

(single element) ** Technical data see CAP. I • 74
* W =Threaded connectors1/2” BSP

U =Threaded connectors SAE10 7/8"-14 UNF TAB.2 - VARIANTS
I Internal drainage Viton SV(*)
* No. of elements: 1 / 2 / 3 / 4 / 5 Rotary emergency button P2(*)
* Voltage (Tab. 1)
** Variants (Tab. 2) supplied without connectors. The con-
nectors can be ordered separately, CAP.
I • 20.
1 Serial No.
PRESSURE DROPS OVERALL DIMENSIONS

100
∆P (bar)
external drain
version
G 1/2"
210.7
la
Y1
ch 13
m
Y
at
C1
C1
C1
ur
P1
P1
P1
a external drain
Ø
G 1/2"
13 version
C2
C2
C2
83.25
Q (l/min)
65.25
63.25
81.25
5
65.25
6.
Ø
P2
P2
P2
C4
C4
C4
44.25
P1 → C1, P1 → C2,
C3
C3
C3
43.25
25.25
P2 → C3 e P2 → C4
25.25
9.25
10.6
The fluid used is a mineral oil with 58.6 A G 1/2"
B
a viscosity of 46 mm2/s at 40°C; 69.2
C 48
the tests have been carried out at
No. of No. of A B C Weight Kit spare part code*
a fluid temperature of 40°C. elements way Length (mm) (Kg) (rods and studs)
N. 2 O-ring
1/2" BSP: 2-024 1 06 54 69 - 4,5 /
SAE10 7/8"-14 UNF:2-025 2 08 123 138 160 9,3 V89.56.0001
Fixing screws UNI 5931 M6x60 3 10 192 207 226 14 V89.56.0002
with material specifications min. 8.8 4 12 261 276 296 18,5 V89.56.0003
Tightening torque for studs 8 Nm / 0.8 Kgm 5 14 330 345 365 23,3 V89.56.0004
Tightening torque for rods 20 Nm / 2 Kgm (*) For multiple composition rods and studs are available.
VALV/CDL10001 _E/04-2017 I • 71 ®
ADL106... FLOW DIVERSION VALVES
The 6 way flow diversion valves are
special solenoid valves which allow
the simultaneous connection of two Max. pressure (without drainage, Y plugged) 250 bar
1
systems. Max. pressure (external drainage) 320 bar
Max. flow 80 l/min
In order to obtain valve's working at
pressure of 250 bar up to 320 bar
(external drainage) the G 1/8" BSP
plug must be removed to Y connector.
ADL106... Weight 3,6 Kg
TAB.1 - A16 COIL DRAINS AND HYDRAULIC SYMBOLS

DC VOLTAGE **
L 12V
115Vac/50Hz
ORDERING CODE M 24V 120Vac/60Hz
ADL10 Flow diversion valves NG10 P 110V*
230Vac/50Hz
Z 102V* 240Vac/60Hz
6 No. of way W Without DC coil
Voltage codes are not stamped on the plate, their
J Connectors 3/4"BSP are readable on the coils.
DRAINAGE PLUGGED
* Special voltage
I Drainage plugged
** Technical data see CAP. I • 74
* Voltage (see table 1)
** Variants (see table 2)
1 Serial No.
EXTERNAL DRAINAGE
TAB.2 - VARIANTS
Viton SV(*)

PRESSURE DROPS
Opening for
drainage
∆p (bar)
Q (l/min)
Support plane
specifications
VALV/ADL10001_E/06-2017 I • 72 ®
"A09" DC COILS FOR CDL04...
1
the coil with flying leads (with or
Duty cycle 100% ED
Weight 0,215 Kg
VOLTAGE MAX WINDING TEMPERATURE RATED RESISTANCE AT 20°C ** The european low voltage directive
AMP JUNIOR (AJ) (V) (AMBIENT TEMPERATURE 25°C) POWER (W) (OHM) ±7% is applied to electronical equipments
12V 123°C 27 5.3 used at a nominal voltages between
24V 123°C 27 21.3 50 and 1000 VAC or 75 and 1500 VDC.
48V* 123°C 27 85.3 In conformity with the low directive each
102V(*)(**) 123°C 27 392 part of the manifold or the subplate
on which the valve is mounted should
110V(*)(**) 123°C 27 448 be connected to a protective earth
* Special voltages
DEUTSCH COIL WITH FLYING LEADS (FL) EMERGENCY (COILS WITH HIRSCHMANN CONNECTION)
BIDIR. DIODE (CX) LEADS WITH DIODO (LD) MANUAL WITHOUT CONN. (ES) ROTARY WITHOUT CONNECTOR (P2*)
DT04 - 2P MANUAL WITH CONN. (E1) ROTARY WITH CONNECTOR (P1*)
"D15" DC COILS FOR ADL06... AND A66..

Type of protection • AMP Junior coils (with or without
(in relation to the connector used) IP 66 diode) and coils with flying leads
Number of cycles 18.000/h and coils type Deutsch, are availa-
Supply tolerance ±10% ble in 12V or 24V DC voltage only.
Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C • The pastic type coil (BR variant)
Duty cycle 100% ED is available in 12V, 24V, 28V or
Insulation class wire H 110V DC voltage only.
Weight 0,354 Kg
• Emergency, plastic coil, and Amp Junior, leads
RATED RESISTANCE ** The european low voltage
or deutch coils, are not available for A66 valve. VOLTAGE MAX WINDING TEMPERATURE
POWER AT 20°C directive is applied to elec-
(V) (AMBIENT TEMPERATURE 25°C)
ECOAT COIL (RS) (W) (OHM) ±10% tronical equipments used at
33 12V 110°C 30 4.8 a nominal voltages between
24V 110°C 30 18.8 50 and 1000 VAC or 75 and
12
1500 VDC. In conformity with

28V* 110°C 30 25.6
*** VDC
100% ED the low directive each part of
31.2
48V* 110°C 30 75.2 the manifold or the subplate

102V(*)(**) 110°C 30 340
Ø 27
Ø 23
Ø 45
on which the valve is mount-

110V(*)(**) 110°C 30 387 ed should be connected to a
1.1 205V(*)(**) 110°C 30 1375 protective earth with a resist-
ence less than 0.1 ohms.
54
* Special voltages
FLYING WITH LEADS AMP JUNIOR (AJ) DEUTSCH EMERGENCY (COILS WITH HIRSCHMANN CONNECTION)
COIL (SL) AJ + DIODE (AD) DT04 - 2P (CZ) MANUAL WITHOUT CONNECTOR (ES) ROTARY WITHOUT CONNECTOR (P2)
CZ + ECOAT (R6) MANUAL WITH CONNECTOR (E1) ROTAN ROTARY WITH CONNECTOR (P1)
VALV/TA09D15 _E/14-2017 I • 73 ®
"40W" DC COILS FOR CDL06...
Type of protection
(in relation to the connector used) IP 66
1 Supply tolerance
Ambient temperature
Duty cycle
+10% / -10%
-54°C ÷ 60°C
100% ED
Weight 0,354 Kg
VOLTAGE MAX. WINDING TEMPERATURE RATED POWER RESISTANCE AT 20°C

(V) (AMBIENT TEMPERATURE 25°C) (W) (OHM) ±10%
12V 135°C 40 3.6
24V 135°C 40 14.4
IT40W - 01/2004/i
DEUTSCH EMERGENCY (COILS WITH HIRSCHMANN CONNECTION)

(CZ) MANUAL WITHOUT CONNECTOR (ES) ROTARY WITHOUT CONNECTOR (P2)
DT04 - 2P MANUAL WITH CONNECTOR (E1) ROTARY WITH CONNECTOR (P1)
"A16" DC COILS FOR ADL10 AND CDL10

Duty cycle 100% ED
Weight 0,9 Kg
48V* - 45 - low directive each part of the manifold or
the subplate on which the valve is mounted
102V(*)(**) - 45 -
should be connected to a protective earth
205V(*)(**) - 45 -
* Special voltages

VALV/T40WA16 _E/10-2013 I • 74 ®
PRESSURE CONTROL
ABBREVIATIONS
AP
AS
PHASE LAG (DEGREES)
SUBPLATE MOUNTING
PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES 1
C STROKE (MM)
2
CH ACROSS FLATS
F FORCE (N)
NG KNOB TURNS
PV*3 / PV*U3... CAP. II • 2
OR SEAL RING
PV*5 / PV*U5... CAP. II • 4
P LOAD PRESSURE (BAR)
PARBAK PARBAK RING
Q FLOW (L/MIN)
SE ELASTIC PIN SUBPLATE MOUNTING
SF BALL PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES
X PILOTING
Y DRAINAGE
V*P... CAP. II • 6
V*L... CAP. II • 6
BSVMP... CAP. II • 11
VALV/02-INTRO _E/04-2017 II • 1 ®
PV*3 / PV*U3 PRESSURE REDUCING AND
SEQUENCING VALVES CETOP 3/NG6
These subplate mounting piloted type
pressure reducing and sequencing
Setting ranges Spring 1 max. 60 bar
valves ensure a minimum variation
Spring 2 max. 120 bar
in their calibrated pressure value with
Spring 3 max. 250 bar
changing flow rate.
Maximum allowed ∆p pressure between
They are normally supplied with inter- the inlet and outlet pressure (PVR only) 150 bar
nal piloting and internal drainage on Max. flow 40 l/min
B, but they are already provided with Draining on port T 0.5 ÷ 0.7 l/min
2
PVR3 / PVS3... a hole on the front cover to allow for Hydraulic fluids Mineral oils DIN 51524
They are available with two different
types of adjustment and three cali-
Max. contamination lever class 10 in accordance
brated ranges that cover pressure 7 ÷
250 bar, with and without check valve.
Weight (without check valve) 1,5 Kg
The adjustment is carried out by means Weight (with check valve) 2 Kg
of a grub screw or a metric plastic knob.
HYDRAULIC SYMBOLS
ORDERING CODE PVR3... PVS3...
PV* R = Reducing valve

S = Sequencing valve
U Check valve
3 CETOP 3/NG6 PVRU3... PVSU3...
* Type of adjustment:
M = Plastic knob
C = Grub screw
* Setting ranges
1 = max. 60 bar (white spring)
2 = max. 120 bar (yellow spring)
3 = max. 250 bar (green spring) DIAGRAMS
PVR3... / PVRU3... PVS3... / PVSU3...
** 00 = No variant
PRESSURE - FLOW RATE PRESSURE - FLOW RATE
V1 = Viton
3
1 Serial No.
3
P (bar)
P (bar)
2 2
1 1
Q (l/min) Q (l/min)
PVR3... / PVRU3... PVS3... / PVSU3...
MINIMUM SETTING PRESSURE MINIMUM SETTING PRESSURE
1-2-3
1
2
3
P (bar)
P (bar)
Curves n° 1 - 2 - 3 = setting ranges
The fluid used is a mineral oil with viscosity of

46 mm2/s at 40°C. The tests were carried out
at a fluid temperature of 50°C.
Q (l/min) Q (l/min)
VALV/PV$3001_E/02-2017 II • 2 ®
PV*3 / PV*U3 PRESSURE REDUCING AND SEQUENCING VALVES
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
REDUCING VALVE AND SEQUENCING VALVE PVR3... / PVS3... CETOP 3

1
Type of adjustment
M Plastic knob Fixing screws UNI 5931 M5x50 Support plane

C Grub screw Tightening torque 5 Nm / 0.5 Kgm
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
REDUCING VALVE WITH CHECK VALVE AND SEQUENCING VALVE WITH CHECK VALVE PVRU3... / PVSU3...
WITH CHECK VALVE CETOP 3
Type of adjustment

specifications
C Grub screw
VALV/PV$3001_E/02-2017 II • 3 ®
PV*3 / PV*U3 PRESSURE REDUCING AND
SEQUENCING VALVES CETOP 3/NG6
These subplate mounting piloted type Max. pressure 320 bar
pressure reducing and sequencing Setting ranges Spring 1 max. 60 bar
valves ensure a minimum variation Spring 2 max. 120 bar
in their calibrated pressure value with Spring 3 max. 250 bar
changing flow rate. Maximum allowed ∆p pressure between
They are normally supplied with inter- the inlet and outlet pressure (PVR only) 150 bar
nal piloting and internal drainage on Max. flow 40 l/min
B, but they are already provided with Draining on port T 0.5 ÷ 0.7 l/min
2
PVR5 / PVS5... a hole on the front cover to allow for Hydraulic fluids Mineral oils DIN 51524
They are available with two different Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
types of adjustment and three cali- Max. contamination lever class 10 in accordance
brated ranges that cover pressure 7 ÷ with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
250 bar, with and without check valve. Weight (without check valve) 1,5 Kg
The adjustment is carried out by means Weight (with check valve) 2 Kg
of a grub screw or a metric plastic knob.
ORDERING CODE
HYDRAULIC SYMBOLS
PV* R = Reducing valve PVR5... PVS5...
S = Sequencing valve
U Check valve
3 CETOP 3/NG6
* Type of adjustment: PVRU5... PVSU5...

M = Plastic knob
C = Grub screw
* Setting ranges
3 = max. 250 bar (green spring)
** 00 = No variant
V1 = Viton DIAGRAMS
PVR3... / PVRU3... PVS3... / PVSU3...
1 Serial No. PRESSURE - FLOW RATE PRESSURE - FLOW RATE
3
3
P (bar)
P (bar)
2
2
1
1
Q (l/min) Q (l/min)
PVR3... / PVRU3... PVS3... / PVSU3...
MINIMUM SETTING PRESSURE MINIMUM SETTING PRESSURE
1-2-3
1
2
3
P (bar)
P (bar)

The fluid used is a mineral oil with viscosity of
46 mm2/s at 40°C. The tests were carried out
at a fluid temperature of 50°C.
Q (l/min) Q (l/min)
VALV/PV$5001_E/02-2017 II • 4 ®
PV*3 / PV*U3 PRESSURE REDUCING AND SEQUENCING VALVES
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
REDUCING VALVE
PVR3... CETOP 3/NG6
SEQUENCING VALVE
PVS3... CETOP 3/NG6 1
Type of adjustment

C Grub screw Tightening torque 5 Nm / 0.5 Kgm
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
REDUCING VALVE WITH CHECK VALVE SEQUENCING VALVE WITH CHECK VALVE
PVRU3... CETOP 3/NG6 PVSU3... CETOP 3/NG6
Type of adjustment

C Grub screw
VALV/PV$5001_E/02-2017 II • 5 ®
V*P PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES PLATE
V*L PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES IN LINE
These pressure control valves are Pressure max. 400 bar
available in the basic VMP* maximum Setting ranges Spring 1 15 ÷ 45 bar
pressure, VSP* sequence and VUP* Spring 2 15 ÷ 145 bar
exclusion versions, with a single pressure Spring 3 45 ÷ 400 bar
value and three calibration ranges that Max. flow V*P16... 150 l/min
cover the band 15 ÷ 400 bar. It is possible Max. flow V*P25... 350 l/min
to use auxiliary pilot valves, which can Hydraulic fluids Mineral oils DIN 51524
be the simple standard AD3E solenoid Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
2
valve, by the mere exchange of covers. Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
These valves have been fitted with Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
an important safety feature for the with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
operation of the system where they Drainage V*P16... 1 ÷ 2 l/min
are used; a mechanical end of stroke Drainage V*P25... 1 ÷ 2.5 l/min
stop prevents the operator from Dynamic pressure at drainage Max. 2 bar
setting pressure values higher than Weight V*P16... (without pilot valve) 3,3 Kg
V*P / V*L... those specified in the catalogue (it is Weight V*P25... (without pilot valve) 7,4 Kg
V*P... CAP. II • 7 impossible to compress the spring Weight V*L16... (without pilot valve) 4,6 Kg
completely). In the standard con- Weight V*L161... (without pilot valve) 4,5 Kg
V*PE... CAP. II • 8
figuration these valves are supplied Weight V*L251... (without pilot valve) 7,7 Kg
V*L... CAP. II • 9 - CAP. II • 10 with a 1.6 bar main spring and with Weight V*L25... (without pilot valve) 8,3 Kg
BSVMP... CAP. II • 11 calibrated ø1 mm pilot feed orifice
KEC16/25... CAP. II • 9 (Variant part No. 00). Subplate mounting valves are suitable for covers which
do not conform to DIN standards type C*P16/25.. whilst
C*P16/25... CAP. II • 9
in line mounting valves are suitable for DIN standards
CETOP 3/NG06 CAP. II • 8 covers type KEC16/25...
STANDARD SPOOLS FOR AD3E CAP. II • 10
AD3E... CAP. II • 11
AM3VM... CAP. II • 9
PRESSURE - FLOW V*16 PRESSURE - FLOW V*P25
ORDERING CODE
P (bar)
P (bar)
V Valve
* M = maximum pressure
S = sequence
U = exclusion
Q (l/min) Q (l/min)
(areas rep. 1,15 : 1)
2
The fluid used is a mineral oil with viscosity of 46 mm /s at 40°C.
* P = Plate mounting The tests were carried out at a fluid temperature 40°C.
L = In line mounting
* E = Presetting for solenoid valve HYDRAULIC SYMBOLS

Not for sequencing valve V.S.P... VMP16**...
(omit if not required) VMP25**...
Maximum pressure
*** Size (see overall dimensions)
valve
16 - 25 = NG16 or NG25
Internal piloting
161 - 251 = for V.*.L... only and draining
(in line mounting valve)
* Type of adjustment: VSP16**...

M = Plastic knob VSP25**...
C = Grub screw
Sequencing valve
* Setting ranges Internal piloting
External draining
1 = 15 ÷ 45 bar (white spring)
2 = 15 ÷ 145 bar (yellow spring)
3 = 45 ÷ 400 bar (green spring)
** 00 = No variant
V1 = Viton VUP16**...
AC = Exclusion valve for VUP25**...
accumulators (only for VU* , logic element Exclusion valve
areas rep. 12.5 : 1) External piloting
Internal draining
AQ = Presetting for XP3
2 Serial No.
VALV/V$$002 _E/07-2017 II • 6 ®
V*P... PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES PLATE
OVERALL DIMENSIONS V*P16...
VERSION WITH
PRESETTING FOR
SOLENOID VALVE
Fixing screws UNI 5931 M12x40 with material specifications min. 8.8
Tightening torque 70 Nm / 7 Kgm
M = 1/4” BSP connector for pressure gauge for maximum pressure valve version only Support plane
Y = 1/8” BSP external draining for sequencing valve version only specifications
OVERALL DIMENSIONS V*P25...
VERSION WITH
PRESETTING FOR
SOLENOID VALVE
Tightening torque 70 Nm / 7 Kgm Support plane
specifications
M = 1/4" BSP connector for pressure gauge for maximum pressure valve version only
Y = 1/8" BSP external draining for sequencing valve version only
VALV/V$$002 _E/07-2017 II • 7 ®
V*PE... PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES PLATE
MOUNTING TYPE V*PE...

V*PE... +
AD3E15E... OR AD3E16E...
1) Solenoid de-energized, pump to tank.
2 ) Solenoid energized, circuit pressure controlled
by valve on cover.
2
For mounting valves to have normally discharged
configuration it is necessary to use an AD3E15F..
or AD3E16F... type solenoid valve, whilst for
subplate mounting valves it is necessary to use
type AD3E15E.. or AD3E16E.
V*PE... +
AD3E15F... OR AD3E16F...
1) Solenoid de-energized, pump pressure con-
trolled by valve on cover.
2 ) Solenoid B energized, pump to tank.
V*PE... + AM3VMB... +
AD3E15E... OR AD316E...
2 ) Solenoid energized, pump pressure controlled
by valve AM3VMB.
V*PE... + AM3VMB... +
AD3E02C...
1) Solenoid de-energized, pump to tank.
2 ) Solenoid A energized, pump pressure con-
trolled by valve AM3VMB.
3) Solenoid B energized, pump pressure con-
V*PE... + AM3VMB... +
AD3E01C...
2 ) Solenoid A energized, pump pressure con-
trolled by valve AM3VMAB.
3) Solenoid B energized, pump pressure con-
trolled by valve AM3VMAB.
VALV/V$$002 _E/07-2017 II • 8 ®
V*L... PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES IN LINE
OVERALL DIMENSIONS V*L16...
1
1/2" BSP P connector
3/4" BSP T connector
VERSION WITH PRESETTING FOR SOLENOID VALVE

3/4" BSP P and T connectors
VALV/V$$002 _E/07-2017 II • 9 ®
V*L... PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES IN LINE

1" BSP P connector
1 1/4" BSP T connector
Fixing screws UNI 5931

M8x110 with material specifications min. 8.8 VERSION WITH PRESETTING FOR SOLENOID VALVE

1 1/4" BSP P connector
1 1/2" BSP T connector
Fixing screws UNI 5931

M8x120 with material specifications min. 8.8
VALV/V$$002 _E/07-2017 II • 10 ®
BSVMP... SUBPLATE MOUNTING FOR V*P
BSVMP16... CONNECTORS: P = 1/2" BSP - T = 3/4" BSP - X = 1/4" BSP
BS Single plate 1
VMP Maximum pressure
2
16 Size NG16
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 2,2 Kg
BSVMP25... CONNECTORS: P AND T = 3/4" BSP - X = 1/4" BSP
BS Single plate
VMP maximum pressure
25 Size NG25
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 3,6 Kg
BSVMP25/1... CONNECTORS: P AND T = 1" BSP - X = 1/4" BSP
BS Single plate
VMP maximum pressure
25/1 Size NG25
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 4,2 Kg
VALV/BSVMP001 _E/03-2017 II • 11 ®
2
VALV/ II • 12 ®
FLOW CONTROL
ABBREVIATIONS
AP HIGH PRESSURE CONNECTION COMPENSATED FLOW
AS PHASE LAG (DEGREES) REGULATORS
C STROKE (MM)
CH ACROSS FLATS
F FORCE (N)
I%
M
INPUT CURRENT (A)
MANOMETER CONNECTION 3
NG KNOB TURNS
OR SEAL RING
PARBAK PARBAK RING
QC32... CAP. III • 2
Q FLOW (L/MIN)
QCV32 CAP. III • 5
SE ELASTIC PIN
SF BALL
X PILOTING
Y DRAINAGE
CHECK VALVE HOLDER

FOR REGULATORS
AM3ABU... CAP. III • 4
VALV/03-INTRO _E/05-2017 III • 1 ®

QC32... 2 WAY COMPENSATED
FLOW RATE REGULATORS
These QC32... compensated flow rate Max. operating pressure 320 bar
regulators are designed to control and Opening pressure (with bypass) 1 bar
maintain a constant irrespective of Min. regulated flow rate (Q1 version) 0.03 ÷ 0.05 l/min
the pressure variations upstream and Nominal regulated flow rate
downstream of the regulation section. (1 turn version) 1,5 ÷ 30 l/min
Their new cast construction has made Nominal regulated flow rate
it possible to obtain a wider flow rate (4 turns version) 1,5 ÷ 35 l/min
range, taking the upper limit to 35 l/min Difference in pressure (∆p) for vers. Q1 3 bar
(4 turns version) while maintaining Difference in pressure (∆p) Q2-Q3-Q4-Q5-Q6 8 bar
unchanged the pressure differential Hydraulic fluids Mineral oils DIN 51524
required to obtain good pressure Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
compensation. Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
All models are available with and with- Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
Max. contamination level(*) class 10 in accordance
3
out reverse flow check valve, complete
QC32... with an "anti-jump" device on request. with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
DIMENSIONS CAP. III • 4 This accessory has been designed to Dependency on temperature (Q1 vers.) 5%
eliminate the problem which manifests Dependency on temperature (Q2 vers.) 3%
itself as a "anti-jump" in the controlled Dependency on temperature (Q3-Q4-Q5-Q6) 2%
actuator due to the instantaneous flow Weight 1,5 Kg
rate variation that takes place under the (*) Max contamination level must be respect to obtain
form of a transient every time the flow the right function of the valve
is made to pass through the regulator.
ORDERING CODE HYDRAULIC SYMBOLS

QC Compensated flow rate regulated
3 CETOP 3/NG6
2 2 way
G Anti-jump system with internal

check valve (omit if not required)
** Nominal flow rate ranges

1 Turn version 4 Turn version
Q1 = 1,5 l/min Q1 = 1,5 l/min
Q2 = 3 l/min Q2 = 4 l/min
QC32... QC32***R QC32G***R
Q3 = 9 l/min Q3 = 10 l/min
Q4 = 19 l/min Q4 = 21 l/min
Q5 = 24 l/min Q5 = 28 l/min
Q6 = 30 l/min Q6 = 35 l/min DIAGRAMS
REGULATED FLOW RATE REGULATED FLOW RATE
K Version with lock 1 TURN VERSION 4 TURNS VERSION
(omit if not required) 6
6
* 1 = 1 turn version 5
Q (l/min)
Q (l/min)
4 = 4 turns version 5 4
R With internal check valve 4
(omit if not required) 3

3
2
2 1
** 00 = No variant 1
V1 = Viton
No. of turns of knob
N° giri No. of turns of knob
N° giri
5 Serial No.
FLOW RATE - INLET PRESSURE FREE FLOW THROUGH
CHECK VALVE
Q (l/min)
∆p (bar)
P (bar) Q (l/min)
VALV/QC32005 _E/02-2009 III • 2 ®

QC33... 3 WAY COMPENSATED
FLOW RATE REGULATORS
This regulator type can be used Max. operating pressure 320 bar
whenever it is necessary to obtain a Opening pressure (with bypass) 1 bar
constant fluid flow irrespective of the Min. regulated
pressure variations present upstream flow rate (Q1 version) 0.03 ÷ 0.05 l/min
or downstream. It is fitted with a third Nominal regulated
T line for discharging any excessive flow rate 1 ÷ 22 l/min
flow rate. Difference in pressure (∆p) for vers. Q1 3 bar
Difference in pressure (∆p) Q2-Q3-Q4-Q5-Q6 8 bar
When the reverse flow check valve is Hydraulic fluids Mineral oils DIN 51524
needed, the check valve holder type Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
"AM3ABU3..."can be fitted underneath Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
the valve. (The check valve holder must Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
be ordered separately see next page). Max. contamination level(*) class 10 in accordance
3
QC33... Dependency on temperature (Q1 vers.) 5%
OVERALL DIMENSIONS CAP. III • 4 Dependency on temperature (Q2 vers.) 3%
AM3ABU... CAP. III • 4 Dependency on temperature (Q3-Q4-Q5) 2%
Weight 1,5 Kg
(*) Max contamination level must be respect to obtain
the right function of the valve

QC Compensated flow rate regulator
3 CETOP 3/NG6
3 3 way
** Flow rate ranges

Q1 = 1 l/min QC33...
Q2 = 3 l/min
Q3 = 9 l/min QC33... + AM3ABU
Q4 = 17 l/min
Q5 = 24 l/min
DIAGRAMS
K Version with lock
REGULATED FLOW RATE FLOW RATE - PRESSURE DROP
5
* 1 = 1 turn version
4 = 4 turns version 4
Q (l/min)
Q (l/min)
** 00 = No variant
3
V1 = Viton
3 Serial No. 2
1
N° giriof knob
No. of turns P (bar)
∆P - PUMP FLOW RATE

∆p (bar)
Q (l/min)
VALV/QC33003 _E/00-2000 III • 3 ®

QC32... QC33... COMPENSATED FLOW RATE REGULATORS
QC32... 2 WAY FLOW RATE REGULATOR QC33... 3 WAY FLOW RATE REGULATOR
Fixing screws UNI 5931 M5x40 Fixing screws UNI 5931 M5x40
are supplied with the regulator, are supplied with the regulator,
material specifications min. 12.9 material specifications min. 12.9
Tightening torque 6.5÷7 Nm / 0.65÷0.70 Kgm Tightening torque 6.5÷7 Nm / 0.65÷0.70 Kgm
AM3ABU... CHECK VALVE HOLDER

FOR REGULATORS TYPE QC3...
This check valve holder must be fitted underneath the QC valve when he reverse flow function is needed.
ORDERING CODE
AM Modulating valve
3 CETOP 3/NG06
ABU External check valve

for QC3*.
3 For 2 way and 3 way
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 0,4 Kg
Fixing screws for regulator and modular check valve M5x60 UNI 5931 - 12.9 K
VALV/TQC3$00$ _E/01-2010 III • 4 ®

QCV32... 2 WAY COMPENSATED FLOW RATE REGULATORS
WITH ADJUSTABLE ∆P
Compensated flow regulators with Max. operating pressure 320 bar
antijump system and adjustable dif- Nominal regulated flow rate 1 ÷ 24 l/min
ferential pressure can be defined as Hydraulic fluids Mineral oils DIN 51524
hydraulic power control units. Their Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
design is suitable to circuits in which Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
the flow rate has to be automatically Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
operated as a function of the actuator Max. contamination level(*) class 10 in accordance
working pressure. with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
For application requirements, please Weight 1.5 Kg
contact our technical service that can
help you to chose the right valve and (*) Max contamination level must be respect to obtain
use it properly. the right function of the valve
3
QCV32...
HYDRAULIC SYMBOL
ORDERING CODE
QCV Compensated flow rate regulated B P A

with adjustable ∆p
3 CETOP 3/NG06
2G Pre-setting for external operating OVERALL DIMENSIONS

10.4
** Flow rate ranges

15.5
Q1 = 1.5 l/min P
= =
32.5
A B
48
Q2 = 3 l/min
Q3 = 9 l/min T
Q4 = 19 l/min
10.4
Q5 = 24 l/min 8.7 8.8
K 21.5 19
* 1 = 1 turn version
4 = 4 turns version
R Internal check valve

170
150.3
Ø 9.5
126.9
118
Ø 5.5
83.5
** 00 = No variants
V1 = Viton
32
KK = Version with tightening key
OR 2012/90SH SE Ø3
5 Serial No
99
65
46
CH3
Support plane
specifications
Fixing screws UNI 5931 M5x40 are supplied with
0.03
the regulator, material specifications min. 12.9 1.6
Tightening torque 6.5÷7 Nm / 0.65÷0.70 Kgm
VALV/QCV32005 _E/01-2018 III • 5 ®

3
VALV/ III • 6 ®
MODULAR VALVES
ABBREVIATIONS
MODULAR VALVES MODULAR VALVES
CETOP 2 CETOP 5
AP HIGH PRESSURE CONNECTION
AS PHASE LAG (DEGREES)
C STROKE (MM)
CH ACROSS FLATS
F FORCE (N)
M MANOMETER CONNECTION AM2UD... CAP. IV • 2 AM5UD... CAP. IV • 22
NG KNOB TURNS AM2UP... CAP. IV • 3 AM5UP... CAP. IV • 23
OR SEAL RING AM2VM... CAP. IV • 4 AM5VM... / AM5VI... CAP. IV • 24
4
P LOAD PRESSURE (BAR) AM2QF... CAP. IV • 5 AM5CP... CAP. IV • 26
PARBAK PARBAK RING SCREWS AND STUDS CAP. IV • 6 AM5VR... CAP. IV • 27
PL PARALLEL CONNECTION AM5VS... CAP. IV • 29
PR REDUCED PRESSURE (BAR) AM5SH... CAP. IV • 30
Q FLOW (L/MIN) AM5QF... CAP. IV • 31
QP PUMP FLOW (L/MIN) AM88... CAP. IV • 33
SE ELASTIC PIN A88... CAP. IV • 34
SF BALL MODULAR VALVES AM5RGT... CAP. IV • 36
SR SERIES CONNECTION CETOP 3 SCREWS AND STUDS CAP. IV • 36
X PILOTING
Y DRAINAGE
MODULAR VALVES
CETOP 7
AM3UD... CAP. IV • 7
AM3UP / AM3UP1 CAP. IV • 8
AM3VM... / AM3VI... CAP. IV • 9
AM3CP... CAP. IV • 11
AM3RD... / AM3SD... CAP. IV • 12
AM3VR... CAP. IV • 13
AM3VS... CAP. IV • 15
AM3SH... CAP. IV • 16
AM7UP... CAP. IV • 37
AM3QF... CAP. IV • 17
AM7QF... CAP. IV • 38
AM66... CAP. IV • 18
A66... CAP. IV • 19
AM3RGT... CAP. IV • 20
SCREWS AND STUDS CAP. IV • 21
VALV/04-INTRO _E/02-2011 IV • 1 ®
AM2UD... MODULAR DIRECT
CHECK VALVES CETOP 2
AM.2.UD type modular check valves Max. operating pressure 250 bar
allow one way free flow, while prevent- Minimum opening pressure spring 1 1 bar
ing any flow in the opposite direction Minimum opening pressure spring 5 5 bar
by means of a conical seated poppet. Max. flow 20 l/min
Hydraulic fluids Mineral oils DIN 51524
They are available on single P and T Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s a 50°C
lines (see hydraulic symbols). Fluid temperature -20°C ÷ 75°C
AM2UD...
SCREWS AND STUDS CAP. IV • 6 1 bar spring is standard, while a 5 bar with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
rated spring is available on request. Weight 0,4 Kg

AM Modular valve
2 CETOP 2/NG4
AM2UDP
UD Direct check valve
4 * Control on lines P / T
* Minimum opening AM2UDT

pressure
1 = 1 bar
5 = 5 bar
** 00 = No variant PRESSURE DROPS

V1 = Viton
1 Serial No.
5b
∆p (bar) ar
ar
1b
Q (l/min)
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
Support plane
specifications
VALV/AM2UD001 _E/00-2000 IV • 2 ®
AM2UP... MODULAR PILOT
OPERATED CHECK VALVES CETOP 2
AM.2.UP type modular check valves Max. operating pressure 250 bar
allow one way free flow by raising a Minimum opening pressure spring 1 1 bar
conical shutter, while in the opposite Minimum opening pressure spring 5 5 bar
direction the fluid can return by means Piloting ratio: 1:4
of a small piston piloted by the pressure Max. flow 20 l/min
in the other line. Hydraulic fluids Mineral oils DIN 51524
They are available on single A or B Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s a 50°C
AM2UP...
lines, and on double A and B lines Fluid temperature -20°C ÷ 75°C
SCREWS AND STUDS CAP. IV • 6 Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
(see hydraulic symbols ).
Weight 0,5 Kg
ORDERING CODE PRESSURE DROPS HYDRAULIC SYMBOLS
4
AM Modular valve
2 CETOP 2/NG4
AM2UPA
∆p (bar)
UP Piloted check valve

r
ar ba
5b 1
** Control on lines A / B / AB
3
* Minimum opening pressure AM2UPB

1 = 1 bar
5 = 5 bar Q (l/min)
Curve n. 3 = Piloted side flow
** 00 = No variant
V1 = Viton AM2UPAB
1 Serial No.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
Support plane
specifications
VALV/AM2UP001_E/01-2000 IV • 3 ®
AM2VM... MODULAR MAXIMUM
PRESSURE VALVES CETOP 2
AM.2.VM type pressure regulating Max. operating pressure 250 bar
valves are available with an operating Setting ranges:
pressure range of 4 to 250 bar. spring 1 30 bar
Adjustment is via a grub screw. Two spring 2 90 bar
base versions are available: AM2VM.. spring 3 180 bar
AM2VM... single on A or B, and double on A and spring 4 250 bar
B lines, with drainage on T; AM2VMP.. Max. flow 20 l/min
CMP02... CARTRIDGE CATALOGUE
single on P line, with drainage on T. Hydraulic fluids Mineral oils DIN 51524
SCREWS AND STUDS CAP. IV • 6 4 different types of springs can be Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s a 50°C
mounted on all versions, with the Fluid temperature -20°C ÷ 75°C
adjustment range specified in the Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
specifications. The cartridge used is with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
the CMP02 type. Weight AM2VMA/B/P... 0,53 Kg
Weight AM2VMAB... 0,7 Kg
ORDERING CODE
AM Modular valve
2 CETOP 2/NG4 PRESSURE - FLOW RATE HYDRAULIC SYMBOLS
4 VM Max. pressure valves 4
3
** Adjustment on the lines
A / B / P / AB AM2VMA
P (bar)
C Type of adjustment 2
grub screw 1
* Setting ranges at port A/B/P AM2VMB

1 = max.30 bar (white spring)
2 = max.90 bar (yellow spring) Q (l/min)
3 = max.180 bar (green spring)
4 = max.250 bar (orange spring)
AM2VMP
* Setting ranges at port B MINIMUM SETTING PRESSURE
(Omit if the setting is same 4
as that at port A)
1 = max.30 bar (white spring)
1
2 = max.90 bar (yellow spring) 2
3 = max.180 bar (green spring) 3
AM2VMAB
P (bar)
4 = max.250 bar (orange spring)
** 00 = No variant
V1 = Viton
1 Serial No.
Q (l/min)
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
AM2VMAB... AM2VMA/B/P...
Support plane
specifications
VALV/AM2VM001_E/01-2010 IV • 4 ®
AM2QF... MODULAR
FLOW REGULATOR CETOP 2
AM2QF type one way non-compen- Max. operating pressure 250 bar
sated throttle valves are adjustable Flow rate regulation on 6 screw turns
by means of a grub screw. Max. flow. 20 l/min
Three types of regulations are available Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s a 50°C
on A / B / AB lines, as shown in the Fluid temperature -20°C ÷ 75°C
hydraulic symbols. Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
AM2QF...
SCREWS AND STUDS CAP. IV • 6 Weight AM2QFA/B... 0,5 Kg
Weight AM2QFAB... 0,6 Kg
FLOW REGULATION FREE FLOW THROUGH

1 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 CHECK VALVE
4.5
ORDERING CODE ∆p (bar)

5
4
∆p (bar)
5.5
AM Modular valve 6
7
2 CETOP 2/NG4
Q (l/min)
QF Non-compensated flow rate regulator Q (l/min)
Each curve represents the flow rate adjustment for
each screw turns, starting from the closed position
** Control on lines
A / B / AB
HYDRAULIC SYMBOLS
C Type of adjustment
grub screw
** 00 = No variant
V1 = Viton
1 Serial No.
AM2QFA AM2QFB AM2QFAB
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
Support plane
specifications
VALV/AM2QF001 _E/01-2018 IV • 5 ®
TABLE OF SCREWS AND STUDS FOR MOUNTING MODULES CETOP 2
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
Tighten M27.05.0001 to a torque of 5 Nm / 0.5 Kgm max.
SCREWS T.C.E.I L L1 * SPECIAL NUTS

COMPOSITION Q.TY
CODE mm mm CODE
Q26074069 35 — AD2... 4
Q26074243 65 30 AD2... + 1 AM2... (ISO) 4 —
Q26074252 95 60 AD2... + 2 AM2... (ISO) 4
M80100008 135 90 AD2... + 3 AM2... 4 V89240000
M80100020 165 120 AD2... + 4 AM2... 4 (No. 20 nuts kit)
* Indicative overall dimensions valves composition
VALV/TAMTR002 _E/01-2014 IV • 6 ®
AM.3.UD type modular check valves Max. operating pressure 350 bar
allow one way free flow, while flow in Minimum opening pressure spring 1 1 bar
the opposite direction is prevented by Minimum opening pressure spring 5 5 bar
means of a conical seated poppet. Max. flow 40 l/min
They are available on single A, B, P Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s a 50°
and T lines, and on double A and B, Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
AM3UD... P and T lines (see hydraulic symbols). Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
SCREWS AND STUDS CAP. IV • 21 Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
1 bar spring is standard, while a 5 bar with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
rated spring is available on request. Weight 0,8 Kg
ORDERING CODE PRESSURE DROPS

AM Modular valve
3 CETOP 3/NG6 5 bar
∆p (bar)
UD Direct check valve
** Control on lines
A / B / P / T / AB 1 bar
* Minimum opening pressure

1 = 1 bar Q (l/min)
5 = 5 bar
** 00 = No variant
HYDRAULIC SYMBOLS
V1 = Viton
2 Serial No.
AM3UDA
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
AM3UDB
AM3UDP
AM3UDT
AM3UDAB
Support plane
specifications
K = OR plate
VALV/AM3UD002_E/01-2000 IV • 7 ®
AM3UP... / AM3UP1... MODULAR
PILOT OPERATED CHECK VALVES CETOP 3
AM.3.UP type modular check valves
Max. operating pressure 350 bar
allow free flow in one direction by
Minimum opening pressure spring 1 1 bar
raising a conical seated poppet valve,
Minimum opening pressure spring 5 5 bar
while in the opposite direction the
Piloting ratio AM.3.UP 1:4
fluid can return by means of a small
Piloting ratio AM.3.UP1 1:12,5
piston piloted by the other line pressure
Max. flow 40 l/min
(piloted side).
AM3UP / AM3UP1 Hydraulic fluids Mineral oils DIN 51524
They are available on single A or B Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
lines, and double A and B lines (see Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
hydraulic symbols). Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
A pre-opening version is also available
(AM3UP1..) only with 5 bar spring.
Weight 1 Kg
HYDRAULIC SYMBOLS PRESSURE DROPS AM3UP
4 AM3UPA
∆p (bar)
ORDERING CODE
r
ba
3
ar
1
5b
AM Modular valve
3 CETOP 3/NG6 AM3UPB
** UP = Piloted check valve Q (l/min)

UP1 = With pre-opening
PRESSURE DROPS AM3UP1
AM3UPAB

1 = 1 bar (only for UP version)
3
5 = 5 bar
∆p (bar)
8 = 8 bar (only for UP version)

ar
5b
** 00 = No variant
V1 = Viton The fluid used is a mineral oil with a viscosity of
46 mm2/s at 40°C. The tests have been carried
3 Serial No. out a fluid temperature of 50°C. Q (l/min)
Curve n. 3 = Piloted side flow
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
Support plane
specifications
VALV/AM3UP$003 _E/04-2011 IV • 8 ®
AM3VM... / AM3VI... MODULAR
MAX PRESSURE VALVES CETOP 3
AM.3.VM type pressure regulating Max. operating pressure 320 bar
valves are available with a pressure Setting ranges: spring 1 max. 50 bar
range of 2 ÷ 320 bar. spring 2 max. 150 bar
Adjustment is by means of a grub screw spring 3 max. 320 bar
or a plastic knob. Max. flow 40 l/min
Three basic versions are available: Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
- AM3VM on single A or B lines, and Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
on A and B lines, with drainage to T; Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
- AM3VMP on single P line, with Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
drainage to T; with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
- AM3VI on single A or B lines, and Weight AM3VMA/B/P... 1,2 Kg
on A and B lines, with crossed drain- Weight AM3VMAB... 1,3 Kg
age on A or B (see hydraulic symbols). Weight AM3VIA/B... 2 Kg
AM3VM... All versions can accept three types Weight AM3VIAB... 2,2 Kg
CMP10... CAP. VII • 30 of springs with calibrated ranges as
shown in the specifications.
The cartridge, which is the same for
all versions, is the direct acting type
CMP10.
For the minimum permissible set-
ting pressure depending on the
HYDRAULIC SYMBOLS
4
spring, see minimum pressure
setting curve. AM3VMA
ORDERING CODE
AM Modular valve
3 CETOP 3/NG6
AM3VMB
PRESSURE - FLOW RATE
** VM = Maximum pressure
3
VI = Maximum pressure crossline

AM3VMP
AM3VM Version = A / B / P / AB
P (bar)
AM3VI Version = A / B / AB 2
* Type of adjustment
M = Plastic knob 1
C = Grub screw AM3VMAB
* Setting ranges at port A/B/P Q (l/min)

3 = max. 320 bar (green spring) MINIMUM SETTING PRESSURE AM3VIA
* Setting ranges at port B

(Omit if the setting is same 3
as that at port A)
1 = max. 50 bar (white spring) AM3VIB
P (bar)

2
V1 = Viton
AM3VIAB
3 Serial No.
Q (l/min)
VALV/AM3V$003 _E/05-2015 IV • 9 ®
AM3VM... / AM3VI... MODULAR MAX PRESSURE VALVES CETOP 3
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
AM.3.VM.AB...
4 Type of adjustment
M Plastic knob Support plane

specifications
C Grub screw
AM.3.VM.P...
Type of adjustment

specifications
C Grub screw
AM.3.VI.AB...
Type of adjustment

specifications
C Grub screw
VALV/AM3V$003 _E/05-2015 IV • 10 ®
AM3CP... MODULAR BACK
PRESSURE VALVE CETOP 3
AM3CP type back pressure valves are Max. operating pressure 350 bar
damped in-line direct acting pressure Setting ranges: spring 1 max. 50 bar
relief valves fitted with bypass non- spring 2 max. 150 bar
return valves. spring 3 max. 320 bar
A d j u s t m e n t w i t h i n t h e ra n g e Max. flow 40 l/min
2 ÷ 320 bar is by means of a grub Hydraulic fluids Mineral oils DIN 51524
screw or a plastic knob, on ports A or Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
AM3CP... Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
B (single) or AB (double).
CMP.10... CAP. VII • 30 Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
SCREWS AND STUDS CAP. IV • 21 The cartridge is the direct acting type Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
CMP10. with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
Weight AM3CPA/B... 2 Kg
These valves are especially used on
Weight AM3CPAB... 2,7 Kg
vertically working cylinders with drag-
ging loads.
ORDERING CODE ting pressure depending on the PRESSURE - FLOW RATE
spring, see minimum pressure
AM Modular valve setting curve. 3
3 CETOP 3/NG6
4
CP Back pressure valve
P (bar)
2
HYDRAULIC SYMBOLS 1
M = Plastic knob
C = Grub screw Q (l/min)
* Setting ranges AM3CPA

1 = max. 50 bar (white spring) MINIMUM SETTING PRESSURE
3 = max. 320 bar (green spring) 3
** 00 = No variant AM3CPB
V1 = Viton
P (bar)
2
3 Serial No.
1
AM3CPAB
Q (l/min)
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
K = OR plate
Type of adjustment

specifications
C Grub screw
VALV/AM3CP003 _E/04-2015 IV • 11 ®
AM3RD... / AM3SD... MODULAR PRESSURE
REDUCING / PRESSURE SEQUENCING VALVES CETOP 3
AM3RD and AM3SD valves are direct Max. operating pressure: port P 350 bar
acting spool type pressure reducing Max. pressure adjustable 250 bar
and sequencing units, respectively, Setting ranges: spring 1 2 ÷ 30 bar
with one end pre-loaded by means of spring 2 10 ÷ 120 bar
a spring an the other end exposed to spring 3 60 ÷ 250 bar
the hydraulic pressure. Max. flow 40 l/min
The drainage is drained within the Internal drainage RD:
AM3RD / AM3SD... valve to port T. Pressure is adjustable Positive overlap version 0,5 l/min
SCREWS AND STUDS CAP. IV • 21 by means of a screw and locknut, or Negative overlap version 2 l/min
of a handwheel.Three types of springs Hydraulic fluids Mineral oils DIN 51524
allow adjustment within the range Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
2÷250 bar. The pressure reducing Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
valves are available in two versions: Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
with positive overlap (suitable with low Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
ORDERING CODE flow rate) and with negative overlap to with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
obtain a greater pressure reinstate- Weight 1,3 Kg
AM Modular valve ment speed.
3 CETOP 3/NG6
4 ** RD = Direct pressure reducing valve

SD = Direct pressure sequencing valve PRESSURE - FLOW RATE PRESSURE - FLOW RATE
AM3RD AM3SD
* Control on lines
3
AM3RD version = A / P
AM3SD version = P
3
* 1 = Positive overlap
2 = Negative overlap
Pr (bar)
P (bar)
2
Omit for version AM3SD
2
1 1
C = Grub screw
V = Handwheel
Relieving ← Q (l/min) Q (l/min)
* Setting ranges
1 = max. 2 ÷ 30 bar (white spring) The fluid used is a mineral based oil with a viscosity of 46 mm2/sec at 40 degrees C.
The tests have been carried out at with a fluid temperature of 40 degrees C.
2 = max. 10 ÷ 120 bar (yellow spring)
3 = max. 60 ÷ 250 bar (green spring)
** 00 = No variant
V1 = Viton HYDRAULIC SYMBOLS
4 Serial No.
AM3RDA
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
AM3RDP
Type of adjustment
AM3SDP
V Handwheel
C Grub screw
Application
example
Support plane
specifications
VALV/AM3$D004 _E/01-2000 IV • 12 ®
AM3VR... MODULAR REDUCING VALVES
WITH RELIEVING - PILOT OPERATED CETOP 3
These pressure reducing valves en- Max. operating pressure 350 bar
sure a minimum pressure variation Setting ranges: spring 1 max. 60 bar
on the P or A port with changing flow spring 2 max. 120 bar
rate up to 90 l/min. spring 3 max. 250 bar
Three spring types allow adjustment Maximum allowed ∆p pressure
within the range 7 ÷ 250 bar. Manual between the inlet an outlet pressure 150 bar
adjustment is available by a grub screw Max. flow 40 l/min
AM3VR... Draining on port T 0,5 ÷ 0,7 l/min
or plastic knob.
CVR.20... CATALOGO CARTUCCE Hydraulic fluids Mineral oils DIN 51524
SCREWS AND STUDS CAP. IV • 21 The RELIEVING SYSTEM inside the Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
valve AM3VR allows the passage from Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
the setting pressure line to T line of Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
the flow through the valve to avoid the Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
increasing of pressure in the reduced- with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
pressure line by diverting exceeding Weight 1,36 Kg
flow to reservoir. A bypass module Weight bypass version 2 Kg
with check valve for free flow from A
to AR port (see hydraulic symbol) is
available..
AM Modular valve 4
3 CETOP 3/NG6
VR Pilot operated pressure AM3VRP... AM3VRA... AM3VRD...

reducing valve with relieving
* Control on lines
P = Drain on T
A = Drain on T
D = Drain on B reduct pressure on A Version with check valve
* Drain connection
E = External (only for
control on the P line) PRESSURE-FLOW RATE PRESSURE-FLOW OF RELIEVING
I = Internal (Standard)
B Version with bypass

on line A only 3
3
Omit if not required
P (bar)
P (bar)
2
M = Plastic knob
C = Grub screw
2
* Setting ranges 1
1 = max. 60 bar (white spring) 1

** 00 = No variant Q (l/min) Q (l/min)
V1 = Viton
1 Serial No ∆P AM3+VR... + BYPASS MINIMUM SETTING PRESSURE
1
To changes valves AM3VRP... from internal 2
to external drainage it is necessary: 3
- screw out the plug on the "Y" port

∆P (bar)
- screw out the plug T.C.E.I. M8x1 from

P (bar)
the body
- screw in a screw S.T.E.I. M6
- rescrew the T.C.E.I. M8x1 plug on the body
NOTE: the external draining can be used as
a piloting line (please, contact our technical
department for other informations)
Q (l/min) Q (l/min)
2
The fluid used is a mineral oil with a viscosity of 46 mm /s at 40°C. The tests have been carried out a fluid temperature of 50°C.
VALV/AM3VR001 _E/03-2010 IV • 13 ®
AM3VR... MODULAR REDUCING VALVES WITH RELIEVING - PILOT OPERATED CETOP 3
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
AM.3.VR.P... / AM.3.VR.D...
B Bypass (optional)
Ordering code:
V89.45.000
(if ordered separately)
Type of adjustment

specifications
C Grub screw
VALV/AM3VR001 _E/03-2010 IV • 14 ®
AM3VS... MODULAR
SEQUENCING VALVES CETOP 3
The sequence valve are used to assure Max. operating pressure 350 bar
that a secondary circuit is pressurized Setting ranges: Spring 1 max. 60 bar
when the setting pressure is reached. Spring 2 max. 120 bar
These valves grant a minimum Spring 3 max. 250 bar
variation of the setting pressure with Max. flow 40 l/min
a changing flow up to 40 l/min (see Draining on port T 0,5 ÷ 0,7 l/min
diagram). Hydraulic fluids Mineral oils DIN 51524
AM3VS... Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
CVS.20... CARTRIDGE CATALOGUE Three spring types allow adjustment Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
SCREWS AND STUDS CAP. IV • 21 within the range 7 ÷ 250 bar. Manual Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
adjustment is available by a grub screw Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
or plastic knob. with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
Weight 1,36 Kg
The cartridge used is the "CVS" type.
HYDRAULIC SYMBOL
ORDERING CODE
4
AM Modular valve
3 CETOP 3/NG6 The fluid used is a mineral oil with a

viscosity of 46 mm2/s at 40°C. The
tests have been carried out at a fluid
VS Sequencing valve temperature of 50°C.
* Drain connection
E = External
PRESSURE-FLOW RATE MINIMUM SETTING PRESSURE
M = Plastic knob 1-2-3
C = Grub screw
3
* Setting ranges
P (bar)
P (bar)

V1 = Viton
1 Serial No
Q (l/min) Q (l/min)
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
To changes valves AM.3.VS... from internal to external
drainage it is necessary:
- screw out the plug on the Y port
- screw out the plug T.C.E.I. M8x1 from the body
NOTE: the external draining can be used as a pilot-
ing line (please, contact our technical department for
other informations)
Type of adjustment
Support plane
M Plastic knob specifications
C Grub screw
VALV/AM3VS001 _E/03-2010 IV • 15 ®
AM3SH... MODULAR
SHUTTLE VALVES CETOP 3
Modular valves type AM.3.SH are Max. operating pressure 350 bar
actuator load pressure selecting units, Max. flow at the cartridge 3 l/min
as they are fitted with an integral shut- Max. flow at ports A/B/P/T 40 l/min
tle valve cartridge which allows taking Hydraulic fluids Mineral oils DIN 51524
of the highest pressure signal to the Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
external port via displacement of a Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
ball. They are usually employed to Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
signal the actuator load to the pressure Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
compensator of load sensing pump, or with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
AM3SH... for the command of fail-safe brakes. Weight 1 Kg
SH.03... CARTRIDGE CATALOGUE Cartridge tightening torque 20÷30 Nm/2÷3 Kgm
For seat overall dimensions see car-
SCREWS AND STUDS CAP. IV • 21 tridge shuttle SH03 type.
4 AM
ORDERING CODE
Modular valve
PRESSURE DROPS
ON THE SHUTTLE VALVE
HYDRAULIC SYMBOL
3 CETOP 3/NG6
SH Cartridge shuttle
∆p (bar)
** 00 = No variant
V1 = Viton
1 Serial No.
Q (l/min)
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
Support plane
specifications
VALV/AM3SH001 _E/03-2010 IV • 16 ®
AM3QF... MODULAR
AM.3.QF type one way non-compen- Max. operating pressure 350 bar
sated throttle valve are fitted with an Max. pressure adjustable 250 bar
O-Ring mounting plate which allows Flow rate regulation on 8 screw turns
its assembly for either input or output Max. flow 40 l/min
regulation. Adjustment is obtained by Hydraulic fluids Mineral oils DIN 51524
means of a grub screw or a plastic Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
knob. They are available in the four Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
AM3QF... regulating configurations shown in the Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
SCREWS AND STUDS CAP. IV • 21 hydraulic diagrams. Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
The standard valve configuration al- with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
lows "meter in" regulation, while it is Weight 1,5 Kg
possible to obtain "meter out" regula-
tion by turning the valve by 180° along
its longitudinal axis.
ORDERING CODE FLOW REGULATION FREE FLOW

2 3 4 5 TOWARDS CHECK VALVE
4
AM Modular valve
3 CETOP 3/NG6
∆p (bar)
QF Non compensated throttle valve 6
∆p (bar)
** Control on lines
A / B / P / AB
7
8
M = Plastic knob Q (l/min)
C = Grub screw Each curve represents the flow rate adjustment for
Q (l/min)
each screw turns, starting from the closed position.
** 00 = No variant
V1 = Viton
HYDRAULIC SYMBOLS
4 Serial No.
AM3QFA AM3QFB AM3QFP AM3QFAB
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
K = OR plate
Type of adjustment
M Plastic knob
C Grub screw
Support plane
specifications
VALV/AM3QF004 _E/03-2018 IV • 17 ®
AM66... MODULAR COMPENSATED
FLOW CONTROL ASSEMBLY CETOP 3
This is an intermediate block for Max. operating pressure 320 bar
modular mounting of one or two flow Hydraulic fluids Mineral oils DIN 51524
rate regulators type QC3... Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
The flow regulator type QC3* must be Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
ordered separately. Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
Weight 1,3 Kg
AM066... HYDRAULIC SYMBOLS

For regulators two-way QC32
A P T B A P T B A P T B
AM66A AM66B AM66AB
4 ORDERING CODE
A P T B A P T B A P T B
AM Modular valve AM66P AM66PT* AM66T
66 Size
** Control on lines A P T B A P T B A P T B
A / B / P / PT* / AB
AM66A1 AM66B1 AM66A1B1
For T / A1 / B1 / A1B1 versions
see table "Hydraulic symbols"
For regulators for three-way QC33
A P T B
** 00 = No variant
AM66PV3
V3 = regulators for three-way QC33
PT * = From line towards exhaust (P→ T drain)
(only with adjustment of P)
V1 = Viton • In order to obtain versions with regulation on T, the AM66P regulator carrying block
should be turned by 180°.
3 Serial No.
• In order to obtain versions A1, B1 and A1B1 the AM66A, AM66B or AM66AB
regulators carrying block should be turned by 180°.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
K = OR plate
Support plane
specifications
VALV/AM66003 _E/02-2017 IV • 18 ®
A66... MODULAR FLOW CONTROL VALVES
FAST / SLOW ASSEMBLY CETOP 3
This is modular assembly ON/OFF Max. operating pressure 320 bar
solenoid valve which, by fitting suit- Hydraulic fluids Mineral oils DIN 51524
able 2 way regulator, allows two speed Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
operation in the same system via an Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
electrical changeover command. Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
The flow rate regulator type QC32... Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
must be ordered separately. with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
A66... Weight 2,4 Kg
The operational limit curves have
been obtained with the regulator
DC COILS CAP. I • 72 The test have been carried out at operating temperature,
fully closed, and those same limits
with a voltage 10% lower than rated voltage and with
QC32... CAP. III • 2 improve gradually with the opening
a fluid temperature of 50 degrees C. The fluid used
SCREWS AND STUDS CAP. IV • 21 of the regulator.
was a mineral based oil with a viscosity of 46 mm2/s
at 40 degrees C.
ORDERING CODE LIMITS OF USE
A Speed control valve 121 (NC)
66 Size 4
p (bar)
*** 120 = Normally open 120 (NA)
121 = Normally closed

See table hydraulic symbols
* Control on lines A/B/P/T (see symbols)
Q (l/min)
The interface holder "H" must
be turned by 180° in order to
obtain the A1 and B1 versions.
* Voltage: see tab.1 HYDRAULIC SYMBOLS
A66E120 A66E***A A66E***B A66E***T
** Variants: see tab.2
4 Serial No.
A66E121 A66E***A1 A66E***B1 A66E***P
TAB.1 VOLTAGE OVERALL DIMENSIONS

D15 COILS (IN DC - 30W) **
L 12V 115Vac/50Hz
M 24V 120Vac/60Hz
V 28V* with rectifier
N 48V*
Z 102V* 230Vac/50Hz
P 110V* 240Vac/60Hz
W without coils
Voltage codes are not stamped on the plate, their are
* Special voltage
** Technical data see Cap. XII • 4
TAB.2 - VARIANTS
Viton SV(*)
(*) Coils with Hirschmann connection Support plane

specifications
supplied without connectors. The con-
H = QC3... interface holder
nectors can be ordered separately, Cap.
I • 20.
VALV/A6600$_E/11-2017 IV • 19 ®
AM3RGT... MODULAR VALVES FOR
REGENERATIVE CIRCUIT CETOP 3
This modular valve produces a regen- Max. operating pressure 350 bar
erative system to increase the actuator Max. flow at port A/B/P/T 20 l/min
(differential cylinder) exit speed as Hydraulic fluids Mineral oils DIN 51524
shown in the diagram. Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
In particular, if a cylinder is used with a Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
2:1 ratio for the operating surfaces, the Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
exit and re-entry speeds are the same. with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
Weight 1,7 Kg
AM3RGT...
ORDERING CODE PRESSURE DROPS A→P HYDRAULIC SYMBOL
4 AM Modular valve
3 CETOP 3/NG6
∆p (bar)
RGT For regenerative circuit
A Size of check valves 3/8"BSP
1 Opening pressure
1 bar
Q (l/min)
** 00 = No variant
V1 = Viton
1 Serial No.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
Support plane
specifications
VALV/AM3RGT001_E/01-2000 IV • 20 ®
TABLE OF SCREWS AND STUDS FOR MOUNTING MODULES CETOP 3
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
Tighten M27.05.0001 to a torque of 5 Nm / 0.5 Kgm max.

COMPOSITION Q.TY
CODE mm mm CODE
Q26074068 30 — AD3... 4
Q26074075 70 40 AD3... + 1 AM3... (ISO) 4 —
Q26074076 75 45 AD3... + AM3VR 4
M80100015 97 57,5 AD3... + AM3VI... 4
M80100007 115 74 AD3... + A66 o AM66... 4
M80100003 120 80 AD3... + 2 AM3... (ISO) 4
M80100013 125 85 AD3... + AM3VR... + AM3... (ISO) 4
M80100011 155 114 AD3... + A66... + AM3... (ISO) 4 V89240000
M80100005 160 119 AD3... + A66... + AM3VR 4 (No. 20 nuts kit)
M80100005 160 120 AD3... + 3 AM3... (ISO) 4
M80100020 165 125 AD3 + AM3VR + 2 AM3... (ISO) 4
M80100017 170 130 AD3 + AM3CP + 2 AM3... (ISO) 4
M80100023 195 154 A66... + 2 AM3... (ISO) 4
VALV/TAMTR003_E/02-2014 IV • 21 ®
AM5UD type modular check valves Max. operating pressure 350 bar
allow free flow in one direction, while Minimum opening pressure spring 1 1 bar
a conical seated poppet prevents flow Minimum opening pressure spring 5 5 bar
in the opposite direction. Max. flow 80 l/min
They are available on single A, B, P Hydraulic fluids Mineral oils DIN 51524
and T lines, and on double A and B, Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
P and T lines (see hydraulic symbols). Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
AM5UD...
SCREWS AND STUDS CAP. IV • 36 1 bar springs are standard, while 5 bar Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
rated springs are available on request. with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
Weight 2,1 Kg
ORDERING CODE PRESSURE DROPS

AM Modular valve
5 CETOP 5/NG10
4 UD Direct check valve 5 bar
∆p (bar)
** Control on lines
A / B / P / T / AB / PT 1 bar

1 = 1 bar Q (l/min)
5 = 5 bar
** 00 = No variant
HYDRAULIC SYMBOLS
V1 = Viton
2 Serial No.
AM5UDA
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
AM5UDB
AM5UDP
AM5UDT
AM5UDAB
AM5UDPT
Support plane
specifications
K = OR plate
VALV/AM5UD002 _E/01-2000 IV • 22 ®
AM5UP... MODULAR
AM5UP type modular check valves Max. operating pressure 280 bar
allow free flow in one direction by Minimum opening pressure spring 1 1 bar
lifting a conical steel seated poppet, Minimum opening pressure spring 5 5 bar
while in the opposite direction the Piloting ratio 1 : 14,3
fluid can return by means of a small Max. flow 80 l/min
piston piloted by the other line pressure Hydraulic fluids Mineral oils DIN 51524
(piloted side). Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
AM5UP...
The cast valve body allows limited Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
SCREWS AND STUDS CAP. IV • 36 Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
pressure drops during the fluid flow
through the various P/A/B/T lines. Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
They are available on single A or B Weight 2,7 Kg
lines, and on double A and B lines
(see hydraulic symbols).
ORDERING CODE PRESSURE DROPS HYDRAULIC SYMBOLS 4

AM Modular valve
5 CETOP 5/NG10
AM5UP.A
∆p (bar)

ar
5b
** Control on lines 1 ba
r
A / B / AB 3
AM5UP.B
* Minimum opening pressure Q (l/min)

1 = 1 bar
5 = 5 bar Curve n. 3 = Piloted side flow
The fluid used is a mineral oil with a viscosity of AM5UPAB

** 00 = No variant 46 mm2/s at 40°C. The tests have been carried
V1 = Viton out a fluid temperature of 50°C.
5 Serial No.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
Support plane
specifications
VALV/AM5UP005 _E/01-2000 IV • 23 ®
AM5VM... / AM5VI... MODULAR
MAX. PRESSURE VALVES CETOP 5
AM5VM type pressure regulating Max. operating pressure 350 bar
valves are available within operating Setting ranges: spring 1 50 bar
range 7 ÷ 350 bar. Adjustment is by spring 2 140 bar
means of a grub screw or a plastic spring 3 350 bar
knob. They are three basic versions: Max. flow 80 l/min
AM5VM, on single A or B lines, and Hydraulic fluids Mineral oils DIN 51524
on double A and B lines, with drainage Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
AM5VM / AM5VI... on T; AM5VMP, on single P line, with Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
CMP20... CARTRIDGE CATALOGUE drainage on T; AM5VI, on single A or Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
CMP30... CARTRIDGE CATALOGUE B lines, and on double A and B lines, Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
with crossed drainage on either A or B with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
(see hydraulic symbols). Three spring Weight AM5VMA/B/P... 2,5 Kg
types can be fitted on all versions, with Weight AM5VMAB... 2,7 Kg
calibrated ranges as shown in the unit Weight AM5VIA/B... 5,7 Kg
specifications. Weight AM5VIAB... 5,9 Kg
Piloted operation cartridge type
CMP30 is used on versions AM5VM
and AM5VM.P (see ordering code),
while on version AM5VI direct acting
cartridge type CMP20 is used instead.
4
ORDERING CODE
For the minimum permissible set- HYDRAULIC SYMBOLS
AM Modular valve ting pressure depending on the
spring, see the minimum pressure
5 CETOP 5/NG10 setting curve.
** VM = Maximum pressure AM5VMA

VI = Maximum crossline relief
AM.5.VM Version = A / B / P / AB
AM.5.VI Version = A / B / AB
AM5VMB
M = Plastic knob
C = Grub screw
* Setting ranges at port A/B/P
CMP 30 CMP 20 AM5VMP
(AM5VM only) (AM5VI only)
1 = max. 50 bar 1 = max.50 bar (white spring)
2 = max. 140 bar 2 = max. 140 bar (yellow spring)
3 = max. 350 bar 3 = max. 250 bar (green spring)
AM5VMAB
* Setting ranges at port B
Omit if the setting is same as that at port A
CMP 30 CMP 20
(AM5VM only) (AM5VI only)
1 = max.50 bar 1 = max.50 bar (white spring)
AM5VIA
2 = max. 140 bar 2 = max. 140 bar (yellow spring)
3 = max. 350 bar 3 = max. 250 bar (green spring)
** 00 = No variant
V1 = Viton
3 Serial No. AM5VIB
PRESSURE - FLOW RATE MINIMUM SETTING PRESSURE

FORCMP30 FOR CMP30 AM5VIAB
3
3
2
1
P (bar)
P (bar)
Q (l/min) Q (l/min)
VALV/AM5V$003 _E/02-2014 IV • 24 ®
AM5VM... / AM5VI... MODULAR MAX. PRESSURE VALVES CETOP 5
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
AM5VMAB...
Type of adjustment

4
specifications
C Grub screw
AM5VMP...
Type of adjustment

specifications
C Grub screw
AM5VIAB...
Type of adjustment

specifications
C Grub screw
VALV/AM5V$003 _E/02-2014 IV • 25 ®
AM5CP... MODULAR BACK
PRESSURE VALVES CETOP 5
Back pressure valves type AM.5.CP Max. operating pressure 350 bar
are direct acting damped maximum Setting ranges: spring 1 30 bar
pressure in-line valves fitted with spring 2 140 bar
bypass non-return valves. They are spring 3 250 bar
obtainable within the adjustable range Max. flow 80 l/min
2 ÷ 250 bar. Hydraulic fluids Mineral oils DIN 51524
Adjustment is by means of a grub Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
AM5CP... screw or a plastic knob, on ports A or Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
CMP20... CARTRIDGE CATALOGUE B (single), or on AB double. Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
SCREWS AND STUDS CAP. IV • 36 The cartridge is direct acting type Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
CMP.20. with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
These valves are especially used on Weight AM5CPA/B... 5,3 Kg
vertical working cylinders with drag- Weight AM5CPAB... 7,2 Kg
ging loads.
ting pressure depending on the
spring, see the minimum pressure PRESSURE - FLOW RATE
setting curve
ORDERING CODE 3
4 AM Modular valve
5 CETOP 5/NG10 2
P (bar)
CP Back pressure valve
** Control on lines A / B / AB 1
HYDRAULIC SYMBOLS
Q (l/min)
M = Plastic knob
C = Grub screw Curves n° 1 - 2 - 3 = setting ranges
* Setting ranges AM5CPA

MINIMUM SETTING PRESSURE
2 = max. 140 bar (yellow spring) 3
** 00 = No variant AM5CPB 2
V1 = Viton
P (bar)
3 Serial No.
AM5CPAB
Q (l/min)
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
K = OR plate
Type of adjustment

specifications
C Grub screw
VALV/AM5CP003_E/02-2010 IV • 26 ®
AM5VR... MODULAR PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES
These pressure reducing valves en-
sure a minimum pressure variation
Setting ranges: spring 1 60 bar
on the P or A port with changing flow
spring 2 120 bar
rate up 90 l/min.
spring 3 250 bar
Three spring types allow adjustment Maximum allowed ∆p pressure
with the range 7 ÷ 250 bar. between the inlet and outlet pressure 150 bar
AM5VR... Manual adjustment is available by a Max. flow 90 l/min
grub screw or plastic knob. Draining on port T 0,5 ÷ 0,7 l/min
CVR20... CARTRIDGE CATALOGUE
SCREWS AND STUDS CAP. IV • 36 The RELIEVING SYSTEM inside the
valve AM5VR allows the passage
from the setting pressure line to T
line of the flow through the valve to
avoid the increasing of pressure in
the reduced-pressure line by diverting
Weight 3,73 Kg
exceeding flow to reservoir.
Weight by-pass version 6,56 Kg
A by pass module with check valve
for free flow from A to AR port (see
hydraulic symbol) is available.
ORDERING CODE
AM Modular valve HYDRAULIC SYMBOLS 4
5 CETOP 5/NG10
VR Pilot operated pressure

reducing valve with relieving
* Control on lines AM5VRP... AM5VRA... AM5VRD...
P = Drain on T
A = Drain on T
D = Drain on B reduct pressure on A AM5VRA... + Bypass
Version with check valve
* Drain connection
E = External (only for control on the P line)
B Version with by-pass

PRESSURE-FLOW RATE PRESSURE-FLOW OF RELIEVING
on line A only 3
Omit if not required 3
M = Plastic knob 2
P (bar)
C = Grub screw
P (bar)
* Setting ranges 2
1
2 = max. 120 bar (yellow spring) 1
** 00 = No variant
V1 = Viton Q (l/min) Q (l/min)
1 Serial No.
To change valves AM5VRP... from internal to ∆P AM5VR... + BY-PASS MINIMUM SETTING PRESSURE
external drainage it is necessary:
- screw out the plug T.C.E.I. M8x1 from the body 1
- screw in a screw S.T.E.I. M6 2
3
∆P (bar)
P (bar)

a piloting line (please, concta our technical

The fluid used is a mineral oil with a viscosity of
46 mm2/s at 40°C. The tests have been carried out at Q (l/min) Q (l/min)
a fluid temperature of 50°C.
VALV/AM5VR001 _E/03-2010 IV • 27 ®
AM5VR... MODULAR PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
AM5VRP... / AM5VRD...
AM5VRA... + BYPASS
B By-pass (optional)
Ordering code: BY-PASS (OPTIONAL)
V89460000
(if ordered separately)
Type of adjustment

specifications
C Grub screw
VALV/AM5VR001_E/03-2010 IV • 28 ®
AM5VS... MODULAR PRESSURE
SEQUENCING VALVES CETOP 5
The sequence valve are used to Max. operating pressure 350 bar
assure that a secondary circuit is Setting ranges: spring 1 60 bar
pressurized when the setting pres- spring 2 120 bar
sure with a changing flow to up spring 3 250 bar
90 l/min (see diagram). Max. flow 90 l/min
Three spring types allow adjustment Draining on port T 0,5 ÷ 0,7 l/min
within the range 7 ÷ 250 bar. Hydraulic fluids Mineral oils DIN 51524
AM5VS...
Manual adjustment is available by a Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
CVS20... CARTRIDGE CATALOGUE Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
grub screw or plastic knob.
SCREWS AND STUDS CAP. IV • 36 Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
The cartridge used is the "CVS" type. Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
Weight 3,73 Kg

AM Modular valve
VS
CETOP 5/NG10
Sequencing valve
viscosity of 46 mm2/s at 40°C. The tests
4
have been carried out a fluid temperature
of 50°C.
* Drain connection
E = External Curves n° 1 - 2 - 3 = setting ranges
M = Plastic knob PRESSURE-FLOW RATE MINIMUM SETTING PRESSURE
C = Grub screw
1
* Setting ranges 3 2
3
P (bar)
P (bar)
2
** 00 = No variant
V1 = Viton
1
1 Serial No.
Q (l/min) Q (l/min)
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
To change valves AM.5.VS... from internal
to external drainage it is necessary:
- screw out the plug T.C.E.I. M8x1 from the body
a piloting line (please, contact our technical
Type of adjustment

specifications
C Grub screw
VALV/AM5VS001 _E/03-2010 IV • 29 ®
AM5SH... MODULAR
SHUTTLE VALVES CETOP 5
Modular valves type AM5SH are actua- Max. operating pressure 350 bar
tor load pressure selecting units, as Max. flow at the cartridge 3 l/min
they are fitted with an integral shuttle Max. flow at ports A/B/P/T 80 l/min
valve cartridge which allows taking Hydraulic fluids Mineral oils DIN 51524
of the highest pressure signal to the Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
external port via displacement of a ball. Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
They are usually employed to signal Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
the actuator load to the pressure com- Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
pensator of a load sensing pump, or for with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
AM5SH... the command of fail-safe brakes. For Weight 2,1 Kg
SH03... CARTRIDGE CATALOGUE seat overall dimensions see cartridge Cartridge tightening torque 20÷30 Nm/2÷3 Kgm
SCREWS AND STUDS CAP. IV • 36 shuttle type SH03.
4 AM
ORDERING CODE
Modular valve
PRESSURE DROPS (∆P)
ON THE SHUTTLE VALVE
HYDRAULIC SYMBOL
5 CETOP 5/NG10
SH Cartridge shuttle
∆p (bar)
** 00 = No variant
V1 = Viton
1 Serial No.
Q (l/min)
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
Support plane
specifications
VALV/AM5SH001_E/02-2010 IV • 30 ®
AM5QF... MODULAR
AM.5.QF type one way non-compen- Max. operating pressure 350 bar
sated throttle valve are fitted with an Flow rate regulation on 9 screw turns
O-Ring mounting plate which allows Max. flow 100 l/min
its assembly for either input or output Hydraulic fluids Mineral oils DIN 51524
regulation. Adjustment is obtained by Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
means of a grub screw or a plastic Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
knob. They are available in the four
AM5QF... Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
regulating configurations shown in the Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
SCREWS AND STUDS CAP. IV • 36 hydraulic diagrams. with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
These valves are supplied with related Weight 3,5 Kg
hydraulic scheme. In case of inversion
of rated flow direction, turn valve 180°
right or left (attention: in this case the
label will appear upside down with A
and B inverted).
4
ORDERING CODE FLOW RATE FREE FLOW
12 3 45 6 7
TOWARDS CHECK VALVE
AM Modular valve 350
16
300 14
5 CETOP 5/NG10
250 12
QF Non compensated throttle 10
200
valve
DP (bar)
DP (bar)
8
150
** Control on lines 8
6
100
A / B / P / AB 4
50
9 2
0
M = Plastic knob 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
C = Grub screw Q (l/min)
Q (l/min)
Each curve represents the flow rate adjustment for
** 00 = No variant each screw turns, starting from the closed position.
V1 = Viton
5 Serial No.
HYDRAULIC SYMBOLS
A P T B A P T B A P T B A P T B
AM5QFA AM5QFB AM5QFAB AM5QFP
VALV/AM5QF005 _E/02-2018 IV • 31 ®
AM5QF... MODULAR
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
AM5QF/ A / B / AB
Ch./Wr. 13
Ch./Wr. 6
48,6
K
1,2
53max. 164 53 max.

217 max.
270 max.
per versioni con regolazione su due vie (AB)
versions with double regulation (AB)
4
K = OR plate
A B M
72,7
46
39,7
T T
24,6
13,5
20,6 57max.
N
°4
47,6
6,
54
5
228 max.
per versioni con regolazione su una singola via (A o B) Type of adjustment
versions with single regulation (A or B)
M Plastic knob
C Grub screw
AM5QF/ P
P
A B
69
T T
134 53 max.
50
Support plane
specifications
VALV/AM5QF005 _E/01-2013 IV • 32 ®
AM88... MODULAR COMPENSATED
FLOW CONTROL ASSEMBLY CETOP 5
This is an intermediate block (AM88) for Max. operating pressure 320 bar
modular mounting of one or two com- Hydraulic fluids Mineral oils DIN 51524
pensated flow rate regulators QC3... Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
The flow regulator type QC32 must be Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
ordered separately. Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
Weight 2,75 Kg
AM88...
SCREWS AND STUDS CAP. IV • 36 HYDRAULIC SYMBOLS
ORDERING CODE
AM88A AM88B AM88AB
4
AM Modular valve
88 Size AM88P AM88PT* AM88T
** Control on lines
A / B / P / T / PT* / AB
For A1 / B1 / A1B1
see table "Hydraulic symbols"
AM88A1 AM88B1 AM88A1B1
** 00 = No variant PT * = From line towards exhaust (P→ T drain)

V1 = Viton
• In order to obtain versions A1, B1 and A1B1 the AM88B, AM88A or AM88AB
regulators carrying block should be turned by 180°.
3 Serial No.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
K = OR plate
Support plane
specifications
VALV/AM88003 _E/00-2000 IV • 33 ®
A88... MODULAR FLOW CONTROL VALVES
FAST / SLOW ASSEMBLY CETOP 5
This is a modular assembly ON/OFF Max. operating pressure 320 bar
solenoid valve which, by fitting a suit- Hydraulic fluids Mineral oils DIN 51524
able 2 way regulator, allows two speed Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
operation in the same system via an Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
electrical changeover command. Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
The flow rate regulator type QC32 Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
must be ordered separately. with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
Weight with a DC solenoid 4,2 Kg
A88... The limit of use curves have been
“A16” DC COILS CAP. I • 40 obtained with the regulator fully The test have been carried out at operating tempera-
closed, and those same limits im- ture, with a voltage 10% lower than rated voltage
STANDARD CONNECTORS CAP. I • 20 prove gradually with the opening of and with a fluid temperature of 50 degrees C. The
QC32... CAP. III • 2 the regulator. fluid used was a mineral based oil with a viscosity of
SCREWS AND STUDS CAP. IV • 36 • Solenoids used are standard type 46 mm2/sec at 40 degrees C.
A16 for DC voltage.
LIMITS OF USE FREE FLOW

ORDERING CODE DC SOLENOID THROUGH SPOOL
4 A
88
Speed control valve
Size 12
1(
NC
)
p (bar)
p (bar)
12
0(
NA
)
*** 120 = Normally open

121 = Normally closed
See table "Hydraulic symbols"
Q (l/min) Q (l/min)
* Control on lines A/B/P/T (see symbols)
The interface holder "H" must
be turned by 180° in order to
obtain the A1 and B1 versions. HYDRAULIC SYMBOLS
A88E120 A88E***A A88E***B A88E***T
* Voltage : see tab.1
** Variants: see tab.2
3 Serial No.
A88E121 A88E***A1 A88E***B1 A88E***P
TAB.1 - A16 COIL (45W)

DC VOLTAGE **
L 12V 115Vac/50Hz
M 24V 120Vac/60Hz
P 110V* 230Vac/50Hz
Z 102V* 240Vac/60Hz
with rectifier
X 205V*
W Without DC coil
Voltage codes are not stamped on the plate, their
are readable on the coils.
* Special voltage
** Technical data see Cap.VII • 7
TAB.2 - VARIANTS
Viton SV(*)

supplied without connectors. The con- Support plane
specifications
nectors can be ordered separately, Cap. H = QC.3... interface holder
I • 20 .
VALV/A88003 _E/06-2017 IV • 34 ®
AM5RGT... MODULAR VALVES
FOR REGENERATIVE CIRCUIT CETOP 5
This modular system produces a Max. operating pressure 350 bar
regenerative circuit to increasing the Max. flow at port A/B/P/T 70 l/min
actuator (differential cylinder) exit Hydraulic fluids Mineral oils DIN 51524
speed as shown in the diagram. In Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
particular, if a cylinder is used with a Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
2:1 ratio for operating surfaces, the Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
exit and re-entry speeds are the same. Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
Weight 2,1 Kg
AM5RGT...
ORDERING CODE PRESSURE DROPS B→P HYDRAULIC SYMBOL
4
AM Modular valve
5 CETOP 5/NG10
∆p (bar)
RGT For regenerative circuit
A Size of check valves 1/2"BSP
1 Opening pressure
1 bar
Q (l/min)
** 00 = No variant
V1 = Viton
1 Serial No.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
Support plane
specifications
VALV/AM5RGT001 _E/01-2000 IV • 35 ®
TABLE OF SCREW AND STUDS FOR MOUNTING CETOP 5/NG10
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
Tighten M27050002 to a torque of 8 Nm / 0.8 Kgm max.

COMPOSITION Q.TY
CODE mm mm CODE
Q26074090 40 — AD5... 4
Q26074098 90 50 AD5... + 1 AM5... (ISO) 4
Q26074301 100 60 AD5... + AM5VR 4 —
Q26074302 110 70 AD5... + AM5VI 4
Q26074099 120 80 AD5... + A88 4
M80150004 150 100 AD5... + 2 AM5... (ISO) 4
M80150012 160 110 AD5... + AM5VR + AM5... (ISO) 4
V89250000
M80150010 180 130 AD5... + A88... + AM5... (ISO) 4
(No. 20 nuts kit)
M80150006 190 140 AD5... + A88... + AM5VR 4
M80150011 200 150 AD5... + 3 AM5... (ISO) 4
VALV/TAMTR005_E/03-2014 IV • 36 ®
AM7UP... MODULAR
AM7UP type modular check valves Max. operating pressure 350 bar
allow free flow in one direction by lifting Opening pressure 2 bar
a seated poppet, while in the opposite Piloting ratio 1 : 11,7
direction the fluid can return by means Max. flow 250 l/min
of a small piston piloted by the other Hydraulic fluids Mineral oils DIN 51524
line pressure (piloted side). Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
The cast valve body allows limited Fluid temperature -20°C ÷ 80°C
pressure drops during the fluid flow Ambient temperature -20°C ÷ 50°C
through the various P/A/B/T lines. Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
AM.7.UP... with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
They are available on single A or B Weight 7,2 Kg
lines, and on double A and B lines
(see hydraulic symbols).
HYDRAULIC SYMBOLS
AM7UPA AM7UPAB AM7UPB
ORDERING CODE
AM Modular valve 4
7 CETOP 7/NG16

Curve 1 = A1→A PRESSURE DROPS ∆P-Q
B1→B 1
** Control on lines
A / B / AB
Curve 2 = A→A1
B→B1
2
2 Minimum opening pressure 2 bar
∆p (bar)
Curve 3 = A1→A (AM7UPB)
B1→B (AM7.UP.A)
Curve 4 = P1→T 3
** 00 = No variant
V1 = Viton T1→P 4
1 Serial No. viscosity of 46 mm2/s at 40°C. The tests
have been carried out a fluid temperature
Q (l/min)
of 50°C.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
• Valve fixing:
n° 4 screws T.C.E.I. M10 - Tightening torque 40 Nm
The longer of the screws depends on the type of assembly used.
Fixing screws UNI 5931 with material specifications 12.9
• Seals:
n° 4 pieces OR 2-118/90SH PARKER (type 130)
CETOP 7 (4.2-4-07) MOUNTING SURFACE
Support plane
specifications
VALV/AM7UP001_E/01-2017 IV • 37 ®
AM7QF... MODULAR
AM7QFtypeonewaynon-compensated Max. operating pressure 350 bar

throttle valve. Flow rate regulation on 10 screw turns
Adjustment is obtained by means of a Max. flow 250 l/min
grub screw. They are available in the Hydraulic fluids Mineral oils DIN 51524
three regulating configurations shown Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
in the hydraulic diagrams. Fluid temperature -20°C ÷ 80°C
AM7QF... Ambient temperature -20°C ÷ 50°C
All configurations have a built in check Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
valve that allows reserve free flow. with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
Weight AM7QF for A or B versions 7,35 Kg
ORDERING CODE Weight AM7QF for AB version 7,7 Kg
AM Modular valve
HYDRAULIC SYMBOLS
7 CETOP 7/NG16
AM7QFA AM7QFB AM7QFAB
QF Non compensated throttle valve
4
** Control on lines A / AB / B
M = Plastic knob
C = Grub screw
PRESSURE DROPS ∆P-Q REGULATED FLOW RATE
** 00 = No variant n° of turns (screw)
V1 = Viton 4,5 5 5,5 6 6,5 7
1 Serial No. 2
∆p (bar)
n° of turns (screw)
∆p (bar)
3 7,5
The fluid used is a mineral oil with a viscosity 1

8
of 46 mm2/s at 40°C. The tests have been
carried out a fluid temperature of 50°C. 9
Q (l/min) 10
Curve 1 = Regulator closed A→A1 / B→B1 Q (l/min)

Curve 2 = Regulator open A→A1 / B→B1 Regulated flow rate depending on No. of turns:
from 4,5 to 10 turns (unscrewing).
Curve 3 = Without regulator A→A1 (AM7QFB)
B→B1 (AM7QFA)
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
• Valve fixing:
The longer of the screws depends on the type of assembly
used. Fixing screws UNI 5931 with material specifications 12.9.
• Seals:
CETOP 7 (4.2-4-07) MOUNTING SURFACE
Type of adjustment
Support plane
M Plastic knob
specifications
C Grub screw
VALV/AM7QF001 _E/02-2017 IV • 38 ®
CARTRIDGE VALVES ACCORDING DIN
ABBREVIATIONS
CARTRIDGE VALVES
AP HIGH PRESSURE CONNECTION ISO7368 (DIN 24342)
C STROKE (MM)
CH ACROSS FLATS
F FORCE (N)
NG KNOB TURNS
OR SEAL RING CARTRIDGE VALVES CAP. V • 2
P LOAD PRESSURE (BAR) KEL 2/2 LOGIC ELEMENTS CAP. V • 3
PARBAK PARBAK RING KEC COVERS CAP. V • 5
PL PARALLEL CONNECTION COVERS WITH CMP CAP. V • 10
PR REDUCED PRESSURE (BAR) KRA.16/25... CAP. V • 13
Q FLOW (L/MIN)
5
PROXIMITY CAP. V • 16
SE ELASTIC PIN
SF BALL
X PILOTING
Y DRAINAGE
CARTRIDGE VALVES
CARTRIDGE SOLENOID VALVES WITH CHECK VALVE
CARTRIDGE SOLENOID VALVES
SEE ALSO CATALOGUE

CODE DOC00044
VALV/05-INTRO_E/08-2017 V • 1 ®
2/2 CARTRIDGE VALVES LOGIC ELEMENTS
ACCORDING TO ISO 7368 (DIN 24342)
Cartridge valves are basically com- Nominal size (max. diameter) 16mm / 25mm
posed of a cover and an operating Max. opening pressure 350 bar
unit insert in the ISO 7368 (DIN Max. nominal flow rate NG16 150 l/min
24342) mounting frame. Each car- Max. nominal flow rate NG25 350 l/min
tridge valve is characterized by 2 Fluid temperature -20°C ÷ 75°C
main way for the nominal flow (up Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
to 350 l/min). with NAS 1638 with filter ß25 ≥75
By combining the various covers, operating units and connections within the block, many
different functions can be obtained like: direct control, non-return, hydraulically piloted non-
return, pressure control, flow rate regulation, as well as a combination of these same functions.
Thanks to their design features and operational flexibility, cartridge valves can be used to:
2/2 LOGIC ELEMENTS AND COVERS • speed-up machine cycles, and therefore increase productivity and efficiency (better response
KEL16/25... CAP. V • 3 time compared to traditional valves);
• ensure minimum thermal dissipation (tanks to the passageway dimensions);
NG16/NG25 KEL SEATS CAP. V • 4 • reduce the hydraulic plant weight (tanks to the compact functions block);
KEC16/25 CAP. V • 5 • reduce to a minimum any internal leakages;
KEC HYDRAULIC MOUNTING DIAGR. CAP. V • 6 • provide ease of installation and serving.
KEC16/25... WITH CMP CAP. V • 10 The logic units 2/2 (Fig. 1) are formed by a cover (1), a functional unit (2), a spacer (3), a
C*P16/25... CAP. V • 10 closure spring (4) and a guide bush (5) for each functional unit. Covers can be changed
KRA16/25... CAP. V • 13 according to the required application and the functional unit can be combined with different
springs in order to obtain various opening pressure.
KRA16/25... + AD3V... CAP. V • 15
PROXIMITY FOR KRA CAP. V • 16 Covers
5
Covers serve to enclose the functional unit and to house the piloting ports and any incorpo-
rated valves or manual adjustment devices. Inside the cover are housed also the seats for
the calibrated orifice used to optimize the valve opening/closed response time in according
to the type of hydraulic system being implemented.
CETOP 3 interface covers are available, ready to accept solenoid valves or other modular
valves for the implementation of particular control functions.
The maximum allowed pressure is a function of the flow rate (max.400 bar).
FIG. 1 - AREA RATIO

A MAIN FLOW
B MAIN FLOW
X EXTERNAL PILOTING
Z1 EXTERNAL PILOTING
Z2 EXTERNAL PILOTING
Y DRAINAGE
A1 A PORT EFFECTIVE CROSS SECTION
A2 B PORT EFFECTIVE CROSS SECTION
A3 SPRING CHAMBER EFFECTIVE CROSS SECTION
ORIFICE FUNCTIONAL SYMBOLS

STANDARD ORIFICE
(ALREADY INSERTED) 1 = COVER
Ø 1mm (DIAMETER) 2 = FUNCTIONAL UNIT
3 = SPACER
A GRUB SCREW ORIFICE CAN BE 4 = CLOSURE SPRING
INSERTED IN THE THREADED SEAT 5 = GUIDE BUSH FOR
FUNCTIONAL UNIT
BLIND The logic unit operates as a function of the pressures acting on the relevant areas, and different
opening pressures are obtained, depending on the dimensions of these areas.
A description of how to interpret the cartridge opening ratios is as follows:
- there are three relevant areas A1, A2, A3;
- area A1 is taken to represent 100%, i.e. it is the reference area;
- area A2, when a 2:1 ratio is shown, is equal to 50% of area A1 and all the other ratios shown
in the Table 2 can be calculated on this basis.
As consequence of these area ratios the are different opening pressures whether proceeding
from A → B or from B → A.
VALV/TKE$002 _E/02-2017 V • 2 ®
CARTRIDGE VALVES
2/2 LOGIC ELEMENTS ACCORDING TO ISO 7368 (DIN 24342)
ORDERING CODE TAB. 1 - SYMBOL, FUNCTION, AREA RATIO AND OPENING PRESSURE
Function Symbol Area Code Opening pressure
KEL Logic element 2/2 ratio (bar)
A→B B→A
** 16 = NG16
25 = NG25 Directional (U) A1 : A3 KEL**UL00 L = 0.3
(normally used 1:1 KEL**UM00 M = 1.6
for relief valve) KEL**UH00 H=4
* Function: see table 1 KEL**UJ00 J=9
Areas ratio:
Directional (U) A1 : A3 KEL**UL** L = 0.3
U=1:1 with orifice 1:1 KEL**UM** M = 1.6
S = 12.5 : 1 KEL**UH** H=4
B=2:1 Directional (S) A1 : A2 KEL**SL00 L = 0.3 L=4
(for version with drilled 12.5 : 1 KEL**SM00 M = 0.6 M=8
poppet see CF variant) KEL**SH00 H = 1.5 H = 20
F=2:1 Directional (S) A1 : A2 KEL**SL** L = 0.3 L=4
R=2:1 with orifice 12.5 : 1 KEL**SM** M = 0.6 M=8
KEL**SH** H = 1.5 H= 20
* Opening pressure (bar) Directional (B) A1 : A2 KEL**BL00 L = 0.5 L=1
(Tab.1 pressure values) (normally used 2:1 KEL**BM00 M=1 M=2
for check valve) KEL**BH00 H = 2.5 H=5
(Tab.2 spring's colour and code)
Flow (F) A1 : A2 KEL**FL** L = 0.5 L = 1
control 2:1 KEL**FM** M=1 M=2
** Calibrated orifices: KEL**FH** H = 2.5 H = 5
5
00 = blind A→B
08 = 0.8 mm With NG16 NG25
09 = 0.9 mm sensitized (R) A1 : A2 KEL**RL00 L = 0.7 L = 0.6
10 = 1.0 mm cover 2:1 KEL**RM00 M = 1.5 M = 1.5
12 = 1.2 mm KEL**RH00 H=4 H = 3.5
KEL**RJ00 J=9
14 = 1.4 mm
** 00 = No variant
V1 = Viton
TAB. 2 - SPRING'S COLOUR AND CODE
CF = With drilled poppet
only for KEL**B Spring U S B-F R
type NG16 NG25 NG16 NG25 NG16 NG25 NG16 NG25
2 Serial No. Cod. L I • V •red3
without colour without colour red without colour red without colour
00/2001/d
red
Cod. M green yellow red green red green red green
Cod. H blue blue yellow yellow green yellow green yellow
Cod. J without colour blue
NG 16 PRESSURE DROP NG25 PRESSURE DROP

7 20
3
6 4
16
12
4
P(bar)
P(bar)
3 3 8
2 2
1 = KEL16U 4 2 1 = KEL25U
1 1
KEL16S 1 KEL25B
0 2 = KEL16B 0 KEL25R
0 30 60 90 120 150 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
Q (l/min)
3 = KEL16R Q (l/min)
2 = KEL25S
4 = KEL16F 3 = KEL25F
The fluid used is a mineral oil with a viscosity of 46 mm2/s at 40°C. The tests were performed at a fluid temperature of 50°C.
VALV/KEL002 _E/01-2017 V • 3 ®
CARTRIDGE VALVES
2/2 LOGIC ELEMENTS ACCORDING TO ISO 7368 (DIN 24342)
OVERALL DIMENSIONS OF TWO-WAY VALVE SEAT ISO 7368/BA-06-2-A NG16 (DIN 24342)
To be respect
5
X = piloting
Y = draining
Z = additional piloting
Z1 = preferential piloting
Z2 = preferential draining
OVERALL DIMENSIONS OF TWO-WAY VALVE SEAT ISO 7368/BB-08-2-A NG25 (DIN 24342)
To be respect
X = piloting
Y = draining
Z = additional piloting
Z1 = preferential piloting
Z2 = preferential draining
VALV/KEL002 _E/01-2017 V • 4 ®
CARTRIDGE VALVES - COVERS
COVERS ORDERING CODE
KEC Covers for

logic element 2/2
** 16 = NG16
25 = NG25
** Type of cover (see Tab. 3)

RI = Directional with external piloting
CQ = Directional with stroke adjustment
RC = Directional with interface NG6
PC = With hydraulic outlet pilot valve
SH = With built-in-exchange (shuttle)
SP = With built-in-exchange and interface NG6
** 00 = No variant
V1 = Viton
2 Serial No.
5
TAB. 1 - COVERS HYDRAULIC SYMBOLS
Type Symbol
KEC**RI**2
Directional with external piloting
KEC**CQ**2
Directional with stroke adjustment
KEC**RC**2
Directional with interface NG6
KEC**PC**2
With hydraulic outlet pilot valve
KEC**SH**2
With built-in-exchange valve (shuttle)
KEC**SP**2
With built-in-exchange valve (shuttle) and interface
NG6
VALV/KEC002 _E/02-2017 V • 5 ®
HYDRAULIC MOUNTING SCHEMES FOR KEC COVERS AND KEL LOGIC ELEMENTS
KEC16/25RI...
COVER WITH EXTERNAL PILOTING PORT
A = External piloting X allows flow in both directions A → B and

B → A. B = For rapid sequence safety circuit; A → B flow is allowed;
when pressure reaches X valve closes.
Only for CF variant (KEL.**:B... with drilled poppet), with no pressure
in X it operates as a check valve between A and B.
KEC16/25CQ...
COVER WITH STROKE LIMITATION
Allows flow regulation in both directions A → B and B → A.

By limiting the spool stroke the flow in both direction can be limited.
KEC16/25RC...
COVER WITH INTERFACE NG6
5
These covers have one mounting surface preset for a solenoid
pilot valve.
Proper connection of Y and Z2 to the A and/or B ports will allowing
piloting of the valve opening and closing functions.
KEC16/25PC...
COVER WITH HYDRAULIC RELEASE PILOT VALVE
This is a cover with external piloting to be connected to B port to

obtain the standard unit function. Z1 pressure piloting allows flow
transfer from B → A. Normally, in order to ensure the holding condi-
tion the main port B is connected to the load; piloting in Z1 should
be at least 50% of the load pressure in B.
KEC16/25SH...
COVER WITH INTEGRAL CHANGEOVER VALVE
The logic element closes as function of the larger pressure in X

and Z1, selected by the shuttle valve.
KEC16/25SP... COVER WITH INTEGRAL CHANGEOVER

VALVE AND INTERFACE NG6
The AP branch of the cartridge valve spring is connected with the

pilot valve port.
External piloting operates from Z2 → A of the pilot valve.
An example is shown in the diagram of a type of connection used
to keep the conical seat valve closed on both sides (interrupted
flow both from A → B and from B → A).
KRA16/25... COVER WITH ELECTRICAL CONTROL OF THE

CLOSED POSITION AND INTERFACE NG6
See cartridge type KRA... next pages
VALV/KEC002 _E/02-2017 V • 6 ®
OVERALL DIMENSIONS KEC16RI... CHECK VALVE COVER
Weight: 0,5 Kg
M = pressure gauge attachment
Orifice with calibrated ø1 mm standard diameter
The covers are supplied with M8x25 UNI 5931
fixing screws, reference pin SE ø3x12 UNI 6873-71
Tightening torque 19÷24 Nm/1.9÷2.4 Kgm with 8.8 screws
OVERALL DIMENSIONS KEC25RI... CHECK VALVE COVER
5
Weight: 1,3 Kg
fixing screws, reference pin SE ø5X12 UNI 6873-71
Tightening torque 69÷80 Nm/6.9÷8 Kgm with 8.8 screws
OVERALL DIMENSIONS KEC16CQ.. COVER WITH STROKE ADJUSTMENT
Weight: 0,9 Kg
Tightening torque 19÷24 Nm/1.9÷2.4 Kgm with 8.8 screws
OVERALL DIMENSIONS KEC25CQ.. COVER WITH STROKE ADJUSTMENT
Weight: 1,6 Kg
Tightening torque 69÷80 Nm/6.9÷8 Kgm with 8.8 screws
VALV/KEC002 _E/02-2017 V • 7 ®
OVERALL DIMENSIONS KEC16RC... COVER WITH INTERFACE CETOP 3/NG6
Weight: 1,2 Kg
tightening torque 19÷24 Nm/1.9÷2.4 Kgm with 8.8 screws
OVERALL DIMENSIONS KEC25RC... COVER WITH INTERFACE CETOP 3/NG6
5
Weight: 1,8 Kg
tightening torque 69÷80 Nm/6.9÷8 Kgm with 8.8 screws
OVERALL DIMENSIONS KEC16PC... COVER WITH HYDRAULIC OUTLET PILOT VALVE
Weight: 2,1 Kg
OVERALL DIMENSIONS KEC25PC... COVER WITH HYDRAULIC OUTLET PILOT VALVE
Weight: 2,7 Kg
VALV/KEC002 _E/02-2017 V • 8 ®
OVERALL DIMENSIONS KEC16SH... COVER WITH BUILT-IN EXCHANGE VALVE
Weight: 0,9 Kg
OVERALL DIMENSIONS KEC25SH... COVER WITH BUILT-IN EXCHANGE VALVE
5
Weight: 1,5 Kg
OVERALL DIMENSIONS KEC16SP COVER WITH BUILT-IN EXCHANGE VALVE AND INTERFACE CETOP 3/NG6
Weight: 1,4 Kg
OVERALL DIMENSIONS KEC25SP COVER WITH BUILT-IN EXCHANGE VALVE AND INTERFACE CETOP 3/NG6
Weight: 2 Kg
VALV/KEC002 _E/02-2017 V • 9 ®
MAXIMUM PRESSURE CARTRIDGE VALVES
Maximum pressure cartridge valves Nominal size (max. diameter) 16mm / 25mm
allow control of hydraulic circuit Max. operating pressure 400 bar
pressures up 400 bar and 350 l/min Maximum nominal flow rate NG16 150 l/min
maximum flow rate (NG25). Maximum nominal flow rate NG25 350 l/min
Besides the normal manual pres- Setting ranges 15 ÷ 400 bar
sure regulation mode, function like
electrical command for discharge to drain, remote control, proportional pressure control or
MAX. PRESSURE COVERS electrically selected dual pressure levels are also available.
KEC16/25... WITH CMP CAP. V • 11
The cover interface allows the mounting of a CETOP 3/NG06 valve. A standard cartridge valve
C*P16/25... CAP. V • 12 DIN 24342 is used. A cover not according to DIN rules is also available.
AD3E... CAP. I • 11 The valve response specification may be modified by selection of different internal orifices
according to the required application. The standard version has calibrated orifices of Ø
AM3VM... CAP. IV • 9
1 mm in X and AP.
XP3... CAP. VIII • 20
DIN STANDARDS COVER ORDERING CODE

MANUAL PRESSURE REGULATION
KEC DIN standards cover This regulation facility is incorporated
in the cartridge closing cover. A Z1
** 16 = NG16 port is provided on the cover for remote
25 = NG25 piloting via directional or pressure
control valves.
5
** Type of cover
ME = Max. pressure valve with
interface CETOP 3
MP = Max. pressure valve MANUAL PRESSURE REGULATION
UE = Exclusion valve with AND ELECTRICAL COMMAND FOR
interface CETOP 3 DISCHARGE TO DRAIN
UN = Exclusion valve
This arrangement uses an electrically
SL = Sequencing valve
controlled valve type AD3E15.. which
* Setting ranges normally, in the de-energized posi-
1 = 15 ÷ 45 bar (white spring) tion, allows discharge to drain of the
2 = 15 ÷ 145 bar (yellow spring) controlled flow. When energized, the
system operates at the pressure set
3 = 60 ÷ 400 bar (green spring)
on the piloting unit incorporated in the
* Type of adjustment closing cover.
M = Plastic knob
C = Grub screw
** 00 = No variant
MANUAL REGULATION AND
V1 = Viton
PROPORTIONAL CONTROL OF THE
3 Serial No. PRESSURE
This arrangement uses a proportional

pressure valve type XP3.. as the pilot,
PLATE MOUNTING COVERS ORDERING CODE which allows proportional regulation
of the controlled system pressure as
C*P M = Cover with max. pressure valve a function of an electrical command
U = Cover with exclusion valve signal.
S = Cover with sequencing valve
* E = Presetting for solenoid valve
(Omit if not required) MANUALLY ADJUSTABLE AND
** 16 = NG16 ELECTRICALLY SELECTED TWO
25 = NG25 LEVEL PRESSURE UNIT
* Type of adjustment This arrangement uses a dual sole-

noid electrically controlled valve type
M = Plastic knob
AD3E02C.. and a modular maximum
C = Grub screw pressure valve type AM3VMA... which,
* Setting ranges when combined, allow implementation
1 = 15 ÷ 45 bar (white spring) of an electrically selected two level
pressure system.
2 = 15 ÷ 145 bar (yellow spring)
Normally, with the solenoid valve
3 = 60 ÷ 400 bar (green spring) de-energized, the controlled flow is
** 00 = No variant discharged to drain.
V1 = Viton
2 Serial No.
VALV/TKEC003 _E/01-2017 V • 10 ®
KEC16MP/UN/SL... WITH MAX. PRESSURE VALVE / EXCLUSION / SEQUENCING - IN LINE MOUNTING

KEC16MP...
KEC16UN...
DIN STANDARD
KEC16SL...
Weight: 1,3 Kg
The covers are supplied with
M8x35 UNI 5931 fixing screws and
reference pins dia ø3x12 UNI 6874-71
KEC25MP/UN/SL... WITH MAX. PRESSURE / EXCLUSION / SEQUENCING - IN LINE MOUNTING
KEC25MP...
KEC25UN... 5
DIN STANDARD
KEC25SL...
Weight: 1,8 Kg
M12x45 UNI 5931 and
KEC16ME/UE WITH MAX. PRESSURE VALVE / EXCLUSION WITH INTERFACE CETOP 3 - IN LINE MOUNTING
DIN STANDARD
KEC16ME... KEC16UE...
Weight: 1,3 Kg
KEC25ME/UE WITH MAX. PRESSURE VALVE / EXCLUSION WITH INTERFACE CETOP 3 - IN LINE MOUNTING
DIN STANDARD
KEC25ME... KEC25UE...
Weight: 1,8 Kg
VALV/KEC003 _E/01-2000 V • 11 ®
C*P16... WITH MAX. PRESSURE VALVE / EXCLUSION / SEQUENCING - PLATE MOUNTING
CMP16...
CUP16...
CSP16...
Weight: 1,3 Kg
M5x45 UNI 5931 fixing screws
C*P25... WITH MAX. PRESSURE VALVE / EXCLUSION / SEQUENCING - PLATE MOUNTING
CMP25...
5 CUP25...
CSP25...
Weight: 1,5 Kg
C*PE16 WITH MAX. PRESSURE VALVE / EXCLUSION WITH INTERFACE CETOP 3 - PLATE MOUNTING
CMPE16... CUPE16...
Weight: 1,3 Kg
M5X45 UNI 5931 fixing screws
C*PE25 WITH MAX. PRESSURE VALVE / EXCLUSION WITH INTERFACE CETOP 3 - PLATE MOUNTING
CMPE25... CUPE25...
Weight: 1,5 Kg
VALV/C$P002 _E/01-2000 V • 12 ®
KRA16/25... CARTRIDGE VALVES WITH ELECTRICAL
POSITION CONTROL
This valve series is used in those applications where monitoring of the "actual" valve position
is required for managing machine safety cycles as required by current accident prevention
legislation. Typical examples of applications where this product is used include: hydraulic
presses in general, plastic component injection and blow-form presses, die-casting presses.
The valve is composed of a closure cover where the inductive position monitoring proximity
sensor is inserted to signal the two possible states of logic element manufactured to DIN
24342 standard.
This valve, in view of its being placed inside a safety system loop, can detect movement
dangerous both for the safety of the operator and of the machine itself.
KRA16/25... Availability of the CETOP 3 mounting interface on closure cover allows direct insertion of the
OVERALL DIMENSIONS CAP. V • 14 piloting valves into the main valve, offering in this way to the designer the possibility to produce
KRA16/25... + AD3V... CAP. V • 15 compact systems which can be easily mounted inside the machine.
PROXIMITY FOR KRA CAP. V • 16
AD3V... CAP. I • 14
HYDRAULIC SYMBOL
L.V.D.T. FOR AD3V CAP. I • 22
ORDERING CODE
KRA Cartridge valve with electrical position

control (logic element 2/2 incorporated)
5
** 16 = NG16
25 = NG25
* Calibrated orifices at ports A and P:

0 = no orifice
1 = Ø 1 mm dia opening (NG16 in standard configuration)
2 = Ø 1.2 mm dia opening (NG25 in standard configuration)
* Opening pressure (bar):
NG16 NG25
H = 4 (green spring) 3.5 (yellow spring)
J = 12 (no colour spring) 9 (blue spring)
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
NG16 NG25
VALV/KRA001 _E/03-2017 V • 13 ®
KRA... CARTRIDGE VALVES WITH ELECTRICAL POSITION CONTROL
OVERALL DIMENSIONS KRA.16...
These covers are supplied complete with

dowels and calibrated orifices on inputs A (AP)
and P( X); mounting screws can be supplied
on request.
5 Fixing screws T.C.E.I. M8X45 UNI 5931

Reference pin dia Ø 3X12 UNI 6873
Screws S.T.E.I. M6X1X6 UNI 5923 dia Ø 1mm
Weight 2,2 Kg
OVERALL DIMENSIONS KRA.25...
These covers are supplied complete with

dowels and calibrated orifices on inputs A (AP)
and P( X); mounting screws can be supplied
on request.
Fixing screws T.C.E.I. M12X50 UNI 5931

Reference pin dia Ø 5X12 UNI 6873
Screws S.T.E.I. M6X1X6 UNI 5923 dia Ø 1.2mm
Weight 3,42 Kg
VALV/KRA001_E/03-2017 V • 14 ®
KRA16/25... + AD3V... CARTRIDGE VALVES
WITH ELECTRICAL POSITION CONTROL VALVE
This valve series is used in those applications where
monitoring of the "actual" valve position is required for HYDRAULIC SYMBOL
managing machine safety cycle as required by current
accident prevention legislation.
Typical example of application where this product is used

include: hydraulic presses in general, plastic components
injection and blow-form presses, die-casting presses.
The valve is composed of closure cover where the induc-
tive position monitoring proximity sensor is inserted to
signal the two possible states of logic element manufac-
KRA16/25... + AD3V... tured to DIN 24342 standard.
PROXIMITY FOR KRA CAP. V • 16
This valve, in view of its being placed inside a safety
AD3V... CAP. V • 14 system loop, can detect movements dangerous both for
D15 DC COIL CAP. I • 19 the safety of the operator and of the machine itself. Use
L.V.D.T. FOR AD3V CAP. I • 22 a single solenoid directional valve AD.3.V... as piloting
unit allows increase in the safety system control level,
since even the piloting unit is equipped with a position
monitoring proximity sensor capable of signalling the
two possible valve states.
By combining these two monitoring systems it becomes possible to evaluate the hydraulic system response speed to prevent any possible
malfunctioning or dangerous situations
These covers are supplied complete with dowel and calibrated orifices on inputs A (AP) /P( X); mounting screws can be supplied on request
5
KRA16... + AD3V... KRA25... + AD3V...
Fixing screws T.C.E.I. M8X45 UNI 5931 Fixing screws T.C.E.I. M12X50 UNI 5931
Reference pin dia Ø 3X12 UNI 6873 Reference pin dia Ø5X12 UNI 6873
Screw S.T.E.I. M6X1X6 UNI 5923 dia Ø 1mm Screw S.T.E.I. M6X1X6 UNI 5923 dia ø1.2mm
VALV/KRA001 _E/03-2017 V • 15 ®
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PROXIMITY SENSORS AND CONNECTORS
The inductive proximity sensors make it possible to detect metal objects; the operating prin-
ciple is based on a high frequency oscillator which produces an electromagnetic field in the
immediate vicinity of the sensor.
The presence of a metal object (activator) inside the field dampness the amplitude of the oscil-
lation because parte of electromagnetic energy is transferred from the sensor to the activator
and from there it is dissipated through the effect of the induced currents.
In addition to the shape and the dimensions of the sensor, its sensitivity also depends on the
type of metal from which the activator is made.
SPECIFICATIONS CONNECTION WIRING DIAGRAM

External diameter M12x1
Release distance 0 ÷ 1.1 mm Outlet PNP-NA
Outlet function PNP - NA 1 = brown (positive)
Stabilized supply 10 ÷ 30 VDC 3 = blue (negative)
Release hysteresis ≤ 0.2 mm 4 = black (positive signal)
Type of mounting wire
Max. current supplied 130 mA
Residual undulation ≤ 15%
Max switching frequency 1000 Hz
5
Casing material stainless steel
Type of attachment connector
Degree of protection IP68 on active surface
Ambient temperature -25°C÷70°C
Protection against short circuit yes
HOUSING AND SENSOR OVERALL DIMENSIONS OVERALL DIMENSIONS CONNECTOR
TUA = Reamed working length

Ordering code: V86400003
VALV/KRA001_E/03-2017 V • 16 ®
IN LINE VALVES
ABBREVIATIONS
C STROKE (MM)
CH ACROSS FLATS
F FORCE (N)
M
NG
MANOMETER CONNECTION
KNOB TURNS
IN LINE VALVES
OR SEAL RING CARTRIDGE VALVES
PARBAK PARBAK RING
SEE CATALOGUE
PR REDUCED PRESSURE (BAR) CODE DOC00044
Q FLOW (L/MIN)
SE ELASTIC PIN
SF BALL
6
X PILOTING
Y DRAINAGE
VALV/06-INTRO _E/06-2011 VI • 1 ®
6
VALV/ VI • 2 ®
SUBPLATES
CAST IRON (*) AND ALUMINIUM (*) SUBPLATES

ABBREVIATIONS
AP HIGH PRESSURE CONNECTION SUBPLATES SUBPLATES
AS PHASE LAG (DEGREES) CETOP 2 CETOP 5
C STROKE (MM)
CH ACROSS FLATS
F FORCE (N)
NG KNOB TURNS
OR SEAL RING
PARBAK PARBAK RING BS2... CAP. VII • 2 BS5... CAP. VII • 19
PL PARALLEL CONNECTION BC2... CAP. VII • 4 BC5... CAP. VII • 24
PR REDUCED PRESSURE (BAR) BM2... CAP. VII • 5 BM5... CAP. VII • 28
Q FLOW (L/MIN)
SE ELASTIC PIN
SF BALL
X PILOTING
Y DRAINAGE
SUBPLATES CMP10
CETOP 3 CARTRIDGE VALVE
7
CMP10 CAP. VII • 30

For other cartridge valve, see catalogue
code DOC00044
BS3... CAP. VII • 7

BS3W.. CAP. VII • 9
BC3... CAP. VII • 10
BC* FOR XQ*3 CAP. VII • 13
BC06... CAP. VII • 14
BM3... CAP. VII • 16
* Cast iron subplates, recommended pressure max. 320 bar

Aluminium subplates, recommended pressure max. 230 bar
VALV/07-INTRO _E/04-2015 VII • 1 ®

BS2... SINGLE STATION SUBPLATE
BS2.**...
BS Single subplate (blanking)
2 CETOP 2/NG4
** 02 / 03 / 04 / 05 / 07
00 No variant
CETOP 2 SUBPLATES
BS2**.../ BS212...
1 Serial No.
BS214... CAP. VII • 2
BS216... / BS220...
BS32... CAP. VII • 3 Weight: 0,09 Kg
BC250AB... / BC250PT...
Fixing screws
BC251... CAP. VII • 4 M5x25 UNI 5931
BM2**.../ BM260...
CAP. VII • 5
BM250... / BM270...
CAP. VII • 6
BS212 (WITH REAR CONNECTION TO 1/4" BSP)
BS Single subplate
7 2 CETOP 2/NG4
12 1/4" BSP
rear connectors
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 0,3 Kg
BS214 (WITH SIDE CONNECTION TO 1/4" BSP)
BS Single subplate
2 CETOP 2/NG4
14 1/4" BSP
side connectors
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 0,3 Kg
VALV/BS2001_E/01-2010 VII • 2 ®
BS216 (WITH CONNECTORS P/T REAR, A/B SIDE TO 1/4" BSP)
BS Single subplate
2 CETOP 2/NG4
16 1/4" BSP rear

and side connectors
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 0,3 Kg
BS220 (WITH CONNECTORS P/T REAR, A/B SIDE TO 1/4" BSP)
BS Single subplate
2 CETOP 2/NG4
20 1/4" BSP rear

and side connectors
grub screws
* Setting ranges
7
4 = max. 250 bar (orange spring)
** 00 = No variant
V1 = Viton
1 Serial No.
Weight: 0,45 Kg
• The minimum permissible setting pressure depending on the spring:
Fixing screws M5x50 UNI 5931 see cartridge valve type CMP.02...
BS32 (REDUCTION PLATE FROM CETOP 3/NG6 TO CETOP 2/NG4)
BS Single subplate
3 CETOP 3/NG6
2 CETOP 2/NG4
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 0,12 Kg
VALV/BS2001_E/01-2010 VII • 3 ®
BC.2... MODULAR COMPONENTS
BC250AB INTERMEDIATE MODULE FOR PRESSURE GAUGE CONNECTION (VENTS A AND B LINES)
BC Module base
2 CETOP 2/NG4
50 Intermediate module for

pressure gauge connection
AB Check at ports A and B
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 0,4 Kg
BC250PT INTERMEDIATE MODULE FOR PRESSURE GAUGE CONNECTION (VENTS P AND T LINES)
BC Module base
2 CETOP 2/NG4
50 Intermediate module for

pressure gauge connection
7 PT
00
Check at ports P and T
No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 0,4 Kg
BC251 DOWEL CARRIER PLATE FOR SOLENOID VALVE
BC Module base
2 CETOP 2/NG4
51 Dowel carrier plate

for solenoid valve
00 No variant CALIBRATED
DIAPHRAGMS AVAILABLE
1 Serial No. d M5x0.8x5
0.5 M89.10.0044
0.6 M89.10.0045
Weight: 0,05 Kg 0.7 M89.10.0046
0.8 M89.10.0015
0.9 M89.10.0047
1 M89.10.0048
1.2 M89.10.0049
VALV/BC2001_E/00-2000 VII • 4 ®
BM2... MULTI STATION SUBPLATE
BM250/60/70
BM Multi station subplate (supplied in aluminium material)
2 CETOP 2/NG4
** 50 = Connected in parallel with pressure relief valve and rear connectors

70 = Connected in parallel with pressure relief valve and side connectors
60 = Connected in parallel without pressure relief valve and side connectors
* No. of valve seats

2/3/4/5/6/7/8
C Type of adjustment (omit for 60 version)

Grub screw
* Setting range (omit for 60 version)

4 = max. 250 bar (orange spring)
** 00 = No variant
V1 = Viton
1 Serial No.

see cartridge valve type CMP02...
7
BM260 CONNECTED IN PARALLEL WITHOUT PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
Type A B Weight(Kg)
BM260/2 105 91 0,64
BM260/3 145 131 0,87
BM260/4 185 171 1,10
BM260/5 225 211 1,33
BM260/6 265 251 1,56
BM260/7 305 291 1,79
BM260/8 345 331 2,02
VALV/BM2001_E/00-2000 VII • 5 ®
BM250 CONNECTED IN PARALLEL WITH PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
Type A B Weight(Kg)
BM250/2 130 116 0,70
BM250/3 170 156 0,93
BM250/4 210 196 1,16
BM250/5 250 236 1,39
BM250/6 290 276 1,62
BM250/7 330 316 1,85
BM250/8 370 356 2,08
7 BM270 CONNECTED IN PARALLEL WITH PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
Type A B Weight(Kg)
BM270/2 130 116 0,93
BM270/3 170 156 1,16
BM270/4 210 196 1,39
BM270/5 250 236 1,62
BM270/6 290 276 1,85
BM270/7 330 316 2,08
BM270/8 370 356 2,31
VALV/BM2001 _E/00-2000 VII • 6 ®

BS301...
3 CETOP 3/NG6
01 P / T / A / B closed
CETOP 3 SUBPLATES
BS301... / BS30*... 00 No variant
CAP. VII • 7
BS310/11... / BS312/13... 1 Serial No.
BS314/15... / BS316/17...
CAP. VII • 8
Weight: 0,2 Kg
BS320/21... / BSVMP10...
Fixing screws
BS3W... CAP. VII • 9
M5x14 UNI 5931
BC325/27... / BC330/32... K = plate OR (Q25.95.0001)
BC340... CAP. VII • 10
BC341/*...
CAP. VII • 11
BC350... / BC351...
BC307... / BC3107...
CAP. VII • 12 Use for pressures up to 200 bar.
BC308... / BC309...
BC06XQ3... / BC06XQP3...
CAP. VII • 13
BC0625/27... CAP. VII • 14 BS3**...
BC0630/32... / BC0640...
BC0641/*... CAP. VII • 15 BS Single subplate (blanking)
BM3.**... / BM360...
BM350.../ BM370...
CAP. VII • 16 3 CETOP 3/NG6
7
CAP. VII • 17 ** 02/03/04/05/06/07/08/09
BM352... / BM372...
CAP. VII • 18 00 No variant
1 Serial No.
CMP10... CAP. VII • 30
XQ3... CAP. VII • 20
XQP3... CAP. VII • 22
Weight: 0,5 Kg
VALV/BS3001_E/06-2015 VII • 7 ®
BS310/11... (REAR CONNECTORS)
BS Single subplate
3 CETOP 3/NG6
** 10 = 1/8" BSP rear connectors

11 = 1/4" BSP rear connectors
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
BS312/13 (REAR CONNECTORS)
BS Single subplate
3 CETOP 3/NG6
** 12 = 3/8" BSP
rear connectors
13 = 1/4" BSP
rear connectors
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 1 Kg - Fixing screws M5x25 UNI 5931
7 BS314/15 (SIDE CONNECTORS)
BS Single subplate
3 CETOP 3/NG6
** 14 = 3/8" BSP side connectors (*)

15 = 1/4" BSP side connectors (*)
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
* Do not use with
Weight: 1,2 Kg - Fixing screws M5x35 UNI 5931 XQP3C3-D---2
BS316/17 (CONNECTORS SIDE A AND B, REAR P AND T)
BS Single subplate
3 CETOP 3/NG6
** 16 = 3/8" BSP rear

and side connectors
17 = 1/4" BSP rear
and side connectors
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
VALV/BS3001 _E/06-2015 VII • 8 ®

BS320/21 (CONNECTORS SIDE A AND B, REAR P AND T)
BS Single subplate
3 CETOP 3/NG6
** 20 = 3/8" BSP rear and side connectors

21 = 1/4" BSP rear and side connectors
* M = Plastic knob
C = Grub screws
* Setting range
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
• The minimum permissible setting pressure
depending on the spring: see cartridge valve
Weight: 2,9 Kg - Fixing screws M5x65 UNI 5931 type CMP10... Cap. VII • 30
BSVMP10 SINGLE STATION SUBPLATE WITH MAX. PRESSURE VALVE FOR SURFACE MOUNTING (E.G. ON TAKE COVER)
BS Single subplate
VMP Max. pressure valve
10 3/8" BSP connectors
* M = Plastic knob
C = Grub screw
V = Handwheel
7
* Setting range
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 1,6 Kg
see cartridge valve type CMP10... Cap. VII • 30
BS3W...
BS Single subplate
3 CETOP 3/NG6
W Wheatstone bridge
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 1,8 Kg
VALV/BS3001_E/06-2015 VII • 9 ®
BC3... MODULAR COMPONENTS
BC325/27 P/T REAR AND SIDE CONNECTORS 1/2" BSP- 3 RODS
BC Module base
3 CETOP 3/NG6
** 25 = 1/2" BSP rear and side

connectors with CMP
27 = 1/2" BSP rear and side
connectors without CMP
* Adjustment (omit for 27 version)

M = Plastic knob
C = Grub screw
00 No variant
BC*25... BC*27...
1 Serial No.
Weight BC.3.25: 2,7 Kg

Weight BC.3.27: 2,6 Kg • The minimum permissible setting pressure depending on the spring:
Fixing screws M5x30 UNI 5931 see cartridge valve type CMP10... Cap. VII • 30
BC330/32 - 3 RODS
7
BC Module base
3 CETOP 3/NG6
** 30 = 3/8" BSP BC*30...

connectors in parallel
32 = 3/8" BSP
connectors in series
00 No variant
1 Serial No. BC*32...
Weight Kg. 1,4
BC340 - 3 RODS
BC Module base
3 CETOP 3/NG6
40 Blanking
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 0,7 Kg
VALV/BC3001 _E/03-2013 VII • 10 ®

ASSEMBLED MODULAR COMPONENT BASES - 3 RODS
Rods code L Composition

BC341/2 M80200010 146 BC325/27 + 2 BC330/32 + BC340
BC341/3 M80200011 196 BC325/27 + 3 BC330/32 + BC340
BC341/4 M80200012 246 BC325/27 + 4 BC330/32 + BC340
BC341/5 M80200013 296 BC325/27 + 5 BC330/32 + BC340
BC341/6 M80200014 346 BC325/27 + 6 BC330/32 + BC340
BC341/7 M80200015 396 BC325/27 + 7 BC330/32 + BC340
BC341/8 M80200016 446 BC325/27 + 8 BC330/32 + BC340
Nuts code Q26560514
Pieces 3
7
• For series connection the last block high up should be connected in parallel (BC330)
• Single components should be ordered separately
• The minimum permissible setting pressure depending on the spring: see cartridge valve type CMP10... Cap. VII • 30
BC341/* RODS FOR MODULAR ASSEMBLY

Rod code Pieces L Composition
BC341/2001 3 146 for 2 solenoid valves
Tightening torque: 23 Nm (±2 Nm)
VALV/BC3001_E/03-2013 VII • 11 ®
BC350 INTERMEDIATE MODULE FOR PRESSURE GAUGE CONNECTION
BC Module base
3 CETOP 3/NG6
50 Intermediate module for pressure

gauge connection at ports A/B/P/T
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 1 Kg
BC351 DOWEL BASE PLATE FOR SOLENOID VALVE

CALIBRATED
BC Module base DIAPHRAGMS AVAILABLE
d M8x1x8
3 CETOP 3/NG6 0.6 M89100007
0.7 M89100008
51 Dowel base plate 0.8 M89100009
0.9 M89100012
1 M89100010
00 No variant 1.2 M89100011
1.4 M89100038
1 Serial No. 1.5 M89100035
1.75 M89100042
2 M89100041
Weight: 0,2 Kg 2.5 M89100036
K = plate OR (Q25.95.0001)
7 BC307 BASE PLATE FOR DOUBLE FLOW RATE P→A AND B→T
BC Module base
3 CETOP 3/NG6
07 bases plate for twin flow rate
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 0,5 Kg
BC3107 BASE PLATE FOR USING 4 WAY VALVE AS 2 WAY ONLY
BC Module base
3 CETOP 3/NG6
107 base for using 4 way valve as 2 way only
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 0,5 Kg
VALV/BC3001 _E/03-2013 VII • 12 ®

BC3... / BC06... MODULAR COMPONENTS
BC308 INTERMEDIATE BASE PLATE FOR XQ3... (P → A)
BC Module base
3 CETOP 3/NG6
08 Base plate for XQ3 ( P→A)
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 1,5 Kg
BC309 INTERMEDIATE BASE PLATE FOR XQ3... (B → P)
BC Module base
3 CETOP 3/NG6
09 Base plate for XQ3 ( B→P)
00 No variant
1 Serial No. Weight: 1,4 Kg
• To take advantage of this base it is necessary

to operate with the pump at connector A of the
multi station base plate
BC06XQ3 BASE PLATE FOR PROPORTIONAL VALVE TYPE XQ3...
7
BC Module base
06 CETOP 3/NG6
XQ3 base plate XQ3
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 1,4 Kg
BC06XQP3 BASE PLATE FOR PROPORTIONAL REGULATOR TYPE XQP3...
BC Module base
06 CETOP 3/NG06
XQP3 Base for XQP3 proportional regulator
00 No variant
1 Serial No
Weight: 1,4 Kg
VALV/BC$$001_E/01-2000 VII • 13 ®
BC.06... MODULAR COMPONENTS
BC0625/27 P AND T REAR AND SIDE CONNECTORS 3/8" BSP - 2 RODS
BC Module base
06 CETOP 3/NG6
** 25 = 3/8" BSP rear and side

connectors with CMP
27 = 3/8" BSP rear and side
connectors without CMP
* Adjustment (omit for BC0627 version)

M = Plastic knob
C = Grub screw
* Setting range (omit for BC0627 version)
00 No variant
BC*25... BC*27...
1 Serial No.
Weight BC325 : 3 Kg
Weight BC327 : 2,8 Kg • The minimum permissible setting pressure depending on the spring:
Fixing screws M5x65 UNI 5931 see cartridge valve type CMP10... Cap. VII • 30
ASSEMBLED MODULAR COMPONENT BASES - 2 RODS
7 BC0641/2
BC0641/3
BC0641/4
M80200001
M80200002
M80200003
138
187
236
BC0625/27 + 2 BC0630/32 + BC0640
BC0625/27 + 3 BC0630/32 + BC0640
BC0625/27 + 4 BC0630/32 + BC0640
BC0641/5 M80200004 285 BC0625/27 + 5 BC0630/32 + BC0640
BC0641/6 M80200005 334 BC0625/27 + 6 BC0630/32 + BC0640
BC0641/7 M80200006 382 BC0625/27 + 7 BC0630/32 + BC0640
BC0641/8 M80200007 430 BC0625/27 + 8 BC0630/32 + BC0640
Nuts code Q26560514
Pieces 2
• For series connection the last block high up should be connected in parallel (BC0630)
• The minimum permissible setting range depending on the spring: see cartridge valve type CMP.10... Cap. VII • 30
VALV/BC06001 _E/03-2015 VII • 14 ®

BC0630/32 - 2 RODS
BC Module base
06 CETOP 3/NG6
** 30 = 3/8" BSP BC*30...

32 = 3/8" BSP
00 No variant
1 Serial No. BC*32...
Weight: 1,1 Kg
BC0640 - 2 RODS
BC Module base
06 CETOP 3/NG6 - 2 rods
40
00
Blanking
No variant
7
1 Serial No.
Weight: 0,4 Kg
BC0641/* RODS FOR MODULAR ASSEMBLY
Rod code Pieces L Composition

VALV/BC06001 _E/03-2015 VII • 15 ®

BM3...
BM Multi station subplate (standard versions are supplied in cast iron material)
3 CETOP 3/NG6

70 = Connected in parallel with pressure relief valve and side connectors
52 = Connected in series with pressure relief valve and rear connectors
72 = Connected in series with pressure relief valve and side connectors
* No. of valve seats

2/3/4/5/6/7/8
* Type of adjustment (omit for BM360 version)

M = Plastic knob
C = Grub screw
* Setting range (omit for BM360 version)

** 00 = No variant
AL = in aluminium material versions (recommended pressure max. 230 bar)
1 Serial No. • The minimum permissible setting pressure depending on the spring:
see cartridge valve type CMP10... Cap. VII • 30
7
Type A B Weight(Kg)
BM360/2 120 108 3,6
BM360/3 170 158 5,1
BM360/4 220 208 6,7
BM360/5 270 258 8.2
BM360/6 320 308 9,7
BM360/7 370 358 11,2
BM360/8 420 408 12,6
VALV/BM3001 _E/02-2015 VII • 16 ®

Type A B Weight(Kg)
BM350/2 141 126 4,6
BM350/3 191 176 6,1
BM350/4 241 226 7,6
BM350/5 291 276 9,1
BM350/6 341 326 10,6
BM350/7 391 376 12,1
BM350/8 441 426 13,6

7
Type A B Weight(Kg)
BM370/2 160 148 4,9
BM370/3 210 198 6,4
BM370/4 260 248 7,9
BM370/5 310 298 9,4
BM370/6 360 348 10,9
BM370/7 410 398 12,4
BM370/8 460 448 13,9
VALV/BM3001 _E/02-2015 VII • 17 ®

BM352 CONNECTED IN SERIES WITH PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
Type A B Weight(Kg)
BM352/2 141 126 4,6
BM352/3 191 176 6,3
BM352/4 241 226 7,6
BM352/5 291 276 9,2
BM352/6 341 326 10,7
BM352/7 391 376 12,2
BM352/8 441 426 13,7
7 BM372 CONNECTED IN SERIES WITH PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
Type A B Weight(Kg)
BM372/2 160 148 4,9
BM372/3 210 198 6,4
BM372/4 260 248 7,9
BM372/5 310 298 9,4
BM372/6 360 348 10,9
BM372/7 410 398 12,4
BM372/8 460 448 13,9
VALV/BM3001 _E/02-2015 VII • 18 ®

BS501...
5 CETOP 5/NG10
01 P/T/A/B closed
CETOP 5 SUBPLATES
BS501 / BS50 CAP. VII • 19 00 No variant
BS512... / BS513...
BS514... / BS515... 1 Serial No.
CAP. VII • 20
BS516... / BS517...
BS53... CAP. VII • 21 • Pay attention please, use
BS530/31... CAP. VII • 22 these subplate in applications
at slow pressure (P max. 150
BSVMP20... / BS529... bar dynamic)
CAP. VII • 23
BC536/28... CAP. VII • 24
BC541/*... / BC540...
CAP. VII • 25
BC530/32... / BC550...
BC551... CAP. VII • 26
BC507... / BC5107...
BC53A... / BC1006...
CAP. VII • 27
BM5**... / BM550...
CAP. VII • 28
BM560... / BM570...
BM580... CAP. VII • 29 Weight: 0,5 Kg

Fixing screws
M6x15 UNI 5931
K = plate OR (Q25950002)
7
BS5...
5 CETOP 5/NG10
** 02/03/04/05/06/07/08/09
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 1,2 Kg
VALV/BS5001 _E/03-2015 VII • 19 ®

BS512 (REAR CONNECTORS)
BS Single subplate
5 CETOP 5/NG10
12 1/2" BSP
rear connectors
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
BS513 (REAR CONNECTORS)
BS Single subplate
5 CETOP 5/NG10
13 3/4" BSP
rear connectors
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
7 BS514 (SIDE CONNECTORS)
BS Single subplate
5 CETOP 5/NG10
14 1/2" BSP
side connectors
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
BS515 (SIDE CONNECTORS)
BS Single subplate
5 CETOP 5/NG10
15 3/4" BSP
side connectors
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
VALV/BS5001 _E/03-2015 VII • 20 ®

BS516 (CONNECTORS SIDE A AND B, REAR P AND T)
BS Single subplate
5 CETOP 5/NG10
16 1/2" BSP
rear and side connectors
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 2,6 Kg
BS517 (CONNECTORS SIDE A AND B, REAR P AND T)
BS Single subplate
5 CETOP 5/NG10
17 3/4" BSP
rear and side connectors
00 No variant 7
1 Serial No.
Weight: 3,9 Kg
Fixing screws
M6x50 UNI 5931
BS53 (REDUCTION PLATE FROM CETOP 5/NG10 TO CETOP 3/NG6)
BS Single subplate
5 CETOP 5/NG10
3 CETOP 3/NG6
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 1,1 Kg
Fixing screws
M6x30 UNI 5931
VALV/BS5001_E/03-2015 VII • 21 ®
BS530/31
BS Single subplate
5 CETOP 5/NG10
** 30 = Connectors A and B side, P and T rear (all 3/4" BSP) BS530...

31 = Connectors A and B side, P and T rear (all 3/4" BSP)
* M = Plastic knob
C = Grub screw
* Setting range
00 No variant
BS531...
1 Serial No.

BS530 (CONNECTORS A AND B SIDE, P AND T REAR)
Weight: 5,5 Kg
Fixing screws
M6x75 UNI 5931
BS5.1 (CONNECTORS A AND B SIDE, P AND T SIDE AND REAR)
VALV/BS5001 _E/03-2015 VII • 22 ®

BSVMP20 SINGLE STATION SUBPLATE WITH MAX. PRESSURE VALVE FOR SURFACE MOUNTING (E.G. ON TANK COVER)
BS Single subplate
VMP Max. pressure valve
20 1/2" BSP connectors
* M = Plastic knob
C = Grub screw
V = Handwheel
* Setting range
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 3,1 Kg • The minimum permissible setting pressure depending on the spring:
Fixing screws M8x65 UNI 5931 see cartridge valve type CMP20...
BS529 SINGLE STATION SUBPLATE WITH MAX. PRESSURE VALVE FOR AD5I...
BS Single subplate
5 CETOP 5/NG10
7
29 1/2" BSP - P rear connector
1/2" BSP - A and B side connectors
1/2" BSP - T rear connector
3/4" BSP - T side connector
Grub screw
* Setting range
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 4,5 Kg
Tightening torque CMP.10...

60 ÷ 70 Nm / 6 ÷ 7 Kgm
M = Manometer connector (1/4" BSP)
• The minimum permissible setting pres-

sure depending on the spring:
see cartridge valve type CMP10... Cap.
VII • 30
VALV/BS5001_E/03-2015 VII • 23 ®
BC536/28 P AND T REAR AND SIDE CONNECTORS 3/4" BSP
BC Module base
BC536...
5 CETOP 5/NG10
** 36 = 3/4" BSP (P and T rear and side connectors with pressure relief valve)
28 = 3/4" BSP (P and T rear and side connectors without pressure relief valve)
BC528...
* Type adjustment (omit for 28 version)
M = Plastic knob
C = Grub screw
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
• The minimum permissible setting pressure valve is the same for all spring:
BC536 P/T REAR AND SIDE CONNECTORS WITH PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
Weight: 5,3 Kg
BC528 P/T REAR AND SIDE CONNECTORS WITHOUT PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
Weight: 3,9 Kg
Fixing screws
M6x50 UNI 5931
VALV/BC5001 _E/04-2013 VII • 24 ®

ASSEMBLED BASE MODULES - 3 RODS

BC541/2 M80250001 205 BC536/28+ 2 BC530/32 + BC540
BC541/3 M80250002 280 BC536/28+ 3 BC530/32 + BC540
BC541/4 M80250003 355 BC536/28+ 4 BC530/32 + BC540
BC541/5 M80250004 430 BC536/28+ 5 BC530/32 + BC540
BC541/6 M80250005 505 BC536/28+ 6 BC530/32 + BC540
BC541/7 M80250006 580 BC536/28+ 7 BC530/32 + BC540
BC541/8 M80250007 655 BC536/28+ 8 BC530/32 + BC540
Nuts code Q26560545
Pieces 3

7
• The minimum permissible setting pressure is the same for all spring: see cartridge valve type CMP30...
BC541/* RODS FOR MODULAR ASSEMBLIES

Rods code Pieces L Composition
BC541/2001 3 205 for 2 solenoid valve
BC540...
BC Module base
40 Blanking
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 1 Kg
VALV/BC5001_E/04-2013 VII • 25 ®
BC530/32
BC Module base
** 30 = 1/2" BSP
BC530...
31 = 3/4" BSP BC531...
32 = 1/2" BSP
** 00 = No variant
AI = A and B rear connector
AS = A and B upper connectors
BC.5.32...
1 Serial No.
Weight: 3 Kg
BC550 INTERMEDIATE MODULE FOR PRESSURE GAUGE
BC Module base
5 CETOP 5/NG10
7
50 Intermediate module for pressure
gauge connection at ports A/B/P/T
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 2,3 Kg
K = plate OR (Q25950002)
BC551 DOWEL PLATE FOR SOLENOID VALVE

CALIBRATED
BC Module base DIAPHRAGMS AVAILABLE
d M8x1x8
5 CETOP 5/NG10 0.6 M89100007
0.7 M89100008
51 Subplate for solenoid valve 0.8 M89100009
0.9 M89100012
1 M89100010
00 No variant 1.2 M89100011
1.4 M89100038
1 Serial No. 1.5 M89100035
1.75 M89100042
2 M89100041
2.5 M89100036
Weight: 0,5 Kg
K = plate OR (Q25950002)
VALV/BC5001 _E/04-2013 VII • 26 ®

BC507 BASE FOR DOUBLE FLOW RATE P→A E B→T
BC Module base
5 CETOP 5/NG10
07 Base for double flow rate
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 1,2 Kg
BC5107 BASE FOR USE WITH 2 WAY VALVE
BC Module base
5 CETOP 5/NG10
107 Base for use with 2 way valve
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
Weight: 1,2 Kg 7
BC53A REDUCTION BASE FROM BC5... TO BC3...
BC Module base
3A CETOP 3/NG6 - 3 rods
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
BC1006 REDUCTION BASE FROM BC5... TO BC06...
BC Module base
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
VALV/BC5001_E/04-2013 VII • 27 ®
BM5... MULTI STATION SUBPLATES
BM5...
BM Multi station subplate (standard versions are supplied in cast iron material)
5 CETOP 5/NG10

70 = Connected in parallel with pressure relief valve and 3/4" BSP P/T connectors and 1/2" BSP side A/B
80 = Connected in parallel with pressure relief valve and 1" BSP P/T connectors and 3/4" BSP side A/B
* No. of valves seats (for BM580... max 6))

2/3/4/5/6/7/8
* Type of adjustment (omit for 60 version)

M = Plastic knob
C = Grub screw
** 00 = No variant
AL = in aluminium material (only for BM560 and BM570 versions), recommended pressure max. 230 bar
1 Serial No.
• The minimum permissible setting pressure is the same for all spring:
7 Type A B Weight(Kg)
BM550/2 216 200 8,5
BM550/3 291 275 11,3
BM550/4 366 350 14
BM550/5 441 425 16,8
BM550/6 516 500 19,5
BM550/7 591 575 22,3
BM550/8 666 650 25
VALV/BM5001_E/01-2000 VII • 28 ®
BM5... MULTI STATION SUBPLATES
Type A B Weight(Kg)
BM560/2 175 159 10
BM560/3 250 234 14,2
BM560/4 325 309 18,4
BM560/5 400 384 22,6
BM560/6 475 459 26,8
BM560/7 550 534 31
BM560/8 625 609 35,2
Type A B Weight(Kg)
BM570/2 216 200 12,7
BM570/3 291 275 16,8
BM570/4 366 350 21
BM570/5 441 425 25,2
BM570/6 516 500 29,5
7
BM570/7 591 575 33,6
BM570/8 666 650 37,8
Type A B Weight(Kg)
BM.5.80/2 225 205 19,5
BM.5.80/3 300 280 26
BM.5.80/4 375 355 32,5
BM.5.80/5 450 430 39
BM.5.80/6 525 505 45,5
VALV/BM5001 _E/01-2000 VII • 29 ®

CMP10... DIRECT OPERATION
MAXIMUM PRESSURE VALVES
The direct acting relief valve limits Max. operating pressure 320 bar
the pressure in a hydraulic circuit. Setting ranges: Spring 0 max. 15 bar
It raises the safety level by mak- Spring 1 max. 50 bar
ing it impossible for the plant op- Spring 2 max. 150 bar
erators to set a higher pressure Spring 3 max. 320 bar
Max. flow 40 l/min
rating, than that specified in the
catalogue. This is limited by a Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
pack spring with a mechanical Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
stop, which prevents temporary Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
CMP10... P closures caused by pressure Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
peaks. with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
It has a galvanised steel body. Weight 0,2 Kg
The guided ball poppet is in tem- Tightening torque 60 ÷ 70 Nm (6 ÷ 7 Kgm)
• The minimum permissible setting pressure
pered and ground steel.
depending on the screw: see curves below

CMP Max. pressure P
cartridge
10 Size (M24 x 2)
T
M = Plastic knob
C = Grub screw
V = Handwheel
* Setting ranges PRESSURE-FLOW RATE MIN.SETTING PRESSURE
0 = max. 15 bar (orange spring) 360
3
100
1 = max. 50 bar (white spring) 320 3

2 = max. 150 bar (yellow spring) 280 80
7
60
P(bar)
P(bar)
200
** 00 = No variant 160 2
V1 = Viton 120
40
2
2 Serial No. 80 20
1
40 1 0
0
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Q (l/min) Q (l/min)
0 = CMP100.. - 1 = CMP101.. - 2 = CMP102.. - 3 = CMP103..

Fluid used: mineral based oil with viscosity 32 mm²/s at 40°C.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
SEAT DIMENSIONS
Type of adjustment
M Plastic knob
C Grub screw
V Handwheel
00012008 Spare seals kit Valve seat plug code R78300564
VALV/CMP1002 _E/00-2015 VII • 30 ®

PROPORTIONAL VALVES
ABBREVIATIONS
PROPORTIONAL VALVES
C STROKE (MM)
CH ACROSS FLATS
F FORCE (N)
NG KNOB TURNS
OR SEAL RING
XD2A... / XD2C... CAP. VIII • 2
XD3A... / XD3C... CAP. VIII • 4
PARBAK PARBAK RING
D15P PROPORTIONAL SOLENOIDS CAP. VIII • 5
XDP3A... / XDP3C ... CAP. VIII • 6
Q FLOW (L/MIN)
XDP5A... / XDP5C... CAP. VIII • 8
SE ELASTIC PIN
XDC3... SERIE 2 CAP. VIII • 10
SF BALL
PROPORTIONAL SOLENOIDS XDC3 CAP. VIII • 11
AM3H... CAP. VIII • 12
X PILOTING
Y DRAINAGE
XQ3... CAP. VIII • 14
XQP3. CAP. VIII • 16
XQP5. CAP. VIII • 18
8
AM3XMP... CAP. VIII • 22
VALV/08-INTRO _E/05-2011 VIII • 1 ®

XD2A... / XD2C... SOLENOID OPERATING
PROPORTIONAL VALVES CETOP 2
XD2A../XD2C.. series valves are used for controlling fluid direction and flow rate as a function
of the supply current to the proportional control solenoid.
Any valve ∆p variation causes a change in the set flow rate; however the valve itself ensures
a high level internal compensation maintaining constant a regulated flow.
The XD2 cetop valve could be used for accurate proportional controls with compact size,
reducing weight.
These valves can be also combined with Mini Powerpacks type MR/MC/FP creating compact
solutions. Il can be also used on a Cetop 3 interface using a reduction plate type BS32001.
XD2... XD2A01N.. XD2A03N.. XD2C01N.. XD2C03N..

REMSRA... CAP. IX • 4
REMDRA... CAP. IX • 7
CEPS CAP. IX • 2
BS32001 CAP. VII • 3 INPUT SIGNAL CURVES - FLOW RATE
CHARACTERISTIC CURVES Q/I: P→A/B →T OR P→B/A→T

ORDERING CODE XD2* ** N1* (1 l/min) P
XD2* ** N3* (3 l/min) P
(bar) (bar)
5 10
XD Proportional valve 150
150 120
120 100
4 8
100
2 CETOP 2/NG04
50
3 6
Q (l/min)
Q (l/min)
50
* A = Single solenoid
C = Double solenoid 2 4
10
** Type of spool (null position) 1 10 2
0 0
01 = 03 = 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
I (%) I (%)
N Flow path control
(see symbols table) WITH COMPENSATOR AM3H3VP108002
N = symmetrical 5
8
N3
* Flow rating l/min 4
(∆p 5 bar) P → A/B
(∆p 10 bar) P → A/B → T or 3
Q (l/min)
P → B/A → T
1 = 1 l/min 2
3 = 3 l/min N1
1
* Max. spool current
F = 1.3 A 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
G = 0.65 A
I (%)
** Variant: see Tab.1

POWER LIMITS TRANSMITTED: P→A/B →T O P→B/A→T
2 Serial No. XD2* ** N1* (1 l/min) XD2* ** N3* (3 l/min)
mean mean
7 current 14 current
100%
6 12 100%
5 80% 10
Q (l/min)
Q (l/min)
4 8 80%
60%
3 6
TAB.1 - VARIANTS 2 4
60%
No variant (without connectors) S1(*) 40%

1 2
Emergency button ES 40%
Viton SV 0 0
0 50 100 150 200 250 0 50 100 150 200 250
P (bar) P (bar)
(*) Coils with Hirschmann connection supplied

without connectors. The connectors can be The fluid used was a mineral oil with a viscosity of 46 mm2/s at 40°C.
ordered separately, Cap. I • 20. The tests have been carried out at with a fluid of 40°C.
VALV/XD2002_E/03-2019 VIII • 2 ®
XD2A... / XD2C... SOLENOID OPERATING PROPORTIONAL VALVES CETOP 2
OPERATING SPECIFICATIONS
Max. operating pressure ports P/A/B (1) 250 bar
ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT
Max. operating pressure port T - for dynamic pressure see note (2) 250 bar REMSRA** and REMDRA**
Nominal flow rate:(∆p 5 bar: P→ A/B) (∆p 10 bar: P→A/B→T or P→B/A→T) 1/3 l/min Card type control for single and double solenoid.
Maximum regulated flow rate: (∆p 150 bar: P→A/B→T or P→B/A→T) 4.5/9.5 l/min Recommended dither frequency 100 Hz.
Flow rate gain See diagrams
CEPS
Hysteresis with connection P/A/B/T ∆p = 5 bar (P/A) ≤ 13% of max. flow rate
Electronic amplifier plug version
for single solenoid proportional valve (150Hz
PWM frequency setting)
Weight XD.2.A... (single solenoid) 1.0 Kg (1) With AM3H compensator: hysteresist
Weight XD.2.C... (double solenoid) 1.37 Kg guaranteed up to 150 bar on ports A and B.
• Operating specifications are valid for fluid with 46 mm2/s viscosity at 40°C, using Without compensator: use of the valve allowed
the specified electronic control units. up to 150 bar.
(2) Dynamic pressure allowed for 500000 cycles.

Supply voltage 12VDC 24VDC
Supply tolerance +/- 10%
Supply voltage type PWM (pulse width modulation)
Frequence PWM or Dither 100-150 Hz
Relative duty cycle Continuous 100% ED
Max. current 1.3A 0.65A
Solenoid coil resistance at 20°C (68°F) 5.5 Ohm 21.8 Ohm
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
Variant ES: Emergency button. Ø 9.5

17.5 Ø 5.25
74
8
E E
32
28
18.5
OR 2-010/90SH 37
38
73.5 50 73.5 = =
128.5 (XD2A..)
E: Manual emergency: if necessary, 197
use a tool that does not damage the
brass button.
Ø 36.6
=
=
22.5
24
9
=
=
53 7.7 7.7 Support plane

specification
Fixing screws UNI 5931 M5x35 24
(min. 8.8 material screws are = =
recommended)
PROPORTIONAL SOLENOID
Type of protection (in relation to connector used) IP 65
Weight 0,22 Kg
Surface treatment FeZn5 UNI ISO 2081
VALV/XD2002 _E/03-2019 VIII • 3 ®

XD3A... / XD3C... SOLENOID OPERATING
PROPORTIONAL VALVES CETOP 3
XD3A../XD3C.. series valves are used for controlling fluid direction and flow rate as a function
of the supply current to the proportional control solenoid.
Any valve ∆p variation causes a change in the set flow rate; however the valve itself ensure
a high level internal compensation by limiting the controlled flow rate.
To ensures a constant flow rate and reduce leakage, we recommend to use AM3H2V or
AM3H3V hydrostats.
Performances shown in this catalogue are guaranteed only using 2 or 3 way modular
assembly hydrostats type AM3H. ...
The shown flow rates are typical for one line operation (e.g. from P to B), while higher flow
rates are obtainable by using the valve with our flow rate doubling sub-base type BC307
(see diagram next page). This type of configuration extends considerably the flow rate limit.
XD3...
“D15P” PROPORT. SOLENOIDS CAP. VIII • 5
REMRA... CAP. IX • 7
BC307... CAP. VII • 12
XD3A01N.. XD3A03N.. XD3C01N.. XD3C03N..
XD3A01P.. XD3A03P.. XD3C01P.. XD3C03P..
ORDERING CODE INPUT SIGNAL CURVES - FLOW RATE

XD Proportional valve XD3*01N XD3*01N
(3 l/min P → A/B) (10 l/min P → A/B)
3 CETOP 3/NG06
* A = Single solenoid
C = Double solenoid
Q (l/min)
** Type of spool (null position) Q (l/min)
01 = 03 =
* Flow path control (see symbols table)
8
I (%) I (%)
N = symmetrical
P = meter in XD3*01N XD3*01N
(15 l/min P → A/B) (18 l/min P → A/B)
* Flow rating l/min (∆p 5 bar)
1 = 3 l/min
2 = 10 l/min
Q (l/min)
3 = 15 l/min
Q (l/min)
4 = 18 l/min
* E = 2.35 A
F = 1.76 A
G = 0.88 A
I (%) I (%)
** Variant: see Tab.1
POWER LIMITS TRANSMITTED
2 Serial No. P→A/B →T O P→B/A→T
TAB.1 - VARIANTS (*)

P (bar)
No variant (without connectors) S1

Viton SV
Rotary emergency P2
Rotary emergency 180° R5
Q (l/min)
(*) All variants are considered without connectors.
The connectors must be order separately. The fluid used is a mineral based oil with a viscosity of 46 mm2/s at 40°C.
See Cap. I • 20. The tests have been carried out at with a fluid of a 40°C.
VALV/XD3002_E/13-2021 VIII • 4 ®
XD3A... / XD3C... SOLENOID OPERATING PROPORTIONAL VALVES CETOP 3
ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT
Max. operating pressure ports T - for dynamic pressure see note (*) 250 bar REMSRA** and REMDRA**
Regulated flow rate 3 / 10 / 15 / 18 l/min Card type control for single and double solenoid.
Relative duty cycle Continuous 100% ED Recommended dither frequency 100 Hz.
Type of protection IP 65
AM3H2VP1 and AM3H3VP1
Flow rate gain See diagrams
Hydrostats 2 or 3 way.
Hysteresis with connection P/A/B/T ∆p = 5 bar (P/A) ≤ 7% of max. flow rate
Weight XD.3.A... (single solenoid) 1,5 Kg
Weight XD.3.C... (double solenoid) 1,7 Kg SCHEMA FOR DOUBLE FLOW RATE
Type of voltage 9V 12V 24V
Max. current 2.35A 1.76 A 0.88 A XD3A...
Solenoid coil resistance at 25°C (77°F) 2.25 Ohm 4.0 Ohm 16.0 Ohm
(*) Pressure dynamic allowed for 2 millions of cycles. BC307
• Operating specifications are valid for fluid with 46 mm2/s viscosity at 40°C, using
the specified electronic control units. Standard base
XD3A... OVERALL DIMENSIONS XD3C... OVERALL DIMENSIONS
8
Support plane
specification
Fixing screws UNI 5931 M5x40 (min. 8.8 material screws are recommended)
(1) P2 - Adjustable hand emergency.

(2) R5 - Two positions hand emergency. The
regulated flow with emergency actua-
ted can be less than nominal value.
P2 Rotary emergency (1) R5 Rotary emergency 180° (2)
"D15P" PROPORTIONAL SOLENOIDS

Duty cycle 100% ED
Weight (coil) 0,354 Kg
Weight (solenoid) 0,608 Kg
VALV/XD3002 _E/13-2021 VIII • 5 ®

XDP3A... / XDP3C ...
PROPORTIONAL DIRECTIONAL VALVES OPEN LOOP
The open loop valves of series XDP... control the direction and the volume of the flow accord-
ing to the feeding current to the proportional solenoid. By using a valve body equipped with
increased passage channels it is possible to reach the highest capacity of its dimensions at a
parity of pressure drops, (40 l/min with ∆p of 10 bar).
Each ∆p variation on the valve leads to the variation of the capacity which has been set, anyway
the valve guarantees an high inner compensation grade and limits the adjustment capacity.
assembly hydrostats type AM3H. ... By using the valve with the base for capacity doubling
type BC307 (see next page) a greater capacity cam be obtained.
XDP3...
XDP3C01N... XDP3A01N...
REMSRA... CAP. IX • 4 XDP3C03N... XDP3A03N...
AM5H... CAP. VIII • 13 XDP3C01P... XDP3A01P...
BC307... CAP. VII • 12
ORDERING CODE INPUT SIGNAL CURVES - FLOW RATE

XDP3*01N XDP3*01N
XDP Open loop proportional
(4 l/min P → A/B) (8 l/min P → A/B)
directional valve 6
5
3 CETOP 3/NG06
With
4 ∆p = 10 bar
AM3.H.2V.
Q (l/min)
Q (l/min)
* A = Single solenoid (∆p = 8 bar)
3
C = Double solenoid
2
** Type of spool (null position) With
1 AM.3.H.3V.P1.08
(∆p = 8 bar)
01 = 03 =
0
0 20 40 40 40 100
* Flow path control (see hydraulic symbols table) I (%) I (%)
8 XDP3*01N XDP3*01N
N = simmetrico
P = in mandata (solo con cursori 01) (15 l/min P → A/B) (25 l/min P → A/B)
* Flow rating l/min (∆p 10 bar)
A = 4 l/min In order to reduced the un-
1 = 8 l/min loading pressure for rated ∆p = 10 bar
Q (l/min)
Q (l/min)
2 = 15 l/min flow version at 40 l/min we ∆p = 10 bar
3 = 25 l/min advise to use the 3 way type

6 = 40 l/min AM5H3V... hydrostat
∆p = 5 bar ∆p = 5 bar
* Max. current to solenoid

E = 2.35 A
F = 1.76 A I (%) I (%)
G = 0.88 A
** Varianti: see Table 1 POWER LIMITS TRANSMITTED

XDP3*01N
2 Serial No. (40 l/min P → A/B) P → A/B → T o P → B/A → T

Q (l/min)
∆p = 10 bar
P (bar)

Viton SV
Rotary emergency P2
∆p = 5 bar 2
Rotary emergency 180° R5
Deutsch DT04-2P Coil type CZ 1
(*) All variants are considered without connectors. I (%) Q (l/min)

The connectors must be order separately.
See Cap. I • 20. Curve 1= 15 l/min Curve 2 = 40 l/min
VALV/XDP3002_E/13-2021 VIII • 6 ®
XDP3A... / XDP3C ... PROPORTIONAL DIRECTIONAL VALVES OPEN LOOP
Max. operating pressure ports P/A/B 350 bar AMPLIFIER UNIT AND CONTROL
Max. pressure port T - for dynamic pressure see note (*) 250 bar
Nominal flow 8 / 15 / 25 / 40 l/min REMSRA** and REMDRA**
Duty cycle Continuous 100% ED Electronic card control single and double
Type of protection (depending on the connector used) IP 65 proportional solenoid valve.
Flow rate gain See diagram Recommended dither frequency 100 Hz.
Power limits curves transmitted See diagram AM3H2VP1 / AM3H3VP1
Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s and AM5H3VP1 (*)
Ambient temperature -20°C ÷ 70°C Hydrostats 2 or 3 way
Max. contamination level from class 7 at 9 in accordance (*) for rated flow XDP3 version at 40 l/min only
Weight XDP3A... (single solenoid) 1,7 Kg
Weight XDP3C... (double solenoid) 2,9 Kg
Max. current 2.35A 1.76 A 0.88 A
Solenoid coil resistance 25°C (77°F) 2.25 Ohm 4.0 Ohm 16.0 Ohm
Hysteresis P / A / B / T
with a pressure compensator AM.3.H.3V... ≤5% <5% <8%
Response to step ∆p = 5 bar (P/A)
0 ÷ 100% 32 ms 40 ms 85 ms
100% ÷ 0 33 ms 33 ms 33 ms CONFIGURATION FOR DOUBLE FLOW RATE
Frequency response -3db (Input signal 50% ±25% Vmax)
22Hz 22Hz 12Hz XDP3A
(*) Pressure dynamic allowed for 2 millions of cycles
Operating specifications are valid for fluids with 46 mm2/s viscosity at 40°C, using the BC307
specified electronic control units. Performance data carried out using the specified
power amplifier SE3AN... serie 1 - EUROCARD format - powered to 24V. Standard subplate
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
P2 Rotary emergency (1)

8
R5 Rotary emergency 180° (2)

Fixing screws UNI 5931 M5x25 Support plane regulated flow with emergency actua-
(min. 8.8 material screws are recommended) specifications
ted can be less than nominal value.

Duty cycle 100% ED
VALV/XDP3002 _E/13-2021 VIII • 7 ®

XDP5A... / XDP5C ...
PROPORTIONAL DIRECTIONAL VALVES OPEN LOOP
The open loop valves of series XDP control the direction and the volume of the flow according
to the feeding current to the proportional solenoid.
Each ∆p variation on the valve leads to the variation of the capacity which has been set, anyway
the valve guarantees an high inner compensation grade and limits the adjustment capacity.
assembly hydrostats type AM5H. ... (see note below in ordering code).
S5 variant - This variant that consists of a solenoid chamber drainage separated from the T
line and obtained on CETOP RO5 interface allows operation with up to 320 bar max. back
pressure on the T line. To ensure maximum solenoid valve mounting safety and supplementary
drainage, only 12.9 material fixing screws must be used with it.
XDP.5...
XDP5C01N... XDP5C03N...
ORDERING CODE
XDP5A01N... XDP5A03N...
XDP Open loop proportional
directional valve
5 CETOP 5/NG10
INPUT SIGNAL CURVES - FLOW RATE
* A = Single solenoid XDP5*01.N XDP5*01.N
C = Double solenoid
(60 l/min P → A/B) (100 l/min P → A/B)
** Type of spool (null position)
01 = 03 =
∆p = 10 bar ∆p = 10 bar
Q (l/min)
Q (l/min)
N Symmetrical flow path control

(see hydraulic symbols table)
8 * Flow rating (*) ∆p 10 bar

2 = 45 l/min
3 = 60 l/min I (%) I (%)
5 = 100 l/min
* Max. current to solenoid

F = 2.5 A POWER LIMITS TRANSMITTED
G = 1.25 A
P → A/B → T o P → B/A → T
** Variants: see table 1
Curve:
1 Serial No. 60 l/min
P (bar)
(*) Guaranteed with 24Volt, 2.5Amps supply.
Q (l/min)
TAB.1 - VARIANTS (**)
Viton SV
Rotary emergency P2
External drainage S5
(**) All variants are considered without connectors.

See Cap. I • 20.
VALV/XDP5001_E/09-2011 VIII • 8 ®
XDP5A... / XDP5C ... PROPORTIONAL DIRECTIONAL VALVES OPEN LOOP
AMPLIFIER UNIT AND CONTROL
REMSRA.*.*. and REMDRA.*.*.
Max. operating pressure ports P/A/B 320 bar Electronic card control single and double
Max. pressure port T - for dynamic pressure see note (*) 250 bar proportional solenoid valve.
Max. pressure port T (with external drainage - S5 variant) 320 bar Recommended dither frequency 100 Hz.
Nominal flow 45 / 60 / 100 l/min
Duty cycle Continuous 100% ED AM5H2VP1 / AM5H3VP1(∆p=10bar)
Type of protection (depending on the connector used) IP 65 Hydrostats 2 or 3 way.
Flow rate gain See diagram
Power limits curves transmitted See diagram
Max. contamination level from class 7 at 9 in accordance with NAS 1638 with filter ß10≥75
Weight XDP5A... (single solenoid) 4,97 Kg
Weight XDP5C... (double solenoid) 6,55 Kg
Max. current 2.5 A 1.25 A
Solenoid coil resistance 20°C (68°F) 2.85 Ohm 11.4 Ohm
Hysteresis P/A/B/T
with a pressure compensator AM.5.H.3V... <5% <8%
Response to step ∆p = 10 bar (P/A)
0 ÷ 100% 56 ms 118 ms
100% ÷ 0 32 ms 32 ms
Frequency response -3db (Input signal 50% ±25% Vmax)
10Hz 7Hz
Operating specifications are valid for fluids with 46 mm2/s viscosity at 40°C, using the
specified electronic control units. Performance data carried out using the specified
power amplifier type REMSRA... power supplied at 24V.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
E = Manual override
P2 = Rotary emergency button
S5 = External draining hole for XDP5 variante
S5 only (Screws: material specifications 12.9
must be used)

8
(12.9 material screws are recommended)
Support plane
specifications
"D19P"
PROPORTIONAL SOLENOIDS
Duty cycle 100% ED
Weight 1,58 Kg
VALV/XDP5001 _E/09-2011 VIII • 9 ®

XDC3... PROPORTIONAL DIRECTIONAL VALVES
CLOSED LOOP POSITION CONTROL
The valves XDC serie 2 control the direction and the volume of the flow according to the feed-
ing current to the proportional solenoid. The position transducer type LDVT (inductive position
transducer) monitors the actual position of the spool.
In the electronic card (type SE.AN.21.RS...serie 3) the error between the actual position and
XDC3...2 the reference signal is used to obtain a greater precision of the spool positioning, reducing also
STANDARD CONNECTORS CAP. I • 20 considerably the hysteresis and the repeatibility error of the valve. For a more accurate flow
PROPORTIONAL SOLENOID CAP. VIII • 11 control, 2 or 3-way pressure compensators modular plate design are available.
SE3AN21RS...3 CAP. IX • 11 The shown flow rates are typical for one line operation (e.g. from P to B). By using the valve
AM3H... CAP. VIII • 12 with the base for capacity doubling type BC.3.07 greater capacity can be obtained.
BC307... CAP. VII • 12
XDC3C01N... XDC3C03N... XDC3C01P...
XDC3A01N... XDC3A03N... XDC3A01P...
Registered mark for industrial environment with reference to the electromagnetic

compatibility.
European norms: EN50082-2 - general safety norm - industrial environment;
EN50081-1 -emission general norm - residential environment
ORDERING CODE
XDC Proportional directional valve INPUT SIGNAL CURVES - FLOW RATE

with closed loop position control XDC3*01N XDC3*01N
3 CETOP 3/NG6 (4 l/min P → A/B) (8 l/min P → A/B)
6
* A = Single solenoid 5
C = Double solenoid ∆p = 10 bar
4 with
Q (l/min)
** Type of spool (null position) AM3.H.2V. Q (l/min)

3 (∆p = 8 bar)
01 = 03 = 2 with
AM.3.H.3V.P1.08
1 (∆p »8 bar)
* Flow path control (see hydraulic symbols
0
8
N = symmetrical 0 20 40 40 40 100
P = meter in (only with 01 spool) I (%) I (%)
* Flow rating l/min (∆p 10 bar) XDC3*01N XDC3*01N
A = 4 l/min In order to reduced the un- (15 l/min P → A/B) (25 l/min P → A/B)
1 = 8 l/min loading pressure for rated
2 = 15 l/min flow version at 40 l/min we
3 = 25 l/min advise to use the 3 way type
∆p = 10 bar
6 = 40 l/min AM5H3V... hydrostat.
Q (l/min)
Q (l/min)
∆p = 10 bar
F Max. current at solenoid: 1.76 A

∆p = 5 bar ∆p = 5 bar
S1 No variant (without connectors)*
2 Serial No. I (%) I (%)
XDC3*01N
(40 l/min P → A/B) CONFIGURATION FOR
Notice: DOUBLE FLOW RATE
in order to control the valve XDC3...serie 2
it need to use the electronic card SEAN21RS...serie 3, in
exclusive way (See Ch. IX).
Q (l/min)
∆p = 10 bar
(*) All variants are considered without connectors.

∆p = 5 bar
See Cap. I • 20. XDC3A...
I (%) BC307
Standard subplate
VALV/XDC3002_E/03-2011 VIII • 10 ®
XDC3... PROPORTIONAL DIRECTIONAL VALVES CLOSED LOOP POSITION CONTROL
AMPLIFIER UNIT AND CONTROL
OPERATING SPECIFICATIONS OF VALVE WITH TRANSDUCER
SE3AN21RS...serie 3 - Electronic card EURO-
Max. operating pressure ports P/A/B 350 bar CARD format for control of the proportional valve
Dynamic pressure port T 210 bar equipped with transducer
Static pressure port T 210 bar
Nominal flow 8 / 15 / 25 / 40 l/min AM3H2VP1 / AM3H3VP1
Duty cycle Continuous 100% ED AM5H3VP1 (*)
Type of protection (depending on the connectors used) IP 65 Hydrostats 2 or 3 way
Performance curves See diagrams (*) for rated flow XDC3 version at 40 l/min ) only
Max. contamination level class 7 to 9 in accordance to NAS 1638 with filter ß10≥75 TRANSDUCER ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
Weight XDC3A... (single solenoid) 1,94 Kg
Weight XDC3C... (double solenoid) 2,55 Kg
TRANSDUCER
Max. current 1.76 A
Solenoid coil resistance at 20°C (68°F) 4.55 Ω
Solenoid coil resistance when hot 7.34 Ω
Hysteresis P/A/B/T with pressure compensator AM3H3V... <1%
Transient function with stepped electrical input signals ∆p = 5 bar (P/A)
1 = Supply 18VDC ÷ 36VDC
0 ÷ 100% 65 ms
3 = Mass
100% ÷ 0 75 ms
2 = Output 2V ÷ 10V
Repeatibility <0,5%
Frequency response -3db (Input signal ±25% Vmax) 10 Hz
POSITION TRANSDUCER SPECIFICATION
Electrical measuring system LVDT
Weight of solenoid 0,6 Kg
Nominal stroke 6 mm
Electrical connection M12x1
Operating specifications are valid for fluids with 46 mm2/s viscosity at 40°C, using Insulation
the SE3AN21RS... serie 3 electronic control unit powered to 24V. (depending on the connector used) IP65
Frequency response 500 Hz
Linearity tolerance ±1%
PROPORTIONAL
SOLENOID
OVERALL DIMENSIONS

Support plane
VALV/XDC3002 _E/03-2011 VIII • 11 ®

AM3H... 2 AND 3 WAY
HYDROSTATS CETOP 3
The 2 or 3 way pressure regulator Max. flow 25 l/min
type AM3H ensure the constant set Max. operating pressure 350 bar
flow rate in the presence of varying ∆p adjustment 4 bar
system load (pressure) by keeping 8 bar
constant the pressure drop (∆p = Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
4/8 bar) in relation to the flow rate Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
regulation. Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
AM3H... In order to achieve the direction and Max. contamination level class 8 in accordance with
flow rate dual control function, it is nor- NAS 1638 with filter ß10≥75
mally used together with a proportional Weight 1,4 Kg
solenoid valve
AM3H2VP1... AM3H2VP1...
FLOW - LOAD PRESSURE CURVE ∆P - REGULATED FLOW CURVE
ORDERING CODE
AM Modular valve
3 CETOP 3/NG6
∆p (bar)
Q (%)
H Hydrostat
** 2V = 2 way
3V = 3 way
P1 Function at port P P (bar) Q (l/min)
AM3H3VP1... AM3H3VP1...
** Differential pressure (∆p)
FLOW - LOAD PRESSURE CURVE ∆P - PUMP FLOW
04 = ∆p 4 bar
08 = ∆p 8 bar
** 00 = No variant
V1 = Viton
∆p (bar)
Q (%)
2 Serial No.
8 AM3H2VP1... P (bar) Qp (l/min)
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
AM3H3VP1...
Proportional valve
XD3C...
Hydrostat
AM3H2V...
BASE
Proportional valve
XD3C...
Hydrostat
AM3H3V...
Support plane
BASE specification
VALV/AM3H002 _E/00-2016 VIII • 12 ®

AM5H... 2 AND 3 WAY
HYDROSTATS CETOP 5
The 2 or 3 way pressure regulator Max. flow AM5H2V... 65 l/min
type AM5H ensures a constant set Max. flow AM5H3V... 70 l/min
flow rate in the presence of varying Max. operating pressure 350 bar
system load (pressure) by keeping ∆p adjustment 8 bar
constant the pressure drop (∆p =8 bar) Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
in relation to the flow rate regulation. Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
In order to achieve the direction and Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
AM5H... flow rate dual control function, it is Max. contamination level class 8 in accordance with
normally used together with a pro- NAS 1638 with filter ß10≥75
portional solenoid valve. Weight 2,7 Kg
ORDERING CODE AM5H2VP1... AM5H2VP1...

FLOW - LOAD PRESSURE CURVE ∆P - REGULATED FLOW CURVE
AM Modular valve
5 CETOP 5/NG10
∆p (bar)
H Hydrostat
Q (%)
** 2V = 2 way
3V = 3 way
P1 Function at port P
P (bar) Q (l/min)
08 Differential pressure (∆p) AM5H3V.P1... AM5H3VP1...
∆p 8 bar
FLOW - LOAD PRESSURE CURVE ∆P - PUMP FLOW
** 00 = No variant
V1 = Viton ∆p (bar)
2 Serial No.
Q (%)
AM5H2VP1... P (bar) Qp (l/min)

8
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
AM5H3VP1...
Proportional valve
XD5C...
Hydrostat
AM5H2V...
BASE
Proportional valve
XD5C...
Hydrostat
AM5H3V...
Support plane
BASE specification
VALV/AM5H002 _E/00-2016 VIII • 13 ®

XQ3... PROPORTIONAL FLOW CONTROL
VALVES PRESSURE COMPENSATED CETOP 3
This is a proportional valve where both the flow rate and pressure control flow functions have
been integrated according to the 3 way regulation concept.
The interface UNI ISO 4401 - 03 - 02 - 0 - 94 standard (ex CETOP R 35 H 4.2-4-03) allows
for direct mounting on modular block or multiple sub-bases, which makes possible many ad-
vantageous and extremely compact application solution as a consequence of their simplicity
of installation.
The 3 way type pressure compensator, inserted into the valve, holds the pressure drop across
the flow rate proportional regulator constant (approx. 8 bar) independently from the controlled
load variations, whereby ensuring proportional between the set flow rate and the electrical
XQ3... command signal.
Additionally, the system maximum safety pressure can be regulated through a manual com-
“D15P” PROPORT. SOLENOIDS CAP. VIII • 15 mand. This valve, if mounted on the feed line to the manifold block, can be used to control
REMSRA... CAP. IX • 4 several circuits which are not operating at the same time.
BC308. / BC309. / BC06XQ3. CAP. VII • 13
DIAGRAMS
INPUT SIGNAL ∆P - PUMP FLOW RATE
FLOW RATE
ORDERING CODE
∆P (bar)
Q (l/min)
XQ Proportional flow control valve
3 No. of way
C Pressure compensation
Qp (l/min)
3 CETOP 3/NG6 I (%)
LOAD PRESSURE CUTOFF PRESSURE (M)

* Flow rates
FLOW RATE Qa = 25 (l/min)*
F = 5 l/min
G = 10 l/min
H = 16 l/min
I = 28 l/min
Q (l/min)
Q (l/min)
* M = With manual pressure limiter

S = Without manual pressure limiter
8 * Setting ranges
1 = 8 ÷ 50 bar
2 = 25 ÷ 170 bar
3 = 50 ÷ 315 bar P (bar) P (bar)
Omit for XQ3C*S version
The fluid used is a mineral based oil (*) Tested with 25 l/min supply
* E = With rotary emergency (type P2) with a viscosity of 46 mm2/s at 40°C.
S = Without rotary emergency The tests have been carried out at with
a fluid of a 40°C.
* Voltage
E = 9VDC (2,35 A)
F = 12VDC (1.76 A) TABLE 1 - FLOW / PRESSURE SPECIFICATIONS
G = 24VDC (0.88 A)
Model Hydraulic Max flow Max flow Max limiter Max load ∆p
** Variant (*): symbol rate in P pressure pressure Control
(l/min) (l/min) (bar) (bar) (bar)
XQ3C3*M
2 Serial No. 5 8÷50
10 40 25÷170 250 8
16 50÷315
28
Viton SV XQ3C3*S
Emergency lever L5 5
Rotary emergency180° R5
10 40 250 8
(*) All variants are considered without connectors. 16

The connectors must be order separately. 28
See Cap. I • 20.
VALV/XQ3002 _E/09-2015 VIII • 14 ®

XQ3... PROPORTIONAL FLOW CONTROL VALVES PRESSURE COMPENSATED
Max. operat. pressure ports A/B / With P port blocked on subplate 315 bar ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT
Max. operating pressure ports T - for dynamic pressure see note (*) 250 bar REMSRA**
Regulated flow rate See diagram page before Card type control for single solenoid.
Type of protection IEC 144 class IP 65
Flow rate gain See diagrams SE3AN2100...
Hysteresis with connection P/A/B/T ∆p = 5 bar (P/A) ≤4% of max. flow rate EUROCARD type control for single solenoid
Weight version XQ3C*M... 2,89 Kg
Weight version XQ3C*S... 2,39 Kg
Type of voltage 9V 12V 24V • Operating specifications are valid for fluid
Max. current 2.35A 1.76 A 0.88 A with 46 mm2/s viscosity at 40°C, using the
Solenoid coil resistance at 25°C (77°F) 2.25 Ohm 4.0 Ohm 16.0 Ohm specified electronic control units
(*) Pressure dynamic allowed for 2 millions of cycles.
TYPICAL INSTALLATION
BC309001
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
12
123
82
Ø 40
22,5
70,5
124,5 8
L5 Emergency lever
Rotary emergency R5 Rotary emergency 180°(1)

version XQ3C3**E
Fixing screws UNI 5931 M5x80 (min. 8.8 Support plane

(1) Two positions hand emergency. The regulated flow with
material screws are recommended ) specification
emergency actuated can be less than nominal value.

Duty cycle 100% ED
VALV/XQ3002 _E/09-2015 VIII • 15 ®

XQP3... OPEN LOOP 2/3 WAY PROPORTIONAL
PRESSURE COMPENSATED FLOW REGULATORS
The open loop proportional flow regulator is 2 and 3 way compensated with priority function.
It is designed to regulate flow in proportion to an applied electrical current (REM or SE3AN
power amplifier). Flow regulation is load independent - B port. Load compensation is achieved
by a spool compensator which holds the pressure drop constant across the proportional spool.
Valves are available in the following versions
(see hydraulic symbol):
- 2 way pressure compensated - 3 way
pressure compensated with priority function.
- 3 way pressure compensated with priority
XQP3... and venting function.
REMSRA... CAP. IX • 4 • In order to obtain the 2 way pressure
BC06XQP3... CAP. VII • 13 compensated version the cavities P and T
HYDRAULIC SYMBOLS have be closed on the subplate.
ORDERING CODE
XQP Open loop 2/3 way
proportional compensated
• In order to obtain the 3 way pressure
flow regulator compensated version the cavity T have be
3 CETOP 3/NG6 closed on the subplate.
C 2/3 way compensation

DIAGRAMS
with priority function
∆P - FLOW RATE A → B ∆P - SECONDARY LINE FLOW
3 3 way version (standard)
For to obtain 2-way version the P line
(WITH 5 l/min TO P) (A → P FREE)
must be closed on the subplate
* Nominal flow rates
F = 6 l/min
∆p (bar)
∆p (bar)
G = 12 l/min
H = 22 l/min
I = 32 l/min
L = 40 l/min
* S = without decompression
8
D = with decompression Q (l/min) Q (l/min)
* Max. current to solenoid FLOW RATE FLOW RATE
E = 2.35 A
BACK PRESSURE ON PRIORITY LINE BACK PRESSURE ON SECONDARY LINE
F = 1.76 A
G = 0.88 A
** Variants (*):
S1 = No variant
Q (l/min)
Q (l/min)
P2 = Rotary emergency
R5 = Rotary emergency 180°
SV = Viton
2 Serial No.
P (bar) P (bar)
INPUT SIGNAL 2 WAY COMPENSATION 2 WAY COMPENSATION
FLOW (A 270 bar - B VARIABLE) (A VARIABLE - B 30 bar)
(*) All variants
are considered
without connec-
tors. The connec-
Q (l/min)
Q (l/min)
Q (l/min)
tors must be order

separately.
See Cap. I • 20.
I (%) P (bar) P (bar)
The fluid used is a mineral based oil with a viscosity of 46 mm2/s at 40°C.
The tests have been carried out at with a fluid of a 40°C.
VALV/XQP3002 _E/04-2017 VIII • 16 ®

XQP3... OPEN LOOP 2/3 WAY PROPORTIONAL
PRESSURE COMPENSATED FLOW REGULATORS
OPERATING SPECIFICATIONS AMPLIFIER UNIT AND CONTROL

Max. operat. pressure ports A/B /P see note (*) With T port blocked on subplate 250 bar REMSRA**...
Regulated flow rate 6 / 12 / 22 / 32 / 40 l/min Electronic card for control single proportional
Decompression drain flow max 0,7 l/min solenoid valve.
Flow rate gain See diagram "Input signal flow"
Max. contamination level from class 7 to 9 in accordance
Weight 1,7 Kg
Max. current 2.33A 1.76 A 0.88 A
Solenoid coil resistance at 25°C (77°F) 2.25 Ohm 4.0 Ohm 16.0 Ohm
Hysteresis with ∆p 7 bar ≤5% <5% <8%
Response to step ∆p = 7 bar
0 ÷ 100% 32 ms 40 ms 85 ms
100% ÷ 0 33 ms 33 ms 33 ms
Frequency response -3db (Input signal 50% ± 25% Vmax.)
22Hz 22Hz 12Hz
Operating specifications are valid for fluids with 46 mm2/s viscosity at 40°C, using
specified electronic control units.
Performance data are carried out using the specified power amplifier SE3AN...
powered to 24V.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
P2 Rotary emergency (1)

8
R5 Rotary emergency 180° (2)

(min. 8.8 material screws are recommended) specifications regulated flow with emergency actua-
Tightening torque 4 ÷ 5 Nm / 0.4 ÷ 0.5 Kgm ted can be less than nominal value.

Duty cycle 100% ED
VALV/XQP3002_E/04-2017 VIII • 17 ®
XQP5 OPEN LOOP 2/3 WAY PROPORTIONAL
PRESSURE COMPENSATED FLOW REGULATORS CETOP 5
The open loop proportional flow regulator is 2 and 3 way compensated with priority function.
It is designed to regulate flow in proportion to an applied electrical current (REM power
amplifier). Flow regulation is load independent - B port. Load compensation is achieved by
a spool compensator which holds the pressure drop constant across the proportional spool.
Valves are available in the following versions (see hydraulic symbol):
- 2 way pressure compensated
- 3 way pressure compensated
with priority function.
XQP5... - 3 way pressure compensated
STANDARD CONNECTORS CAP. I • 20 with priority and venting function.
• In order to obtain the 2 way pressure
SYMBOLS compensated version the cavities P and T
HYDRAULIC have be closed on the subplate.
SIMPLIFIED TYPE
ORDERING CODE
XQP Open loop 2/3 way • In order to obtain the 3 way pressure
proportional compensated compensated version the cavities T have
flow regulator be closed on the subplate.
5 CETOP 5/NG10
DIAGRAMS
C 2/3 way compensation ∆P - FLOW RATE A → B ∆P - SECONDARY LINE FLOW
with priority function
(WITH 5 l/min TO P) (A → P FREE)
3 3 way version (standard)
For to obtain 2-way version the P line
must be closed on the subplate
∆p (bar)
* Nominal flow rates
E = 45 l/min
F = 75 l/min
G = 105 l/min
8
* S = without decompression Q (l/min)
D = with decompression FLOW RATE FLOW RATE
BACK PRESSURE ON PRIORITY LINE BACK PRESSURE ON SECONDARY LINE
* Voltage
F = 12V DC
G = 24V DC
Q (l/min)
Q (l/min)
** Variant (*):
S1 = No variant (without connectors)
SV = Viton
P2 = Rotary emergency
1 Serial No.
P (bar) P (bar)
INPUT SIGNAL 2 WAY PRESSURE COMPENSATED 2 WAY PRESSURE COMPENSATED
(*) All variants FLOW (A 270 bar - B VARIABLE) (A VARIABLE - B 30 bar)
are considered
without connec-
tors. The connec-
tors must be order
Q (l/min)
Q (l/min)
Q (l/min)
separately.
See Cap. I • 20.
I (%) P (bar) P (bar)
The fluid used is a mineral based oil with a viscosity of 46 mm2/s at 40°C.
The tests have been carried out at with a fluid of a 40°C.
VALV/XQP5001_E/06-2011 VIII • 18 ®
XQP5 OPEN LOOP 2/3 WAY PROPORTIONAL
PRESSURE COMPENSATED FLOW REGULATORS CETOP 5
Max. operating pressure ports A/B /P (*) 250 bar AMPLIFIER UNIT AND CONTROL
Regulated flow rate 75 / 105 l/min REMSRA**...
Decompression drain flow max 0,7 l/min Electronic regulator for control single proportional
Relative duty cycle Continuous 100% ED solenoid valve.
Type of protection (in relation to the connector used) IP 65 Recommended dither frequency 100 Hz.
Flow rate gain See diagram "Input signal flow"
Max. contamination level from class 7 to 9 in accordance
Weight 4,97 Kg
Type of voltage 9V 12V 24V
Max. current 2.33A 2.5 A 1.25 A (*) Pressure dynamic allowed for 2 millions of
Solenoid coil resistance at 20°C (68°F) 2.85 Ohm 11.4 Ohm cycles. T ports closed on the subplate.
Operating specifications are valid for fluids
Hysteresis with ∆p 7 bar ~ 5% <5% <8% with 46 mm2/s viscosity at 40°C, using speci-
Response to step ∆p = 7 bar (P/A) fied electronic control units.
0 ÷ 100% ~ 65 ms -
100% ÷ 0 ~ 30 ms - Performance data are carried out using the
Frequency response -3db (Input signal 50% ± 25% Vmax.) specified power amplifier type REMSRA...
7Hz - power supplied at 24V.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
E = Manual override

Support plane
(12.9 material screws are recommended) specifications
"D19P"
PROPORTIONAL SOLENOIDS

Duty cycle 100% ED
Weight 1,58 Kg
VALV/XQP5001_E/06-2011 VIII • 19 ®
XP3... PROPORTIONAL PRESSURE
CONTROL VALVES CETOP 3/NG6
Proportional maximum pressure valves type XP.3.*.. are used to regulate a hydraulic circuit
pressure by means of a variable electric signal. Their precise implementation allows for high
and constant operational standard up to a maximum 2,5 l/min flow rate. A manually pressure
limit setting version is also available, to protect the system from uncontrolled electrical signals.
• Other valves (e.g. subplate or in-line mounted valves) should be ordered separately.
PRESSURE - SIGNAL PRESSURE - FLOW RATE 1

(tested with Q = 1 l/min)
XP3...
P (bar)
VMP / VML / VMPE CAP. II • 6
Q (l/min)
PRESSURE - FLOW RATE 2 PRESSURE - FLOW RATE 3
ORDERING CODE
XP Max. pressure valve
P (bar)
P (bar)
3 CETOP 3/NG6
About pressure range 3
* 1 = max. 50 bar it's suggested to add a
2 = max. 140 bar modular filter with 5µm
3 = max. 320 bar cartridge
* E = with manual limiter Q (l/min) Q (l/min)

S = without manual limiter
8 OVERALL DIMENSIONS
* Voltage:
CZ Variant
F =12V DC
12
Deutsch
G =24V DC Ø 9.5 connection DT04-2P
Ø 5.5
** Variant (*):
S1 =No variant
92
80
SV =Viton
60.5
CZ =Deutsch connection
46
22
1 Serial No.
OR 2-012/90
69.5 63.5
(*) All variants are considered without 141
connectors. The connectors must be order
19.2 21.3
separately. See Ch. I Page 20
9 9
P
B A
32.5
21
46
31
T
43

VALV/XP3001 _E/06-2016 VIII • 20 ®

XP3... PROPORTIONAL PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES CETOP 3
Max. operating pressure (depending on the flow rate) 350 bar ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNITS
Max. flow 2,5 l/min REMSRA**
Max. ambient temperature 50° C Card type control for single solenoid 12V
Linearity See diagrams and 24V.
Max. hysteresis <3% of nominal value Recommended dither frequency 330 Hz.
Repeatibility error (between 150 and 680 mA) <2%
Resistance at 20°C (24V) 24.6 Ohm
Resistance at 20°C (12V) 7.2 Ohm
Max. resistance (ambient 20°C) (24V) at op. temp. 31 Ohm
Max. resistance (ambient 20°C) (12V) at op. temp. 9 Ohm
Max. current at (24V) 0.68A
Max. current at (12V) 1.25A
Type of protection IEC 144 class IP 65
Max. contamination level class 8 in accordance with NAS 1638 with filter ß10≥75
Fluid temperature -20°C÷75°C
Fluid viscosity 10÷500 mm2/s
Weight 1,4 Kg
• Operating specifications are valid for fluids with 33 mm2/s at 50°C, using specified
electronic control units.
TYPICAL INSTALLATION XP3... + VMPE16... TYPICAL INSTALLATION XP3... + VMPE25...
WITH MOUNTING ON VMPE USE THE FOLLOWING CALIBRATED ORIFICES (SEE VMP*E VALVE AQ VARIANT)
VMPE16... A = ∅ 1 mm
B = ∅ 0,3 mm
VMPE25... A = ∅ 1,2 mm
B = ∅ 0,5 mm
VALV/XP3001_E/06-2016 VIII • 21 ®
AM3XMP... AMPLIFIER VALVES
FOR PROPORTIONAL CONTROL VALVES

Max. flow 30 l/min
Min. flow 2 l/min
Max. ambient temperature 50° C
Linearity See diagrams
Max. hysteresis <3% of nominal value
Repeatibility error (150 ÷ 680 mA) XP3... <3%
Max contamination level class 8 in accordance
with NAS 1638 with filter ß10³75
AM3XMP... Fluid temperature -20°C÷75°C
Fluid viscosity 10÷500 mm2/s
Weight 0,8 Kg
Operating specifications are valid for fluids with
33 mm2/s viscosity at 40°C, using control units
Modular valve type AM.3.XMP... used together with the pressure proportional pilot type
XP.3.. becomes a pressure control valve piloted by proportional command for rates up to
30 lt/min. The possibility of external drainage on A ensures its correct operation even with back
pressure on the discharge side. Other valves types should be ordered separately.
PRESSURE - SIGNAL 1 (Q=15L/MIN) PRESSURE - FLOW RATE 1

ORDERING CODE
AM Modular valve
3 CETOP 3/NG6
P (bar)
P (bar)
XMP maximum proportional
pressure
2 Spring 2 bar (standard)
0 Standard dowels
(∅ 1,2 dia supply ∅ 0,5 dia damper)
Imput signal (%) Q (l/min)
* I = Internal drainage at T PRESSURE - SIGNAL 2 (Q=15L/MIN) PRESSURE - FLOW RATE 2
E = External draining at A
** 00 =No variant
V1 =Viton
8 1 Serial No.
P (bar)
P (bar)
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
PRESSURE - SIGNAL 3 (Q=15L/MIN) PRESSURE - FLOW RATE 3

P (bar)
P (bar)

Support plane
(min. 8.8 material screws are recommended)
specifications
VALV/AM3XMP001 _E/02-2000 VIII • 22 ®

ELECTRONICS
ABBREVIATIONS
ELECTRONICS
C STROKE (MM)
CH ACROSS FLATS
F FORCE (N)
NG KNOB TURNS
OR SEAL RING CEPS... CAP. IX • 2
P LOAD PRESSURE (BAR) REMSRA... CAP. IX • 4
PARBAK PARBAK RING REMDRA... CAP. IX • 7
PL PARALLEL CONNECTION SE3AN21RS... CAP. IX • 11
PR REDUCED PRESSURE (BAR) LAB3 *
Q FLOW (L/MIN) MAV1152 *
QP PUMP FLOW (L/MIN) MAV4211 *
SE ELASTIC PIN JC3D... CAP. IX • 13
SF BALL JC5D... CAP. IX • 15
SR SERIES CONNECTION JCFD... CAP. IX • 17
X PILOTING
Y DRAINAGE
(*) see catalogue BPE electronics on
www.brevinifluidpower.com website.
VALV/09-INTRO _E/03-2021 IX • 1 ®
CEPS.. ELECTRONIC AMPLIFIER PLUG VERSION
FOR SINGLE SOLENOID PROPORTIONAL VALVE.
The electronic amplifier Plug version was designed in compliance whit EN 175301-803 (ex
DIN43650), for direct mounting on the valve solenoid. The CEP.S can used whit proportional
valves XD*A..., XDP*A..., XP3..., XQP*..., CXQ3.. .
The output stage operates on the pulse width modulation principle (P.W.M.) and is provided
with current feedback in order to obtain a solenoid output current proportional to the reference
input signal.
Gain, minimum current and rise and fall ramp time adjustments are possible through the cor-
responding potentiometers fitted on top side of the card, and can be accessed by slackening
the relative screw and opening the cover of the connector. While the output current to the
solenoid can be measured via the Valve Current test points.
CEPS...
SERIE 2, has the diode reverse polarity protection inside on the power line.
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS CAP. IX • 2
OVERALL DIMENSIONS CAP. IX • 2
FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM CAP. IX • 3
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS CAP. IX • 3
SETTINGS TOPOGRAPHY CAP. IX • 3
REFERENCE SIGNAL CAP. IX • 3
ORDERING CODE ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Power supply 12VDC o 24VDC
CEP Electronic amplifier plug-in version Peak supply 40VDC
Minimum power supply 10.5VDC
S Single solenoid control Required power 30W
RS Symmetrical ramp Output current Imax = 0.88Amp
All range values are come from the ordering code Imax = 1.76Amp
* Max. output current ( Imax ) Imax = 2.50Amp
X = 0.88 Amp
External reference potentiometer +10V, Imax =5mA
Y = 1.76 Amp
Z = 2.50 Amp Input signal reference 0 ÷ 10V
I minimum adjustment 0 ÷ 50% of Imax
Gain adjustment 30% ÷ 100% of Imax
0 Input reference signal 0 ÷ 10V
Ramp time adjustment 0 ÷ 10 secondi
Operating Ambient temperature -10C° ÷ +70°C
* PWM frequency Current test point 1V = 1Amp
Weight Kg. 0, 250
2 = 400 Hz (per XP.3)
3 = 150 Hz (standard)
00 00 = No variant
RW = Electrical circuit
protected with silicone paint,
9 for more moisture resistance
2 Serial number OVERALL DIMENSIONS OF BOX AND CONNECTOR
mark with reference to the

electromagnetic compatibility.
European norms:
- EN61000-6-2 Generic standards.
Immunity for industrial environments;

Emission standard for residential,
commercial and light-industrial envi-
ronments.
Product in accordance with R O HS

2011/65/UE Europe Directive.
VALV/CEPS002 _E/02-2015 IX • 2 ®
CEPS.. ELECTRONIC AMPLIFIER PLUG VERSION
FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM
ELECTRICAL EN 175301-803 CONNECTIONS
9
SETTINGS TOPOGRAPHY REFERENCE SIGNAL
POWER SUPPLY AND ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS

The power supply voltage must be rectified and filtered, whit a capacitor 4700 uF minimum. Protect the power supply circuit whit 3 A fuse.
Respect the polarity supply. Use the cabling wire whit 0.75 mm2 or 1.0 mm2 section. In order to facilitate the operation of wires connection,
extracts the card from the enclosure, introduce the wires through the gland-nut, connects the wires to the clips and finally to lodge the card to
the inside of the connector.
Installation and settings, see instruction manual (code P35160008) supplied with the product.
VALV/CEPS002 _E/02-2015 IX • 3 ®
REMSRA... TYPE ELECTRONIC REGULATORS FOR
SINGLE SOLENOID PROPORTIONAL CONTROL VALVES
The electronic control card type REM.S.RA has been designed to drive the “XD.*.A, XDP.3.A,
XP.3, XQ.3, XQP.*. and CXQ.3” series single solenoid proportional valves without integral position
transducer. The control card is enclosed in an “OCTAL” type housing, a typical relay mounting
standard. The output stage operates on the pulse width modulation principle (P.W.M.) and is
provided with current feedback in order to obtain a solenoid output current proportional to the
reference input signal. Output short circuit and supply polarity inversion protection is provided.
Gain, minimum current and rise and fall ramp time adjustments are possible through the
corresponding front panel trimming potentiometers, while the output current to the solenoid
can be measured via the Valve Current test points, and the ramp operation can be excluded.
REMSRA... The product incorporates a serial interface for adjustment of parameters.
CALIBRATION PROCEDURE CAP. IX • 5
Pay attention please: electronic regulators must be used in dampness and water pro-
OVERALL DIMENSIONS CAP. IX • 10 tected places.
MOUNTING BASES CAP. IX • 10
ORDERING CODE Manuals and software

The user and installation manual, the manual for variants DJ/JU and the software DG
REM Miniaturized electronic are available on “products” section of www.brevinifluidpower.com website.
regulator in Octal
type container
ADJUSTMENT PANEL
S Single solenoid
Supply 10VDC ÷ 30VDC (green led)
RA Asymmetrical ramp Overload Protection against overload (red led)
Ramp off Ramp off (red led)
* Maximum output Output Output (current at solenoid, yellow led)
current I MAX. (JU variant) I. min. Minimum current adjustment
X = 0.88 A (0.80 A) Gain Gain adjustment
Y = 1.76 A (1.20 A) Ramp up Rump up adjustment time
Z = 2.8 A Ramp down Rump down adjustment time
Valve Current Current test point at solenoid (1V =1A)
* Input reference (V)
see note (*) below If any field is missing from the ordering code the standard setting is as follows:
2 = 0÷ + 2 V
- Input ref. = 0÷5V
5 = 0÷ + 5 V - Dither 100Hz
0 = 0÷ + 10 V - Imin. = continuous
A = 0 ÷ 20 mA - Imax. = 0.8A
* Frequency Dither ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT AND CONNECTIONS

1 = 100 Hz (standard, JU var.) Sup (2-7) Power supply
2 = 330 Hz (for XP.3) Out (1-4) Output for external potentiometer
Ref(3) Reference
* Minimum initial current SO (5-6) Output at solenoid
9 G = step (normally for

XD.*. and XDP.3 valves)
DR (8)
Pot
CS
Ramp off (contact closed = exclusion)
External reference potentiometer (2 ÷ 5 KΩ)
Feedback current
C = continuous (normally PWM Pulse width modulate wave
for XP.3, XQ.3, XQP.*.
and CXQ.3 valves)
** 00 = No variant
4 Serial No.
(*) If the input reference is a current signal (mA)

the regulator has to be pre-setted in the factory.
mark with reference to the

electromagnetic compatibility.
European norms:
Immunity for industrial environments;
Emission standard for residential,
commercial and light-industrial envi-
ronments. SOLENOIDE
LATO A
Product in accordance with R O HS
2011/65/UE Europe Directive.
VALV/REMS004 _E/10-2018 IX • 4 ®
ELECTRONIC REGULATORS FOR SINGLE SOLENOID PROPORTIONAL CONTROL VALVES
Power supply 10 ÷ 30 VDC
Maximum supply voltage 36 V
Power absorption 40 W REFERENCE INPUT SIGNAL
Imax = 2.8A
Current output setting by dip switches Imax = 1.76A
Imax = 0.88A
External potentiometer supply output short circuit
+5V 10mA
protected
0 ÷ +2V
0 ÷ +5V
Reference input signal setting by dip switches
0 ÷ +10V
0 ÷ 20mA
Polarization current adjustment Imin = 0 ÷ 50% Imax
Current gain adjustment 50% ÷ 100% Imax
Ramp time adjustment 0 ÷ 20 sec
Ambient operating temperature -20 ÷ +70°C
Current test point 1 Volt = 1 Ampere
Weight 0.101 Kg
(*) For the current signal (mA) the regulator has to be pre-setted in the factory.
REMSRA... INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
CALIBRATION PROCEDURE
Connect the card in the proper way following the previous page diagram but without powering
it or in the way following the next page "Typical connections". Turn completely anticlockwise
(20 turns about) the trimming potentiometers of Minimu Current (Imin) and Ramp Time (Ramp-
up and Ramp-down), and position the reference potentiometer on zero. Before powering the
card, ensure that any unforeseen hydraulic system movement cannot cause material damage
or injury to people. Power now the card; the green LED should light up.
MINIMUM CURRENT OR POLARIZATION CURRENT ADJUSTMENT

Turn slowly the minimum current trimming potentiometer clockwise (Imin) until an actuator
movement can be visually detected. Turn slowly anticlockwise the potentiometer: the minimum
current setting will be adjusted correctly when the actuator movement stops. For the REM
model with minimum initial threshold current, set the reference signal to a Vref. of 150 mV.
MAXIMUM CURRENT GAIN ADJUSTMENT

Turn first the ramp time trimming potentiometers clockwise by at least 10 turns, if the system
9
could be damaged by a too fast solenoid operation (evaluate the application carefully). The
maximum actuator speed can now be adjusted. Turn the reference signal to its maximum set-
ting and rotate slowly the GAIN trimming potentiometer (GAIN) until the maximum required
speed is obtained. The speed can now be varied by moving the potentiometer.
RAMP TIME ADJUSTMENT (RAMP-UP E RAMP-DOWN)

The ramp time is the time taken to pass from the minimum to the maximum current value, and
vice versa. It’s adjustable from a minimum of 0s up to a maximum of 20s (to reach the maximum
current value setted). Turning clockwise the trimming potentiometer, the ramp time increases.
NOTES:
- The ramp fall time affects the actuator stop position. Moving the reference to zero Volt, the
actuator goes on moving till the setted ramp time is elapsed. Therefore it’s necessary to
adjust it properly.
- When the overload red LED lights up, it will be necessary to switch off the power to the card,
switching it on again after having eliminated the cause of overload.
VALV/REMS004 _E/10-2018 IX • 5 ®
ELECTRONIC REGULATORS FOR SINGLE SOLENOID PROPORTIONAL CONTROL VALVES
REMSRA... DIP SWITCHES TABLE
For our proportional valves are recommended the following settings: Six miniature switches are mounted internally on one
of the REM sides. The REM configuration to suit any
G XD3A DITHER =100Hz Imax. = 2.35A with 9V coil particular application can be implemented by setting
G XDP3A DITHER =100Hz Imax. = 2.35A with 9V coil these switches.
C XQ3 DITHER =100Hz Imax. = 2.35A with 9V coil PWM frequency (100 to 330 Hz), minimum (continuous
C XQP3 DITHER =100Hz Imax. = 2.35A with 9V coil or step) current, reference voltage range and maximum
C CXQ3 DITHER =100Hz Imax. = 2.35A with 9V coil current (Imax) can thus be adjusted.
G XD2A DITHER =100Hz Imax. = 1.4A with 12V coil
G XDP5A DITHER =100Hz Imax. = 2.5A with 12V coil
C XQ3 DITHER =100Hz Imax. = 1.76A with 12V coil
C XQP3 DITHER =100Hz Imax. = 1.76A with 12V coil
C XP3 DITHER =330Hz Imax. = 1.25A with 12V coil
C CXQ3 DITHER =100Hz Imax. = 1.76A with 12V coil
G XD3A DITHER =100Hz Imax. = 0.88A with 24V coil 1 2 3 4 5 6
C XQ3 DITHER =100Hz Imax. = 0.88A with 24V coil
C XQP3 DITHER =100Hz Imax. = 0.88A with 24V coil Function DITHER l min Input ref. I.max.
C XP3 DITHER =330Hz Imax. = 0.68A with 24V coil DIP sw 100 330 C G 0÷10 0÷5 0÷2 0÷20 2.8 1.76 0.88
Hz Hz V V V mA A A A
C CXQ3 DITHER =100Hz Imax. = 0.88A with 24V coil
1 OFF ON
2 OFF ON
3 OFF ON OFF ON
4 OFF OFF ON OFF
5 OFF ON OFF
6 OFF OFF ON
TYPICAL CONNECTIONS
9 command signal from

potentiometer supplied by
external power source, 0 ÷
2V, 0 ÷ 5V, 0 ÷ 10V
command signal from
REMS card - 0 ÷ 5V
signal command from PLC,

0 ÷ 2V, 0 ÷ 5V, 0 ÷ 10V, 0 command signal from circuit
÷ 20mA of potentiometers
POT = 1000 ÷ 5000 Ω
• The connection between REM and the solenoid must be direct

• The common one of return to proportional solenoid must not' be shared between
other valve connections or electrical equipment worker.
VALV/REMS004 _E/10-2018 IX • 6 ®
REMDRA... TYPE ELECTRONIC REGULATORS
DOUBLE SOLENOID PROPORTIONAL CONTROL VALVES
The electronic control card type REMDRA has been designed to drive the double solenoid
proportional valves series “XD.*.C...and XDP.3.C” without integral position transducer. The
control card is enclosed in an “UNDECAL” type housing, a typical relay mounting standard.
The output stage operates on the pulse width modulation principle (P.W.M.) and is provided
with current feedback in order to obtain a solenoid output current proportional to the reference
input signal.
Output short circuit and supply polarity inversion protection is provided. Gain, minimum current
and rise and fall ramp time adjustments are possible through the corresponding front panel
trimming potentiometers, while the output current to the solenoid can be measured via the
Valve Current test points, and the ramps can be excluded.
REMDRA... The product incorporates a serial interface for adjustment of parameters.
CALIBRATION PROCEDURE CAP. IX • 8 Pay attention please: electronic regulators must be used in dampness and water protected places.
Manuals and software
MOUNTING BASES CAP. IX • 10 The user and installation manual, the manual for variants DJ/JU and the software DG
are available on “products” section of www.brevinifluidpower.com website.
ORDERING CODE
REM Miniaturized electronic
regulator in Undecal ADJUSTMENT PANELL
type container Supply 10Vdc ÷ 30Vdc (green led)
Overload Protection against over (red led)
D Double solenoid Ramp off Ramp off (red led)
Output Output (current at solenoid A/B, yellow led)
RA Asymmetrical ramp I. min. Minimum current adjustment A/B
Gain A/B gain adjustment
* Maximum output Ramp up A/B rump up adjustment time
Ramp down A/B rump down adjustment time
current I MAX. (JU variant)
GND Ground
X = 0.88 A (0.80 A) 1V/A Current test point at solenoid
Y = 1.76 A (1.20 A)
Z = 2.8 A If any field is missing from the ordering code the standard setting is as follows:
- Input ref. = -5 ÷ +5V
* Input reference (V) - Dither = 100Hz
see note (*) below - Imax. = 0.8A
2 = -2 ÷ +2 V
5 = -5 ÷ +5 V ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT AND CONNECTIONS
0 ÷ +5 V Sup (1-11) Power supply
0 = -10 ÷ +10 V Out (8-10) Output external potentiometer
A = -20mA ÷ +20mA Ref (9) Reference
0 ÷ +20mA SO A (5-6) Output at solenoid A
SO B (5-7) Output at solenoid B
DR (3) Ramp off (contact = exclusion)
Pot External reference potentiometer
* Frequency Dither CS Feedback current
9
1 = 100 Hz (standard, JU var.) PWM Pulse width modulated wave
2 = 330 Hz
G Minimum initial current

can only be adjusted
in steps
** 00 = No variant
4 Serial No.
(*) If the input reference is a current signal (mA)

the regulator has to be pre-setted in the factory.
mark with reference to the electro-

magnetic compatibility.
European norms:
- EN61000-6-2 Generic standards. Immunity
for industrial environments;
Emission standard for residential, commercial
and light-industrial environments.
SIDE A SIDE B
Product in accordance with ROHS 2011/65/UE
Europe Directive.
VALV/REMD004 _E/09-2018 IX • 7 ®
ELECTRONIC REGULATORS DOUBLE SOLENOID PROPORTIONAL CONTROL VALVES
Power supply 10 ÷ 30 VDC
Maximum supply voltage 36 V
Power absorption 40 W
Imax = 2.8A
Current output setting by dip switches Imax = 1.76A
Imax = 0.88A
External potentiometer supply output short circuit
+5V I.max.10mA
protected
-2V ÷ +2V
-5V ÷ +5V
Reference input signal setting by dip switches
-10V ÷ +10V
-20A ÷ +20mA (*)
0V ÷ +5V
Signal input reference (pin n° 9) setting by dip switches
0 ÷ +20mA (*) SIGNALS INPUT REFERENCE
Polarization current adjustment Imin = 0 ÷ 50% Imax
The REMD can recive two kinds of command signal inputs,
Current gain adjustment 50% ÷ 100% Imax differential input ( non inverting, inverting voltage –5V ÷ +5V),
Ramp time adjustment 0 ÷ 20 sec or positive voltage (0V ÷ +5V).
Ambient operating temperature -20 ÷ +70°C
Current test point 1 Volt = 1 Ampere
Weight 0.120 Kg
DIFFERENTIAL INPUT REFERENCE
(*) For the current signal (mA) the regulator has to be pre-setted in the factory. CURRENT
POLARIZATION
SIDE A
REMDRA... INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE

CALIBRATION PROCEDURE
POLARIZATION
Connect the card in the proper way followingthe next page "Typical connections" SIDE B
but without powering it.Turn completely anticlockwise (20 turns about) the trimming
potentiometers of Minimu Current (Imin) and Ramp Time (Ramp-up and Ramp-
down), and position the reference potentiometer on zero. Before powering the card,
ensure that any unforeseen hydraulic system movement cannot cause material
damage or injury to people. Power now the card; the green LED should light up
For being able to command a proportional valve double
solenoid with a differential input command voltage in income
TWO CHANNEL MINIMUM CURRENT (I MIN) ADJUSTMENT (DEAD BAND) at contact 9 of REMD is necessary not to connect the
Set the reference signal of approx. Vref +150mV. Than turn clockwise the trimmer contact 10 of REMD.
until an actuator movement can be visually detected (A channel Output LED lights
up). Than turn the same trimmer anticlockwise until the movement stops. Repeat
the Imin calibration for the other channel B.Set the reference signal of approx. Vref
-150mV (B channel Output LED lights up).
POSITIVE INPUT REFERENCE
9 GAIN ADJUSTMENT
Turn first the ramp time trimming potentiometers (RAMP UP) clockwise by at
CURRENT
least 10 turns, if the system could be damaged by a too fast solenoid operation
(evaluate the application carefully). The maximum actuator speed can now be POLARIZATION
adjusted. Turn the reference signal to the maximum positive setting value and SIDE A
rotate slowly the gain trimming potentiometer (GAIN) until the maximum required
speed is obtained. The speed can now be varied by moving the potentiometer
lever. Repeat the above operations for the other channel after turning the refer-
ence signal to the maximum negatif value.
RAMP TIME ADJUSTMENT

The ramp time is the time taken to pass from the minimum to the maximum cur- POLARIZATION
SIDE B
rent value, and vice versa. It’s adjustable from a minimum of 0s up to a maximum
of 20s (to reach the maximum current value setted) separately for channel A
and B. Turning clockwise the trimming potentiometer, the ramp time increases.
For being able to command a proportional valve double
NOTES solenoid with a positive command voltage in income at
contact 9 of REMD is necessary to connect the contact
1) The ramp fall time affects the actuator stop position. Moving the reference 10 of REMD a resistive load:
potentiometer to zero Volt, the actuator goes on moving till the setted ramp time
is elapsed. Therefore it’s necessary to adjust it properly. - potentiometer ( minimum 1000, max 5000 Ohm )
[with external potentiometer command signal, pin n° 9]
2) When the overload red LED lights up, it will be necessary to switch off the power
to the card, switching it on again after having eliminated the cause of overload. - resistor ( minimum 1000, max 5000 Ohm ) [with external
reference value generator, e.g. by a PLC , pin n° 9].
VALV/REMD004_E/09-2018 IX • 8 ®
ELECTRONIC REGULATORS DOUBLE SOLENOID PROPORTIONAL CONTROL VALVES
REMDRA... DIP SWITCHE TABLE
Six miniature switches are mounted internally on one of the REM

sides. The REM configuration to suit any particular application can
be implemented by setting these switches. PWM frequency (100 to
330 Hz), reference voltage range and maximum current (Imax) can
thus be adjusted. 1 2 3 4 5 6
For our proportional valves are recommended the following settings:

G XD3C DITHER =100Hz Imax. = 2.35A with 9V coils
G XDP3C DITHER =100Hz Imax. = 2.35A with 9V coils
Function DITHER l min Input ref. I.max.
G XD3C DITHER =100Hz Imax. = 1.76A with 12V coils DIP sw 100 330 G -10÷10 -5÷5 -2÷2 -20mA 0÷5 0 2.8 1.76 0.88
G XDP5C DITHER =100Hz Imax. = 2.5A with 12V coils Hz Hz V V V ÷20mA V ÷20mA A A A
G XDP3C DITHER =100Hz Imax. = 1.76A with 12V coils 1 OFF ON
G XD2C DITHER =100Hz Imax. = 0.7A with 24V coils 2 ON
3 OFF ON OFF ON ON ON
G XDP5C DITHER =100Hz Imax. = 1.25A with 24V coils
G XDP3C DITHER =100Hz Imax. = 0.88A with 24V coils 4 OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF
5 OFF ON OFF
For the version with reference signal in current it needs to be preset 6 OFF OFF ON
in-factory.
TYPICAL CONNECTIONS
command signal from signal command from PLC,
potentiometer supplied by 0 ÷ 5V, 0 ÷ 20mA
REMD card
- 0 ÷ 2.5V ÷ 5V
command signal from

signal command from PLC,
±2V, ±5V, ±10V, ±20mA
9
external power source, ±2V,
±5V, ±10V
• The connection between REM and the solenoid must be direct R = 1000 ÷ 5000 Ω
• The common one of return to proportional solenoid must not' be shared POT = 1000 ÷ 5000 Ω
between other valve connections or electrical equipment worker.
VALV/REMD004 _E/09-2018 IX • 9 ®
REMS/DRA... TYPE ELECTRONIC REGULATORS
SINGLE / DOUBLE SOLENOID PROPORTIONAL CONTROL VALVES
OVERALL DIMENSION AND MOUNTING BASES ON DIN GUIDES FOR REMSRA...

Octal OMRON base
Octal standard base (with mechanical connector)
Ordering code X30800000 Ordering code X30800004
OVERALL DIMENSION AND MOUNTING BASES ON DIN GUIDES FOR REMDRA...

Undecal OMRON base
Undecal standard base (with mechanical connector)
Ordering code X30900000 Ordering code X30900004
DG SOFTWARE
DG program for the digital adjustment of the parameters of

the REMS and REMD boards.
DG program for the digital adjustment of the parameters of

the REMS and REMD boards.
The program is used to store (the settings are cancelled when
the REM board is switched off) the following parameters:
• Minimum current
• Upward current ramp
9
• Upward current ramp
• Downward current ramp
Italian/English version: purchase order code P35150003.
NB: the DG software can be used with all the REMS and
REMD boards that have a TTL connector (production com-
mencement year 2008).
SERIAL CABLE RS232/TTL

REM connecting at computer
with serial cable.
Ordering code VE0110001
VALV/TREM004_E/02-2008 IX • 10 ®
SE3AN21RS... ELECTRONIC CARDS FORMAT EUROCARD
FOR POSITIONAL TRANSDUCER VALVES CONTROL
The electronic cards type SE3AN21RS...serie 3 have been planned for controlling single and
double solenoid proportional valves XDC3....serie 2 equipped with position transducer type
LVDT. The card has a EUROCARD format for being assembled on a connector type DIN 41612
D 32. The output stage operates on the basis of the Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) and is
subject to the current feedback so that it is possible to obtain an output solenoid current directly
proportional to the input signal. The regulator is supplied with standard calibration for propor-
tional valve control. The card is equipped with a control module type PI which compares the
reference signal with the position transducer signal: the eventual error is used to optimize the
regulation. It is possible to carry out further regulations by operating on the relative trimmers
placed on the frontal panel (see picture).
• The connection between the card and the solenoid must be direct • The common one of
SE3AN21RS...03 return to proportional solenoid must not be shared between other valve connections or electrical
INSTRUCTIONS CAP. IX • 12 equipment worker.
Registered mark with reference to the electromagnetic compatibility.
European norms: EN50082-1 - General safety norm; EN50081-1 -Emission general norm.
ADJUSTMENT PANEL FOR CARD

ORDERING CODE
Fault red – transducer fault signal
SE Electronic card format
EUROCARD DIN 41612 Power on yellow – 24V DC power supply
Enable green – card enable
3 NG06
Gain A Solenoid A maximum current regulation
AN21 Analogic Offset A Solenoid A offset current regulation
Gain B Solenoid B maximum current regulation
RS Closed loop valves with Offset B Solenoid B offset current regulation
positional transducer Ramp Up Ramp up regulation
type XDC3 .... serie 2 Ramp Down Ramp down regulation
Current A Solenoid A current test point (1V=1A)
16 Max. current at Current B Solenoid B current test point (1V=1A)
solenoid: 1.76 A Reference Reference signal test point
Transducer Transudcer signal measurement point
0 No variant Common 0V Common zero
3 Serial No.
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT AND CONNECTIONS
VALV/SE3AN21RS03_E/01-2013 IX • 11 ®
SE3AN21RS... ELECTRONIC CARDS FORMAT EUROCARD
FOR POSITIONAL TRANSDUCER VALVES CONTROL
Instructions for use
For proportional valves with code B channel: repeat the above procedure for the A channel by operating on the
XDC3C..F.... serie 2 (SE3AN21RS16...serie 3) Imax B trimmer and by putting the reference signal on the max. negative value.
Power electric supply Ramp time calibration
24 VDC nominal Connect the ramps. The ramp time is the time which is necessary for going
22÷30 VDC rectified and stabilized (30W max.) from the minimum current value to the max. current value and vice versa.
2A fast-acting fuse is fitted for power circuit protection. The time can be set from a minimum value of 0.1 sec. (ramp excluded) up
to a maximum value of 10 sec. (valve max. opening) whether downwards
Reference voltage or upwards. By turning the trimmers clockwise the ramp time increases.
The card gives 2 stabilized voltage values: +10V 50mA (a10) and
–10V 50mA (c10). Notes:
The ramp down time influences the lock position of the actuator. By setting
Available inputs to zero the reference signal, the actuator keeps moving until the ramp time
± 10V (a12, c12) presetted set (in a downward direction) has passed. For this reason it is necessary to
4 ÷ 20mA (a12, c12) move SW 1 bank in “I” position carry out the adjustment carefully and properly.
Card enable (Enable) The card block (FAULT) is automatically reset after that the error has been
Usually the card is not enable. For enabling it, apply in c24 a voltage between eliminated.
22 and 30VDC. Green led signal.
LVDT connection
Ramp exclusion See the preceding page:
Ramps are usually on. In order to disable them apply a16 a voltage between - terminal 1 della LVDT c8 of the card
22 ÷ 30VDC. - terminal 2 della LVDT a24 of the card
- terminal 3 della LVDT c22 of the card
Calibration procedure Use screened cable with earth braid.
Connect the card according to the scheme (See the preceding page).Set zero
the reference potentiometer. Before applying the voltage, make sure that the Solenoid current test point
hydraulic system does not move suddenly causing damages to people or On the frontal card panel: 1V = 1A
things. Apply the voltage to the card: the green led will start blinking. Enable
the card and disconnect the ramps (led "FAULT" off) and disable the ramps. Command signal test point
Enables reading in voltage of referencesignal sent to the card.
Minimum current regulation Reading is direct, but of opposite sign, with voltage reference while current
A channel: put the reference signal on 3÷5% of the max. value. Turn the conversation is: 4mA = +10V, 20mA = -10V.
minimum current trimmer clockwise (Imin A) until the actuator moves; then
turn the trimmer counterclockwise until the actuator stops. Feedback signal test point
B channel: repeat the above procedure for the A channel by operating on On the frontal card panel: ± 5V according to the spool position
the Imin B trimmer for negative values of the reference signal.
Ambient temperature range
0°÷ 50°C
Maximum current regulation
A channel: put the reference signal on the max. (positive) value and turn the Electric connections
gain trimmer (Imax A) slowly, until the max. speed requested is reached. Now The connections concerning the reference potentiometers must be carried
the speed can be varied by changing the reference signal. out with a wire having a section of ≥0.75mm2..
It is advised to use a screened cable with earth braid.
9 OVERALL DIMENSIONS
CD Connector DIN 41612 D32

IC Connector C
IA Connector A
Connector ordering code:

X30770000
Fixing screws M2.5x13
Weight Kg. 0,27
VALV/SE3AN21RS03 _E/01-2013 IX • 12 ®
JC3D... HEAVY DUTY SINGLE JOYSTICK BASE
This is a rugged joystick with single
axis Y potentiometer and ergonomic
handle.The joystick has a spring return
lever for center position. The panel Electrical features
material for this joystick and thickness Potentiometer resistance 1.4 ÷ 2.2 KΩ
must be strong and rigid. The panel Max. supply voltage VDD = 32V DC
thickness should have a dimension Max. supply voltage Y pot 0 – 100% VDD
of minimum 3.5mm and maximum Max. output current 5 mA
6mm. The joystick has two directional Directional switches
micro-switches per Y axis. The handle Maximum supply voltage VCC = 32V DC
has 3 pushbuttons and it is possible to Max. output current 200 mA
have the operator present switch too. Resistive load
The IP protection of joystick is referred Mechanical features
to above mounting panel and it can be Mechanical angle ± 20°
max. IP65. N.B. below mounting panel Maximum operating load 390 N
JC3D... the rating is IP40. (Measured 130 mm above the mounting surface)
Mechanical Life (Y axis) 7.500.000 cycles
APPLICATIONS Weight (handle include) 0,900 Kg
The joystick has been designed for
aerial platform, agricultural and forestry Ambient operating temperature -40°C ÷ +80°C
machinery. The use of this product Protection according to DIN IP65
ORDERING CODE with the electronic control unit for non Shocks Level 20G Type ½ sine 6ms
contemporary movements gives the Number of shocks 1350 per axis
JC Heavy duty single Joystick maximum advantage for hydraulic
solutions controlled with a proportio-
3 Handle (3 switches) nal valve.
• Registered mark for industrial environment
with reference to the compatibility. European norms:
D Directional switches
- IEC 61000-4-3 “Electromagnetic immunity”
1 Functional operation - EN6550022 “Electromagnetic emissions”
singe axis (Y)
• Product in accordance with ROHS 2011/65/UE
Europe Directive.
A With operator present trigger switch
** 00 = No variants
GD = With silicon rubber protection
on the switches handle
1 Serial number
Connectors and electrical contacts included

in the fourniture.
9
POTENTIOMETER OUTPUT AXIS Y
In order to obtain the Y axis output signal IIn order to obtain the Y axis output signal In order to obtain the Y axis output signal
from the joystick as indicated in the diagram from the joystick as indicated in the diagram from the joystick as indicated in the diagram
over it is necessary to connect the pin 9 over it is necessary to connect the pin 9 over it is necessary to connect the pin 9
and 11 of the AMP 16 way connector at of the AMP 16 way connector at 0V, and of the AMP 16 way conector at -VDD, and
+VDD, and to connect the pin 12 of the to connect the pin 11 of the AMP 16 way to connect the pin 11 of the AMP 16 way
AMP 16 way connector at 0V. connector at +VDD. connector at +VDD.
VALV/JC3D001_E/04-2015 (P35160006) IX • 13 ®
JC3D... . HEAVY DUTY SINGLE JOYSTICK BASE
CONNECTOR CONFIGURATION AND PIN ALLOCATION DETAIL
12 WAY HANDLE CONNECTIONS

AMP Pin allocation description
2 Switch 3 - contact N/O
8 Operator present trigger switch
11 Switch track common
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
FROM THE 16 WAY PRIMARY POTENTIOMETER CONNECTIONS

SINGLE POTENTIOMETER PER Y AXIS
1 Y Switch track forward
9 Y Pot track back
10 Y Pot track signal
11 Y Pot track forward
12 Y Pot track centre tap
13 Y Switch track common
14 Y Switch track back
16 Y Switch track centre on
HANDLE ADAPTER PLATE
9 SPARE PARTS AMP 040 SERIES MULTILOCK
Receptacle contacts
P.No. 175062-1* Loose piece
Plug housing 12 position

P.No. 174045-2*
ANALOGUE JOYSTICK CONTROLLERS
Plug housing 16 position double row

P.No. 174046-2*
* AMP code
Spare parts kit, connectors and electrical contacts: V89900000
VALV/JC3D001_E/04-2015 (P35160006) IX • 14 ®
JC5D... HEAVY DUTY SINGLE JOYSTICK BASE
This is a rugged joystick with poten-
tiometer and ergonomic handle. The
joystick has a spring return lever for
center position. Single axis Y or dual Electrical features
axes XY are available. The panel Potentiometer resistance 1.4 ÷ 2.2 KΩ
material for this joystick and thickness Max. supply voltage VDD = 32V DC
must be strong and rigid. The panel Max. supply voltage X and Y pot 0 – 100% VDD
thickness should have a dimension Max. output current 5 mA
of minimum 3.5mm and maximum Directional switches
6mm. The joystick has two directional Maximum supply voltage VCC = 32V DC
micro-switches per axis. The handle Max. output current 200 mA
has 5 pushbuttons and it is possible Resistive load
to have the operator present switch too.
Mechanical features
The IP protection of joystick is referred Mechanical angle ± 20°
to above mounting panel and it can be Maximum operating load 390 N
JC5D... max. IP65. N.B. below mounting panel (Measured 130 mm above the mounting surface)
the rating is IP40. Mechanical Life (X and Y axis) 7.500.000 cycles
Weight (handle include) 0,900 Kg
APPLICATIONS
The joystick has been designed for Ambient operating temperature -40°C ÷ +80°C
aerial platform, agricultural and forestry Protection according to DIN IP65
ORDERING CODE machinery. The use of this product Shocks Level 20G Type ½ sine 6ms
with the electronic control unit for non Number of shocks 1350 each axis
JC Heavy duty single Joystick contemporary movements gives the
maximum advantage for hydraulic
solutions controlled with a proportio-
5 Handle (5 switches)
nal valve. • Registered mark for industrial environment
with reference to the compatibility. European norms:
D Directional switches
* Functional operation - EN6550022 “Electromagnetic emissions”
1 = singe axis (Y)
2 = dual axis (XY) Europe Directive.
* A = With operator present trigger switch

B = Without operator present trigger switch
00 No variants
1 Serial number

in the fourniture.
POTENTIOMETER OUTPUT AXIS X,Y

9
In order to obtain the output signal from In order to obtain the output signal from In order to obtain the output signal from
the joystick as indicated in the diagram the joystick as indicated in the diagram the joystick as indicated in the diagram
over it is necessary: over it is necessary: over it is necessary:
- for the X axis output signal, connect the - for the X axis output signal, connect the - for the X axis output signal, connect the
pin 3 and 5 of the AMP 16 way connector pin 3 of the AMP 16 way connector at 0V, pin 3 of the AMP 16 way connector at
at +VDD, and connect the pin 6 of the AMP and connect the pin 5 of the AMP 16 way -VDD, and connect the pin 5 of the AMP
16 way connector at 0V. connector at +VDD. 16 way connector at +VDD.
- for the Y axis output signal, connect the - for the Y axis output signal, connect the - for the Y axis output signal, connect the
pin 9 and 11 of the AMP 16 way connector pin 9 of the AMP 16 way connector at 0V, pin 9 of the AMP 16 way conector at -VDD,
at +VDD, and connect the pin 12 of the and connect the pin 11 of the AMP 16 way and connect the pin 11 of the AMP 16 way
AMP 16 way connector at 0V. connector at +VDD. connector at +VDD.
VALV/JC5D001 _E/04-2015 (P35160007) IX • 15 ®

JC5D... . HEAVY DUTY SINGLE JOYSTICK BASE
CONNECTOR CONFIGURATION AND PIN ALLOCATION DETAIL

12 WAY HANDLE CONNECTIONS
11 Switch track common
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
16 WAY PRIMARY POTENTIOMETER CONNECTIONS

Single potentiometer per axis
1 Y Switch track forward
2 X Switch track centre on
3 X Pot track left
4 X Pot track signal
5 X Pot track right
6 X Pot track centre tap
7 X Switch track common
8 X Switch track left
9 Y Pot track back
10 Y Pot track signal
11 Y Pot track forward HANDLE ADAPTER PLATE
12 Y Pot track centre tap
9
13 Y Switch track common
14 Y Switch track back
15 X Switch track right
16 Y Switch track centre on
SPARE PARTS AMP 040 SERIES MULTILOCK
Receptacle contacts
P.No. 175062-1* Loose piece
Plug housing 12 position

P.No. 174045-2*
ANALOGUE JOYSTICK CONTROLLERS
Plug housing 16 position double row

P.No. 174046-2*
* AMP code
VALV/JC5D001 _E/04-2015 (P35160007) IX • 16 ®

JCFD... SINGLE-AXIS FINGERTIP JOYSTICK
Developed for applications where Electrical features
ergonomics and system integrity are Potentiometer resistance 5 KΩ
paramount, the JCFD is a compact, Max. supply voltage VDD = 32V DC
low profile joystick that provides Output signal Y pot 0 – 100% VDD
precise fingertip control. Designed Output signal Y pot GG variant 10 - 90% VDD
for use with an electronic controller, Max. output current 2mA
the plastic track generates analogue
and switched reference signals, pro- Directional switches
portional to the distance and direction Maximum supply voltage VCC = 32V DC
over which the handle is moved. Max. output current 2mA
The analogue output is configured Resistive load
JCFD... to provide signals for fault detection Mechanical features
circuits within the controller. A center Mechanical angle ± 30°
tap on the analogue track provides Maximum operating load 50 N
an accurate voltage reference for the (Measured 130 mm above the mounting surface)
center position or a zero point for a Mechanical Life 5.000.000 cycles
bipolar supply voltage. Weight 0,045 Kg
ORDERING CODE Ambient operating temperature -25°C ÷ +70°C
Protection according to DIN IP66
JC Joystick
F Fingertip
• Registered mark for industrial environment
D Directional with reference to the compatibility. European norms:
switches
- EN6550022 “Electromagnetic emissions”
1 Singolo asse
** 00 = No variants Europe Directive.
GG = 10-90% output signal
1 Serial number
9
in the fourniture.
OUTPUT VOLTAGE SIGNAL
In order to obtain the output signal from In order to obtain the output signal from In order to obtain the output signal from
the joystick as indicated in the diagram it the joystick as indicated in the diagram the joystick as indicated in the diagram
is necessary: connect the Pin B and Pin it is necessary: connect the Pin B of the it is necessary: connect the Pin B of the
D of the connector at +VDD, and connect connector at +VDD, and connect the Pin connector at +VDD, and connect the Pin
the Pin A at 0V. D at 0V. D at -VDD.
VALV/JCFD001_E/04-2015 (P35160011) IX • 17 ®
JCFD... SINGLE-AXIS FINGERTIP JOYSTICK
HANDLE ADAPTER PLATE OVERALL DIMENSIONS
Connections
A Center tap
B Positive voltage supply + VDD
C Output voltage signal
D Negative or zero voltage supply
E Directional switch- handle back
F Directional switch- handle forward
G Common terminal for directional switch
SPARE PARTS ANALOGUE JOYSTICK CONTROLLERS

Contacts
P.No. 76347*
Plug housing
P.No. 65240-007LF*
9 * FCI code
VALV/JCFD001_E/04-2015 (P35160011) IX • 18 ®
SYSTEMS
ABBREVIATIONS
LOW / HIGH PRESSURE UNITS
C STROKE (MM)
CH ACROSS FLATS
F FORCE (N)
NG KNOB TURNS
OR SEAL RING
P LOAD PRESSURE (BAR) BA60... CAP. X • 2
PARBAK PARBAK RING BA130... CAP. X • 5
PL PARALLEL CONNECTION BSC569... CAP. X • 7
Q FLOW (L/MIN)
SE ELASTIC PIN
SF BALL
SR SERIES CONNECTION SPECIAL SUBPLATE MOUNTINGS
X PILOTING WITH AUTOMATIC EXCLUSION
Y DRAINAGE REGENERATING CIRCUIT
BS5RGA... CAP. X • 8
BS5RGI... CAP. X • 8
AD5IP2T1 CAP. I • 47
10
VALV/10-INTRO _E/05-2017 X • 1 ®
BA60...
LOW / HIGH PRESSURE UNITS
The low/high pressure groups are Max. flow 60 l/min
usually employed in hydraulic sy- Max. operating pressure 320 bar
stems fed by dual pumps that form Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
1
a single pressure circuit. Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
The main feature of this system con- Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
sists in being able to set a pressure with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
value in correspondence of which Weight see "overall dimensions"
one of the two pumping sections is
changed over to drain.
BA60...
BA06/10... CAP. X • 3 These groups are fitted with an PRESSURE DROPS
CMP10... CAP. VII • 30 adjustable maximum pressure valve to protect the 12
BC0630/32... / BC0640... CAP. VII • 15 hydraulic system. 1
BC530/32... CAP. VII • 26 3 pressure adjustment ranges are available for the 10
exclusion valve, which is fitted with cast iron or steel
BC540... CAP. VII • 25 seat, while the maximum pressure valve type CMP10 8
2
P(bar)
CETOP 3/NG06 CAP. I • 5 is available with 3 adjustment ranges.
6
Minimum permissible setting pressure depending 4
on the spring: see cartridge valve type CMP10.
2
The series connection modular small block (BC0632/
ORDERING CODE BC532) or the parallel connection type (BC0630/ 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
BC530) with blanking plate (BC0640/BC540) and the Q (l/min)
BA Low/high pressure base solenoid valve should be ordered separately.
60 Capacity l/min For the subplate mounting ordering code see "Subpla- Curve 1= BP → P
tes" chapter; whilst for the valve ordering code see
2 = BP → T
"Directional control valves" chapter.
U* TDouble pump
exclusion valve setting The CETOP3/NG06 connector blocks have 2 rods,
2 = max. 30 bar the CETOP5/NG10 have 3 rods.
3 = max. 75 bar
BC1006 = reduction plate to be used only for assembly
4 = max. 100 bar of modular blocks CETOP3/NG06.
C Type of adjustment:
grub screw
OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND HYDRAULIC SYMBOL
* Max. pressure
valve setting Fixing screws M6x100 UNI 5931
1 = max. 50 bar Weight 6.6 Kg
2 = max. 150 bar
3 = max. 320 bar
** 00 = No variant
V1 = Viton
1 Serial No.
10 MODULE ORDERING CODE
BA Subplate mounting
** 06 = CETOP 3/NG06
10 = CETOP 5/NG10
** Type of module:
62 = side CETOP interface
66 = top CETOP interface
68 = with upper threaded
connectors (only for CETOP 5)
** 00 = No variant
V1 = Viton
1 Serial No. In series connection the last block at the top, must be connected in parallel (BC0630)
only for mounting CETOP3/NG06 modular valves.
VALV/BA60001 _E/03-2017 X • 2 ®
BA60... LOW / HIGH PRESSURE UNITS
OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND HYDRAULIC SYMBOLS

SIDE MOUNTING FOR SINGLE SOLENOID VALVE CETOP3/NG06 (CONNECTOR BLOCK BA.06.62)
Fixing screws M10x55 UNI 5931 - Weight 2 Kg
SIDE MOUNTING FOR SINGLE SOLENOID VALVE CETOP5/NG10 (CONNECTOR BLOCK BA.10.62)
Fixing screws M10x80 UNI 5931 - Weight 3 Kg
TOP MOUNTING FOR SINGLE SOLENOID VALVE CETOP3/NG06 (CONNECTOR BLOCK BA.06.66)
Fixing screws M10x50 UNI 5931 - Weight 2.5 Kg
TOP MOUNTING FOR SINGLE SOLENOID VALVE CETOP5/NG10 (CONNECTOR BLOCK BA.10.66)
Fixing screws M10x50 UNI 5931 - Weight 2.4 Kg
10
VALV/BA60002 _E/03-2017 X • 3 ®
1
MOUNTING WITH THREADED CONNECTORS (CONNECTOR BLOCK BA1068)
Fixing screws M10x45 UNI 5931- Weight 1.6 Kg
MULTIPLE MOUNTING WITH MODULAR COMPONENT CONNECTOR BLOCKS CONNECTED IN SERIES OR PARALLEL CETOP3/NG06
10
VALV/BA60002 _E/03-2017 X • 4 ®
The low/high pressure groups are Max. flow 130 l/min
usually employed in hydraulic systems Max. operating pressure 320 bar
fed by dual pumps that form a single Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
pressure circuit. The main feature of Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
this system consists in being able to set Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
a pressure value in correspondence of Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
which one of the two pumping sections with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
is changed over to drain. Weight 8 Kg
These groups are fitted with an
adjustable maximum pressure valve to
BA130...
protect the hydraulic system.
BA10... CAP. X • 3 2 pressure adjustment ranges are
PRESSURE DROPS
CMP10... CAP. VII • 30 available for the exclusion valve, which
BSC569... CAP. X • 7 is fitted with a steel seat, while the 1
maximum pressure valve type CMP10
BC530/32... CAP. VII • 26
is available with 3 adjustment ranges.
BC540... CAP. VII • 25
∆p (bar)
CETOP 5/NG10 CAP. I • 33 Minimum permissible setting pres- 2
ADP5E... CAP. I • 41 sure depending on the spring: see
cartridge valve type CMP10.
ORDERING CODE The series connection modular small

block (BC532) or the parallel connec-
BA Low/high pressure base tion type (BC530) with blanking plate Q (l/min)
(BC540) and the solenoid valve should
be ordered separately. Curve 1 = P1 → T
130 Capacity l/min
For the subplate mounting ordering 2 = P1 → P
U* Double pump code see "Subplates" chapter; whilst
exclusion valve setting for the valve ordering code see "Direc-
2 = 20 ÷ 90 bar tional control valves" chapter.
3 = 50 ÷ 190 bar The CETOP5/NG10 connector blocks
have 3 rods. MODULE ORDERING CODE
C Type of adjustment:
grub screw BA Subplate mounting
* Max. pressure 10 CETOP 5/NG10

valve setting
1 = max. 50 bar ** Type of module:
2 = max. 150 bar 62 = side CETOP interface
3 = max. 320 bar 68 = with upper threaded connectors
00 No variant 00 No variant
1 Serial No. 1 Serial No.

Fixing screws M6x100 UNI 5931 Pay attention please, max tightening torque for manometer (M2): 35 Nm / 3,5 Kgm
10
VALV/BA130001 _E/06-2017 X • 5 ®
1
SIDE MOUNTING FOR SINGLE SOLENOID VALVE CETOP5/NG10 (CONNECTOR BLOCK BA1062)
UPPER MOUNTING FOR SINGLE SOLENOID VALVE CETOP5/NG10
MOUNTING WITH THREADED CONNECTORS (CONNECTOR BLOCK BA1068)

10
VALV/BA130001 _E/06-2017 X • 6 ®

BSC569... TRANSFORMATION MOUNTING CETOP 5 INTERFACE TO

MODULAR COMPONENT BC5...
Fixing srcews M6x35 UNI 5931

BSC Modular component Weight 2,1 Kg
subplate
5 CETOP 5/NG10
69 Type of module:
to modular component BC5
10
00 No variant
1 Serial No.
VALV/BA130001 _E/06-2017 X • 7 ®
BS5RGA... / BS5RIA... SPECIAL SUBPLATE MOUNTINGS WITH
AUTOMATIC EXCLUSION REGENERATING CIRCUIT
These special subplates, with relief Max. pump flow (suggested) 30 l/min
valve, have integrated a regenerative Max. flow with regenerative connected 100 l/min
circuit which disengages automatically
1
Max. operating pressure (relief valve) 350 bar
with increasing load. Max. operating pressure (exclusion) 200 bar
This circuit allows a fast movement of Fluid viscosity 10 ÷ 500 mm2/s
the cylinder with low working pressure Fluid temperature -25°C ÷ 75°C
followed by an automatic disengage- Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C
ment of the regenerative function at Max. contamination level class 10 in accordance
the set pressure, consequent a higher with NAS 1638 with filter ß25≥75
hydraulic force is available. Weight BS5RGA... version Kg 5,7
Weight BS5RIA... version Kg 9,4
Furthermore in the BS5RIA version the
automatic reciprocating valve allows a
continuous movement of the cylinder
till the stop of the pump.
TYPICAL INSTALLATION VALUES
The reciprocating valve has a preferen-
tial position which allows the cylinder • Cylinder area ratio (α) 1,6 : 1
to begin always in the same position at • Pump flow (QP) 30 l/min
the start of the working cycle (P → B). • Type of oil 46 cSt a 40°
BS5RGA... / BS5RIA...
• Regenerative flow (QR)
AD5I... CAP. I • 47 80 l/min (for RGA standard subplate)
This systems are particularly useful for
garbage compactors or small presses. 75 l/min (for RIA standard subplate)
• Min. exclusion pressure setting 70 bar
• Max exclusion pressure setting 200 bar
• Exclusion pressure drops 6 bar
BS Single subplate mounting BS5RGA BS5RIA... (WITH AD5IP2T1)
5 CETOP 5/NG10
*** RGA = Automatic exclusion

regenerating circuit with
presetting for AD5E...
RIA = Automatic exclusion
regenerating circuit with
AD5IP2T.1 included
U3 Exclusion range
20 ÷ 200 - see note (*)
* Adjustment (relief valve)

M = Plastic knob
C = Grub screw
10 * Max relief setting ranges

2 = max. 140 bar (yellow spring) TYPICAL INSTALLATION FOR BS5RGA
** 00 = No variant
2 Serial No
(*) These values depend on the hydraulic

circuit configuration: flow, dimensions and
system's frictions.
VALV/BS5R$A002_E/03-2017 X • 8 ®
BS5RGA... / BS5RIA... SPECIAL SUBPLATE MOUNTINGS WITH
AUTOMATIC EXCLUSION REGENERATING CIRCUIT
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
BS5RGA...
BS5RIA... WITH AD5IP2T1
10
VALV/BS5R$A002 _E/03-2017 X • 9 ®
1
10
VALV/ X • 10 ®
STACKABLE VALVES
ABBREVIATIONS
AP
AS
PHASE LAG (DEGREES) 1
C STROKE (MM)
CH ACROSS FLATS
F FORCE (N)
M MANOMETER CONNECTION COMPENSATED BANKABLE VALVES
NG KNOB TURNS
OR SEAL RING
P LOAD PRESSURE (BAR) SEE CATALOGUE
PARBAK PARBAK RING CODE DOC00046
Q FLOW (L/MIN)
SE ELASTIC PIN
SF BALL
X PILOTING
Y DRAINAGE
11
12
VALV/11-INTRO _E/11-2011 XI • 1 ®
1
11
VALV/11-INTRO XI • 2 ®
STANDARD COILS
ABBREVIATIONS DC AND AC STANDARD COILS

AP HIGH PRESSURE CONNECTION "UL RECOGNIZED" TYPE COILS
C STROKE (MM)
CH ACROSS FLATS
F FORCE (N)
NG KNOB TURNS
OR SEAL RING
P LOAD PRESSURE (BAR) A09 DC COIL CAP. XII • 2
PARBAK PARBAK RING 20W DC COIL CAP. XII • 3
PL PARALLEL CONNECTION D15 DC COIL CAP. XII • 4
PR REDUCED PRESSURE (BAR) ECOAT D15 DC COIL CAP. XII • 5
Q FLOW (L/MIN) 40W COIL CAP. XII • 6
QP PUMP FLOW (L/MIN) B14 AC SOLENOID CAP. XII • 7
SE ELASTIC PIN A16 DC COIL CAP. XII • 8
SF BALL D19 DC SOLENOID CAP. XII • 9
SR SERIES CONNECTION K16 AC SOLENOID CAP. XII • 10
X PILOTING 22W DC COIL (FOR CARTRIDGE VALVE)
Y DRAINAGE CAP. XII • 11
30W DC COIL (FOR CARTRIDGE VALVES)
CAP. XII • 12
UL RECOGNIZED COILS CAP. XII • 13
12
VALV/12-INTRO _E/02-2011 XII • 1 ®

A09 DC COILS
Type of protection MOUNTING COMPATIBILITY
(in relation to connector used) IP 65
Number of cycle 18.000/h AD2E CAP. I • 4
Supply tolerance ±10% ADC3... CAP. I • 7
Ambient temperature -30°C ÷ 60°C CDL04... CAP. I • 66
Duty cycle 100% ED
Weight 0,215 Kg
RATED RESISTANCE ** The european low voltage di- DEUTSCH COIL +

VOLTAGE MAX WINDING TEMPERATURE AMP JUNIOR
POWER AT 20°C rective is applied to electronical BIDIR. DIODE
(CX)
(V) (AMBIENT TEMPERATURE 25°C)
(W) (OHM) ±7% equipments used at a nominal (AJ) DT04 - 2P
12V 123°C 27 5.3 voltages between 50 and 1000
24V 123°C 27 21.3 VAC or 75 and 1500 VDC. In
48V* 123°C 27 85.3 conformity with the low direc-
tive each part of the manifold or
102V(*)(**) 123°C 27 392
the subplate on which the valve
110V(*)(**) 123°C 27 448 is mounted should be connect-
205V(*)(**) 123°C 27 1577 ed to a protective earth with a
* Special voltages resistence less than 0.1 ohms.
ES MANUAL P2(*) ROTARY R5(*) ROTARY FLYING LEADS (FL)

EMERGENCY EMERGENCYE EMERGENCY 180° LEADS + DIODE (LD)
(*) P2 and R5 Emergency tightening torque max. 6÷9 Nm / 0.6 ÷ 0.9 Kgm with CH n. 22
SPARE PARTS
A09 DC - 27W COIL CONNECTIONS
HIRSCHMANN AMP FLYING LEADS FLYING LEADS DEUTSCH +

VOLTAGE (STANDARD) JUNIOR + DIODE (130) (250) BIDIR. DIODE
(00) (AJ) (LD) (FL) (CX)
12 V (L) M14310001 M14320001 M14330001 M14070011 M14340001
24 V (M) M14310002 M14320002 M14330002 M14070012 M14340002
48V* (N) M14310003
102V* (Z) M14310008
110V* (P) M14310005
205V* (X) M14310009
(*)SPECIAL VOLTAGES
COMPLETE KIT AD2E CDL04 ADC3 CDC3
E = SEE A09 COIL TABLE COMPLETE SOLENOID'S TUBE V85990008 V85990007

A / B / C / D / F / G = SINGLE SPARE PARTS (SEE CODES TABLE)
P2 ROTARY EMERGENCY V89990016 V89990017
R5 ROTARY EMERGENCY 180° - V15050098
ES MANUAL EMERGENCY M19050003
CODE A B C D E F G MOUNTING
12 SPARE PARTS O RING RING NUT COIL TUBE HEX. PUSHROD
M74490001
AVAILABLES
C-E-F
AD2E M37050036 M74490002 G-H-I-L
SEE TABLE A09
Q25831023 Q25830096 M83060003 M74490003 D-M

CDL04 Q25860013 M74490004 -
M74460001 C-E-F
ADC3 / CDC3 Q25830024 Q25860023 M37050031 M83060004
M74460002 G-H
C3V03 Q25861025 Q25860024 M83060002 M74480001 -
VALV/TCOILCODE _E/13-2017 XII • 2 ®

"20W" DC COILS FOR OFF-HIGHWAY MACHINERY
(in relation to connector used) IP 65 CRD03... CARTRIDGE CATALOGUE
C3V05... CARTRIDGE CATALOGUE
Duty cycle 100% ED
Weight 0,212 Kg

12V - 20 7.2
AMP JUNIOR DEUTSCH + DIODE BIDIR.

DT04 - 2P
SPARE PARTS
20W DC COIL CONNECTIONS
AMP DEUTSCH +
TENSIONE JUNIOR BIDIR. DIODE
(A) (D)
12V (L) M14321001 M14341001
E = SEE 20W COIL TABLE

12
CODE A B C D E F G
SPARE PARTS O RING RING NUT COIL TUBE HEX. PUSHROD
20W
CRD03 M37050031 M83060007 M74480003

VEDI
Q25861010 Q25860023 Q25830022

C3V05 M37050036 M83060006 M74480002

"D15" DC COILS FOR CETOP 3
MOUNTING COMPATIBILITY
Type of protection
(in relation to the connector used) IP 66 CETOP 3 CAP. I • 8
Number of cycles 18.000/h AD3E... CAP. I • 11
Supply tolerance ±10% AD3V... CAP. I • 14
ADL06... CAP. I • 69
Duty cycle 100% ED
Insulation class wire H A66... CAP. IV • 19
Weight 0,354 Kg
RATED RESISTANCE ** The european low voltage ECOAT COIL (RS) ES MANUAL
POWER AT 20°C directive is applied to elec-
(V) (AMBIENT TEMPERATURE 25°C) EMERGENCY
(W) (OHM) ±10% tronical equipments used at 33
12
24V 110°C 30 18.8 50 and 1000 VAC or 75 and
*** VDC
1500 VDC. In conformity with 100% ED
31.2
28V* 110°C 30 25.6
the low directive each part of
48V* 110°C 30 75.2
Ø 27
Ø 23
Ø 45
the manifold or the subplate
102V(*)(**) 110°C 30 340 on which the valve is mount-
110V(*)(**) 110°C 30 387 ed should be connected to a 1.1
205V(*)(**) 110°C 30 1375 protective earth with a resist- 54
ence less than 0.1 ohms. SEE THE FOLLOWING PAGE
* Special voltages
FLYING LEADS AMP JUNIOR (AJ) DEUTSCH P2 ROTARY R5 ROTARY

(SL) AJ + DIODE (AD) DT04 - 2P (CZ) EMERGENCY EMERGENCY 180°
CZ + ECOAT (R6)
SPARE PARTS
D15 DC - 30W COIL CONNECTIONS
HIRSCHMANN AMP AMP JUNIOR FLYING LEADS DEUTSCH

VOLTAGE (STANDARD) JUNIOR + DIODE (175)
(00) (AJ) (AD) (SL) (CZ)
12V (L) M14450002 M14460002 M14470002 M14480002 M14490002
24V (M) M14450004 M14460004 M14470004 M14480004 -
28V* (V) M14450005
48V* (N) M14450006
102V* (Z) M14450018
110V* (P) M14450008
205V* (X) M14450019
(*)SPECIAL VOLTAGES
COMPLETE AD3E CD3 ADL06 AD3V A66

KIT
E = SEE D15 COIL TABLE
A / B / C / D / F / G = SINGLE SPARE PARTS (SEE CODES TABLE) COMPLETE V85990003
SOLENOID'S TUBE
P2 ROTARY V89990010 -
EMERGENCY
R5 ROTARY V15050097 -
EMERGENCY 180°
ES MANUAL M19050004
12
EMERGENCY
SPARE PARTS O RING RING NUT COIL TUBE HEX. PUSHROD AVAILABLES
AD3E
M74470001 C-E-F-M
CD3
SEE TABLE
M74470002 G-H-I-L
D15
AD3V
Q25830024 Q25860033 Q25830185 M37050030 M83130001 M74470003 D
ADL06
A66 M74470004 -

HIRSCHMANN ECOAT(1) COILS (D15 RS VARIANT)
Type of protection (in relation to the connector) IP 66 MOUNTING COMPATIBILITY
CETOP 3 CAP. I • 8
Ambient temperature -25°C ÷ 60°C AD3E... CAP. I • 11
Duty cycle 100% ED ADL06... CAP. I • 69
Weight 0,354 Kg
VOLTAGE MAX. WINDING TEMPERATURE RATED RESISTANCE AT 20°C (1) Sealed coil winding with steel out housing with eCoat protection. Has succesfully
(V) (AMBIENT TEMPERATURE 25°C) POWER (W) (OHM) ±10% overcome more than 700 hours of salt spray test before red rust (test according
12V 110°C 30 4.8 to UNI EN ISO 9227 and test evaluation according to UNI EN ISO 10289).
24V 110°C 30 18.8 ** The european low voltage directive is applied to electronical equip-
28V* 110°C 30 25.6 ments used at a nominal voltages between 50 and 1000 VAC or 75
110V(*)(**) 110°C 30 387 and 1500 VDC. In conformity with the low directive each part of the
* Special voltages manifold or the subplate on which the valve is mounted should be
connected to a protective earth with a resistence less than 0.1 ohms.
SPARE PARTS
CODE SPARE PARTS FOR RS VARIANT ECOAT COIL
D15 ECOAT COIL (DC / 30W)
B/C/D/E/F/G
VOLTAGE HIRSCHMANN
RS VARIANT
B OR (TUBE) Q25830024 33
(STANDARD)
C M37050062
12
RING NUT
12V (L) M14820001
D O RING (RING NUT) Q25830185
*** VDC
100% ED
31.2
24V (M) M14820002
E O RING (COIL) Q25860033
Ø 27
Ø 23
Ø 45
28V* (V) M14820005 F TUBE M83130001
G HEX. PUSHROD 1.1
110V* (P) M14820008
(MOUNTING C-E-F) M74470001 54
(MOUNTING G-H-I) M74470002

(*)SPECIAL VOLTAGES SEE "D15" COIL STANDARD FOR BOTH EMERGENCY
(MOUNTING D) M74470003
MANUAL ES AND ROTARY P2.
DEUTSCH ECOAT(1) COILS (D15 R6 VARIANT)
Type of protection (in relation to the connector) IP 69K MOUNTING COMPATIBILITY

CETOP 3 CAP. I • 8
Ambient temperature -20°C ÷ 60°C AD3E... CAP. I • 11
Weight 0,354 Kg
VOLTAGE MAX. WINDING TEMPERATURE RATED RESISTANCE AT 20°C (1) Sealed coil winding with steel out housing with eCoat protection. Has succesfully
(V) (AMBIENT TEMPERATURE 25°C) POWER (W) (OHM) ±10% overcome more than 700 hours of salt spray test before red rust (test according
12V 110°C 30 4.8 to UNI EN ISO 9227 and test evaluation according to UNI EN ISO 10289).
24V 110°C 30 18.8
SPARE PARTS
CODE SPARE PARTS FOR R6 VARIANT ECOAT COIL - R6 VARIANT
D15 ECOAT COIL (DC / 30W)
B/C/D/E/F/G 33
TENSIONE DEUTSCH
B OR (TUBE) Q25830024
12V (L) M14830001

C RING NUT M37050062 *** VDC
100% ED
12
31.2
D O RING (RING NUT) Q25830185

24V (M) M14830002
Ø 23
Ø 27
Ø 45

F TUBE M83130001
1.1
G HEX. PUSHROD
54
(MOUNTING C-E-F) M74470001
(MOUNTING G-H-I) M74470002
SEE "D15" COIL STANDARD FOR BOTH EMERGENCY
(MOUNTING D) M74470003
MANUAL ES AND ROTARY P2.

"40W" DC COIL (FOR CDL.06...)
CDL06... CAP. I • 68
Duty cycle 100% ED
Weight 0,354 Kg
ES MANUAL P2 ROTARY VOLTAGE MAX. WINDING TEMPERATURE RATED POWER RESISTANCE AT 20°C
EMERGENCY EMERGENCY
12V 135°C 40 3.6
24V 135°C 40 14.4
DEUTSCH
(CZ)
DT04 - 2P
COMPLETE CDL06
KIT
P2 ROTARY
EMERGENCY V89990010
ES MANUAL
EMERGENCY M19050004
SPARE PARTS
40W DC COIL CONNECTIONS CODE SPARE PARTS FOR CDL06

B/C/D/E/F/G
VOLTAGE HIRSCHMANN
(STANDARD) B O RING (TUBE) Q25830024
12V (L) M14600001 C RING NUT M37050030
24V (M) M14600002 D O RING (RING NUT) Q25830185
DEUTSCH E O RING (COIL) Q25860033

(CZ) F TUBE M83130001
12V (L) M14610001 G HEX. PUSHROD M74470003
A = SEE 40W COIL TABLE
B/C/D/E/F/G = SINGLE SPARE PARTS (SEE TABLE) 24V (M) M14610002
12

"B14" AC SOLENOIDS FOR CETOP 3
(in relation to the connector used) IP 65 CETOP 3 * CAP. I • 8
Number of cycles 18.000/h AD3.E... * CAP. I • 11
Ambient temperature -30°C ÷ 60°C (*) serial No. 3 (AC voltage)
Duty cycle 100% ED
Weight 0,436 Kg
ES MANUAL P2 ROTARY
EMERGENCY EMERGENCY
81,1
80,8
85,5 112
VOLTAGE MAX. WINDING TEMPERATURE RESISTANCE AT 20°C RATED POWER PICKUP CURRENT
(V) (AMBIENT TEMPERATURE 25°C) (OHM) ±10% (VA) (A)
24V/50Hz - 24V/60Hz 100°C - 96°C 1.7 54 - 40 5.6 - 5
48V/50Hz - 48V/60Hz 112°C - 98°C 6.8 45 - 34 5.3 - 5
115V/50HZ - 120V/60HZ * 133°C - 101°C 32.5 61 - 51 3.2 - 3.2
230V/50Hz - 240V/60Hz * 120°C - 103°C 134 62 - 52 1.6 - 1.6
* The european low voltage directive is applied to electronical equip- the manifold or the subplate on which the valve is mounted should be
ments used at a nominal voltages between 50 and 1000 VAC or connected to a protective earth with a resistence less than 0.1 ohms.
75 and 1500 VDC. In conformity with the low directive each part of
SPARE PARTS
B B14 AC COIL CONNECTION
A VOLTAGE HIRSCHMANN
(STANDARD)
24V/50-60HZ (A) M14640003
48V/50-60HZ (B) M14640007
F
C 115V/50HZ (J) M14640006
120V/60HZ
E
230V/50HZ (Y) M14640001
240V/60HZ
COMPLETE KIT CODE

D
TUBE KIT V85990011
B = SEE B14 COIL TABLE
ROTARY EMERGENCY P2 V89990021
A / C / D / E / F = SINGLE SPARE PARTS (SEE CODES TABLE)
MANUAL EMERGENCY ES M19050001
12
CODE A B C D E F MONTAGGI
SPARE PARTS O RING COIL O RING RING NUT TUBE HEX. PUSHROD POSSIBILI
M74520001 C-E-F-M
TABLE
B14
SEE
AD3E* Q25830024 Q25860036 M37050041 M831100001 M74520002 G-H-I-L

M74520003 D
N° di serie
(*) serial No. 33(AC
(tensioni in AC)
voltage)

"A16" DC COILS FOR CETOP 5
AD5E... CAP. I • 36
Ambient temperature -30°C ÷ 60°C CDL10... CAP. I • 71
Insulation class wire H A88... CAP. IV • 33
Weight 0,9 Kg
low directive each part of the manifold or
48V* - 45 - the subplate on which the valve is mounted
102V(*)(**) - 45 - should be connected to a protective earth
205V(*)(**) - 45 -
* Special voltages
ES MANUAL P2 ROTARY
EMERGENCY EMERGENCY
SPARE PARTS
A16 DC/45W COIL CONNECTION
VOLTAGE HIRSCHMANN
(STANDARD)
12V (L) M14220002
24V (M) M14220004
48V* (N) M14220006
102V* (Z) M14220013
110V* (P) M14220008
205V* (X) M14220014
(*)SPECIAL VOLTAGES
E = SEE A16 COIL TABLE

A / B / C / D / F / G = SINGLE SPARE PARTS (SEE CODES TABLE) COMPLETE KIT AD5E CDL10 ADL10 A88
P2 ROTARY EMERGENCY V89990011 -

-
12 CODE
SPARE PARTS
A B
O RING
C D
RING NUT
E
COIL
F
TUBE
G
HEX. PUSHROD
MOUNTING
POSSIBBLE
M74440002 C-E-F-M
AD5E
SEE TABLE
M74440003 G-H-I-L
A15
ADL/CDL10
Q25830026 Q25860040 Q25860040 M37050033 M83160001 M74440004 D
A88 M74440006 -

"D19" DC SOLENOIDS
(in relation to the connector used) IP 66 ADP5E... CAP. I • 41
ADP5V... CAP. I • 44
Duty cycle 100% ED
Weight 1,63 Kg
RATED RESISTANCE AT
POWER 20°C (OHM)
(V) (AMBIENT TEMPERATURE25°C)
(W) ±10%
12V 105°C 42 3.43
24V 105°C 42 13.71
48V* 105°C 42 55
102V(*)(**) 105°C 42 248
110V(*)(**) 105°C 42 288
205V(*)(**) 105°C 42 1000
* Special voltage
** The european low voltage directive is applied to electroni-
cal equipments used at a nominal voltages between 50
and 1000 VAC or 75 and 1500 VDC. In conformity with
the low directive each part of the manifold or the subplate
on which the valve is mounted should be connected to
a protective earth with a resistence less than 0.1 ohms.
P2 ROTARY
EMERGENCY
SPARE PARTS
D19 DC/42W COIL CONNECTION
VOLTAGE HIRSCHMANN
(STANDARD)
12V (L) M14270001
24V (M) M14270002
48V* (N) M14270003
102V* (Z) M14270007
110V* (P) M14270005
205V* (X) M14270008
(*)SPECIAL VOLTAGES
A = SEE D19 COIL TABLE
B / C / D / E / F / G = SINGLE SPARE PARTS (SEE CODES TABLE) CODE SPARE PARTS ADP5E
12
FOR
B/C/D/E/F/G AND ADP5V
COMPLETE ADP5E ADP5V B O RING (TUBE) Q25830101
KIT
C RING NUT M37050022
P2 ROTARY
EMERGENCY V89990012 D O RING (RING NUT) Q25830035
F TUBE M83170002
G HEX. PUSHROD M74380002

"K16" AC SOLENOIDS FOR CETOP 5
AD5.E... CAP. I • 36
Duty cycle 100% ED
Max. pressure static 210 bar
Weight 0,8 Kg
ES MANUAL P2 ROTARY
EMERGENCY EMERGENCY
VOLTAGE MAX. WINDING TEMPERATURE RATED IN RUSH CURRENT RESISTANCE AT 20°C ** The european low voltage directive
(V) (AMBIENT TEMPERATURE25°C) POWER(VA) (VA) (OHM) ±10% is applied to electronical equip-
24V/50Hz 134°C 124 454 0.56 ments used at a nominal voltages
24V/60Hz* 115°C 103.5 440 0.55 between 50 and 1000 VAC or 75
48V/50Hz* 134°C 113 453 2.10 and 1500 VDC. In conformity with
the low directive each part of the
115V/50Hz-120V/60Hz(*)(**) 121°C - 138°C 121-101 471-487 10.8
manifold or the subplate on which
( )( )
230V/50Hz-240V/60Hz * ** 121°C - 138°C 120-101 478-485 43.0 the valve is mounted should be
240V/50Hz(*)(**) 134°C 120 456 47.39 connected to a protective earth with
* Special voltage a resistence less than 0.1 ohms.
SPARE PARTS
K16 AC COIL CONNECTION
VOLTAGE HIRSCHMANN
(STANDARD)
24V/50HZ (A) M14300010
24V/60HZ* (F) M14300012
48V/50HZ* (B) M14300014 COMPLETE AD5E
KIT
115V/50HZ (J) M14300029
120V/60HZ
P2 ROTARY V89990002
230V/50HZ (Y) M14300027 EMERGENCY
240V/60HZ
240V/50HZ* (E) M14300025 ES MANUAL
EMERGENCY M19050002
(*)SPECIAL VOLTAGES
12 E = SEE K16 COIL TABLE

SPARE PARTS O RING RING NUT COIL TUBE HEX. PUSHROD AVAILABLES
M74210000 C-E-F-M
TABLE
K15
SEE
AD5E Q25830026 Q25860026 Q25830187 M37050005 M83300000 M74160000 G-H-I-L

M74700000 D

"22W" DC COILS
Number of cycles 18.000/h CRP/CRD CARTRIDGE CATALOGUE
Supply tolerance +10% / -10% C2V02... CARTRIDGE CATALOGUE
Duty cycle 100% ED
Weight 0,2 Kg
VOLTAGE MAX. WINDING TEMPERATURE RATED POWER RESISTANCE AT 20°C ** The european low voltage directive is ap-
(V) (AMBIENT TEMPERATURE 25°C) (W) (OHM) ±10% plied to electronical equipments used at
12V 116 °C 22 6.3 a nominal voltages between 50 and 1000
24V 115 °C 22 25.6 VAC or 75 and 1500 VDC. In conform-
ity with the low directive each part of the
48V* 114 °C 22 102 manifold or the subplate on which the valve is
102V(*)(**) - 22 467.85 mounted should be connected to a protective
205V(*)(**) - 22 1954 earth with a resistence less than 0.1 ohms.
* SPECIAL VOLTAGE
PS ROTARY EMERGENCY AMP JUNIOR (AJ)
6 0,7
47,7
38,5
SPARE PARTS
22W DC COIL CONNECTIONS
VOLTAGE STANDARD AMP JUNIOR (AJ)
12V (L) M14040001 M14730001
24V (M) M14040002 M14730002
48V* (N) M14040003 —
102V* (Z) M14040006 —
205V* (X) M14040007 —
(*) SPECIAL VOLTAGES
COMPLETE
A = SEE 22W COIL TABLE KIT CRP02NA CRD01/02 CRP02NC C2V02 C3V02
B+B1 / C+C1 / D / E / F / G / H PS ROTARY V89990014 V89990005 -

SINGLE SPARE PARTS (SEE TABLE) EMERGENCY
B B1
CODE PARBAK O RING C + C1 C + C1 E+F G H
O RING
SPARE PARTS VALVE SEAT (R. NUT/COIL)
RING NUT TUBE (+ O RING TUBE) HEX. PUSHROD VALVE SEAT
CRP02NC...E R83100B83 M86150006

CRP02NC...S Q25780026 Q25830015 R83100B82 M86150004 M70150003
CRP02NA...E R83100B84 M86150004
CRD01...A Q25780026 Q25830015 Q25860055 M37050026 M70150004
M74440000
CRD01...B Q25780030 Q25830021 M70150005
R83100B85
CRD02...A Q25780026 Q25830015 M70150004
M74440001
CRD02...B Q25780030 Q25830021 M70150005
CODE PARBAK
B B1
O RING
C + C1
O RING
C + C1 E
O RING
F G H
12
SPARE PARTS VALVE SEAT (R. NUT/COIL)
RING NUT
(TUBE)
TUBE HEX. PUSHROD VALVE SEAT
C2V02NC... M50070002
Q25780026 Q25830015 M70400002
C2V02NA... M50070003
Q25860055 M37050026 Q25861010 M83040005
Q25880036
C3V02... - M50070001 M70400001
Q25880045

"30W" DC COILS
(in relation to the connector used) IP 65 CRD04... CARTRIDGE CATALOGUE
Duty cycle 100% ED
Weight 0,2 Kg

12V 108°C 30 4.7
24V 108°C 30 18.8
ES MANUAL P2 ROTARY
EMERGENCY EMERGENCY
FLUSSO FORZA AZIONAMENTO

2→1 10N
1→2 10+ (2,5 X P) N
P = PRESSIONE DI UTILIZZO (BAR)
SPARE PARTS
30W DC COIL COMPLETE KIT CDL04
12V 24V
M14100010 M14100011 P2 ROTARY EMERGENCY V89990007
(L) (M)
A = SEE 30W COIL TABLE

B+B1+B2 / C / D / E+E1 / F / G / H = SINGLE SPARE
PARTS (SEE TABLE)
12 B
PARBAK
B1
O RING
B2
O RING
C
O RING
(TUBE)
D
RING NUT
E
O RING
(COIL)
E1
O RING
(RING NUT)
F
TUBE
G
HEX.
PUSHROD
H
VALVE SEAT
SEDE FILETTATA
VERS. B VERS. A
Q25780026 Q25830015 M70150004

Q25831017 Q25861010 M37050004 Q25830026 Q25830183 R83200997 M74360000
Q25780030 Q25830021 M70150005

UL RECOGNIZED COMPONENT MARK COILS
UL RECOGNIZED The UL Recognized Component Mark may be used

on component parts that are part of a larger product
COMPONENT MARK or system. The UL Mark is the most widely recognised
22 W COIL
and accepted evidence of product's compliance with
Canadian and USA safety requirements.
UL category code number (CCN) is assigned in order

UL CATEGORY CODE (CCN) to identify wich product categories are covered by UL's
- U.S.A. YSY12 Certification. Our category covers valve parts, such as
- Canada YSY18 solenoid operators, coil assemblies, coil enclosures,
valve assemblies and similar items intended to be used
as parts of electrically operated valves as indicated in
the individual Recognitions.
27 W COIL
Visiting the UL web site (www.ul.com), linking certifica-
UL FILE NUMBER
tions and writing the correct UL File Number you can
MH45162 find our Certification.
The UL File Number is an alphanumeric designation

assigned to any Company upon successful completion
of a product evaluation or company certification.
"22 W" DC COILS "27W" DC COILS

IDENTIFICATION MARK IDENTIFICATION MARK
2 2
3 4 4
3
5 5
6 1 6 1
1 Recognized Component Mark 1 Recognized Component Mark
2 Type Coil code, voltage and connector type 2 Type Coil code, voltage and connector type
M14040021 12 VDC (Hirschmann) M14310011 12 VDC (Hirschmann)
M14040022 24 VDC (Hirschmann) M14310012 24 VDC (Hirschmann)
M14040031 12 VDC (With flying leads) M14070021 12 VDC (With flying leads)
M14040032 24 VDC (With flying leads) M14070022 24 VDC (With flying leads)
3 21W@+ 50°C Power at +50°C (ambient temperature) 3 22W@+ 50°C Power at +50°C (ambient temperature)
for 12 and 24V coils for 12V coils
27W@- 25°C Power at -25°C (ambient temperature) 22W@+ 50°C Power at +50°C (ambient temperature)
for 12 and 24V coils for 24V coils
32W@- 25°C Power at -25°C (ambient temperature)
for 12 and 24V coils
4 ED 100% Duty cycle 4 ED 100% Duty cycle
12
5 Tamb Ambient operating temperature 5 Tamb Ambient operating temperature
-25°C ÷ +50°C -25°C ÷ +50°C
6 Class H Insulation class wire 6 Class H Insulation class wire
The is the accredited Unit to release the UL Mark, the most valued
product safety symbol.
VALV/TUL22W27W _E/04-2018 XII • 13 ®

"22W" DC COILS - UL RECOGNIZED
Type of protection
(in relation to connector used) IP 65
Supply tolerance -15% / +10%
Power at +50°C (ambient temperature) for 12 and 24V coils 21W
Power at -25°C (ambient temperature) for 12 and 24V coils 22W
Duty cycle 100% ED
Weight 0,215 Kg
VOLTAGE MAX WINDING TEMPERATURE RATED POWER RESISTANCE AT 20°C

HIRSCHMANN (V) (AMBIENT TEMPERATURE 25°C) (W) (OHM) ±10%
(UR) 12V 116°C 22 6.30
24V 116°C 22 25.60
VARIANT AND VOLTAGE CODES (WICH HAVE TO PUT IN THE ORDERING CODE VALVE)
"22W" MOUNTING CRP, CRD, C2V02 and C3V02
COMPATIBILITY see Ch. V "Cartridge valves"
VARIANT CODE UR = Hirschmann connection

UZ = Solenoid with flying leads (500 mm)
Other variants relate to a special design
FLYING LEADS VOLTAGE CODE L = 12 VDC
(UZ) M = 24 VDC
Voltage code is always stamped over on the coil
"27W" DC COILS - UL RECOGNIZED

Supply tolerance -15% / +10%
Power at +50°C (ambient temperature) for 12V coil 22W
Power at +50°C (ambient temperature) for 24V coil 27W
Power at -25°C (ambient temperature) for 12 and 24V coils 32W
Duty cycle 100% ED
Weight 0,215 Kg
HIRSCHMANN
(UR) VOLTAGE MAX WINDING TEMPERATURE RATED POWER RESISTANCE AT 20°C
12V 123°C 27 5.30
24V 123°C 27 21.30
VARIANT AND VOLTAGE CODES (WICH HAVE TO PUT IN THE ORDERING CODE VALVE)
12 "27W" MOUNTING
COMPATIBILITY
AD2E... ADC3E.. and CDL04... see Ch. I "Directional control"
C3V03... see Ch. V "Cartridge valves"
CDC3... see Ch. XI "Stackable valves"
VARIANT CODE UR = Hirschmann connection
FLYING LEADS UZ = Solenoid with flying leads (250 mm)
Other variants relate to a special design
(UZ)
VOLTAGE CODE L = 12 VDC
M = 24 VDC
Voltage code is always stamped over on the coil
VALV/TUL22W27W_E/04-2018 XII • 14 ®
®
Code DOC00078 - Rev. 09
Dana Motion Systems Italia S.r.l.

Fluid Power Division
Sede operativa: Via Giulio Natta 1, 42124 Reggio Emilia - Italy
Tel: +39.0522.270711 - Fax: +39.0522.505856
Sede legale: Via Luciano Brevini 1/A, 42124 Reggio Emilia - Italy
Tel: +39.0522.9281 - Fax: +39.0522.928300
www.dana.com/brevini - dana.re@dana.com

DOC00078 E March21

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

DOC00078 E March21

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

®

VALVES AND ELECTRONICS

CAP. I DIRECTIONAL CONTROL 1

AD3M... _____________ CAP. I • 18

BC351...___________ CAP. VII • 12 BS220...____________ CAP. VII • 3 BSH712... ___________ CAP. I • 60

BC540...___________ CAP. VII • 25 BS32..._____________ CAP. VII • 3 BSH813*...___________ CAP. I • 65

BDL066... ___________ CAP. I • 70 BS512...___________ CAP. VII • 20

BM2... _____________ CAP. VII • 5 BS513...___________ CAP. VII • 20 C

BM370... __________ CAP. VII • 17 BS5RGA...___________ CAP. X • 8 CONNECTORS STANDARD __ CAP. I • 20

BM372... __________ CAP. VII • 18 BS5RIA...____________ CAP. X • 8 CSP16/25... _________ CAP. V • 12

BM550... __________ CAP. VII • 28 BSVMP16... _________ CAP. II • 11

BM560... __________ CAP. VII • 29 BSVMP20... ________ CAP. VII • 23 J

BM580... __________ CAP. VII • 29 BSVMP25/1... _______ CAP. II • 11 JC5D..._____________ CAP. IX • 15

BS212...____________ CAP. VII • 2 BSH513... ___________ CAP. I • 56

BS214...____________ CAP. VII • 2 BSH517... ___________ CAP. I • 56

KEC16ME../KEC16MP.. __ CAP. V • 11 PVRU5... ____________ CAP. II • 4 XDP3A../XDP3C.. ____ CAP. VIII • 6

KEC16PC... __________ CAP. V • 8 PVS3...______________ CAP. II • 2 XDP5A../XDP5C...____ CAP. VIII • 8

KEC16RC... __________ CAP. V • 8 PVS5...______________ CAP. II • 4 XP3... _____________ CAP. VIII • 20

KEC16RI...___________ CAP. V • 7 PVSU3.. _____________ CAP. II • 2 XQ3..._____________ CAP. VIII • 14

KEC16SL... _________ CAP. V • 11 XQP5... ___________ CAP. VIII • 18

KEC16UE../KEC16UN.. ___ CAP. V • 11 Q

KEC25ME..._________ CAP. V • 11 QC33... _____________ CAP. III • 3

KEC25MP... _________ CAP. V • 11 QCV32 ______________ CAP. III • 5

KEC25PC... __________ CAP. V • 8

KEC25RC... __________ CAP. V • 8 R

KEC25SH... __________ CAP. V • 9 REMSRA... __________ CAP. IX • 4

KEC25SL... _________ CAP. V • 11

KEC25SP... __________ CAP. V • 9 S

KEL..._______________ CAP. V • 3 STUDS - MODULAR VALVES

KEL16/25... __________ CAP. V • 4 CETOP 2 ___________ CAP. IV • 6

KRA16/25... _________ CAP. V • 13 CETOP 3 __________ CAP. IV • 21

CETOP 5 ___________ CAP. IV • 36

VMP / VSP / VUP... ____ CAP. II • 6

INTRODUCTION OIL VISCOSITY ACCORDING TO TEMPERATURE

carried out by qualified personnel following the instructions. 2000

Always observe first the operating conditions given in datasheet of 70

HYDRAULIC FLUID 20 150

viscosity must be in the range of 10 mm²/s to 500 mm²/s.

Recommended oil viscosity 46 mm2/s (32 mm2/s for Cartridge valves)

grade viscosity mm²/s @ 40°C 4.5

ISO VG 10 10 9.00 11.0 3

ISO VG 32 32 28.8 35.2

Type SI units Alternative units Conversion factor

Automatic reciprocating valves

Flow diversion valves

ATEX 2014/34/UE AUTOMATIC RECIPROCATING

CETOP 2/NG04 CAP. I • 2 ATEX 2014/34/UE DIRECTIVE CAP. I • 23 AD3I... CAP. I • 46

AD2E... CAP. I • 4 AD3XD... CAP. I • 25 AD5I... CAP. I • 47

“A09” DC COILS CAP. I • 4 AD3XG... CAP. I • 29 AD3RI... CAP. I • 48

CETOP 3 AD5E...J* AND AD5E...Q5 CAP. I • 37 ADH5... CAP. I • 53

CETOP 3/NG06 CAP. I • 8

CETOP 3 OTHER OPERATORS CAP. I • 16

STANDARD CONNECTORS CAP. I • 20 CDL106... “OEM MACHINERY” CAP. I • 71

“LE” VARIANTS FOR ADC3/AD3 CAP. I • 21 ADL106... “OEM MACHINERY” CAP. I • 72

LVDT CAP. I • 22 “A09” AND “D15” DC COILS CAP. I • 73

“40W” AND “A16” DC COILS CAP. I • 74

** Spool (tables next page)

* Mounting (table 1 next page)

* Voltage (table 2 next page)

** Variants (table 3 next page)

TAB. 1 MOUNTING TAB.3 - VARIANTS STANDARD SPOOLS

1 Max excitation frequency

Screws with material specifications

BC351..._ CAP. VII • 12 BS220... CAP. VII • 3 BSH712... _ CAP. I • 60

BC540..._____ CAP. VII • 25 BS32..._ CAP. VII • 3 BSH813*..._____ CAP. I • 65

BDL066... _ CAP. I • 70 BS512..._ CAP. VII • 20

BM2... ___ CAP. VII • 5 BS513..._ CAP. VII • 20 C

BM370... __ CAP. VII • 17 BS5RGA..._ CAP. X • 8 CONNECTORS STANDARD CAP. I • 20

BM372... __ CAP. VII • 18 BS5RIA... CAP. X • 8 CSP16/25... _ CAP. V • 12

BM550... __ CAP. VII • 28 BSVMP16... _ CAP. II • 11

BM560... __ CAP. VII • 29 BSVMP20... CAP. VII • 23 J

BM580... ______ CAP. VII • 29 BSVMP25/1... _ CAP. II • 11 JC5D...___________ CAP. IX • 15

BS212...__ CAP. VII • 2 BSH513... _ CAP. I • 56

BS214...__ CAP. VII • 2 BSH517... _ CAP. I • 56

KEC16ME../KEC16MP.. CAP. V • 11 PVRU5... ______ CAP. II • 4 XDP3A../XDP3C.. CAP. VIII • 6

KEC16PC... CAP. V • 8 PVS3... CAP. II • 2 XDP5A../XDP5C... CAP. VIII • 8

KEC16RC... CAP. V • 8 PVS5... CAP. II • 4 XP3... _____ CAP. VIII • 20

KEC16RI..._____ CAP. V • 7 PVSU3.. _ CAP. II • 2 XQ3..._______ CAP. VIII • 14

KEC16SL... _ CAP. V • 11 XQP5... ___ CAP. VIII • 18

KEC25ME..._ CAP. V • 11 QC33... _____ CAP. III • 3

KEC25MP... _ CAP. V • 11 QCV32 ______ CAP. III • 5

KEC25SH... CAP. V • 9 REMSRA... CAP. IX • 4

KEL16/25... CAP. V • 4 CETOP 2 _ CAP. IV • 6

KRA16/25... _ CAP. V • 13 CETOP 3 __ CAP. IV • 21